Volume I - Main Report
Volume I - Main Report
Environmental
NSV Axle Load Survey Trial Pits Monitoring
OFFICE OF ORIGIN
HYDERABAD
OWNER
CLIENT NATIONAL HIGHWAYS AUTHORITY OF INDIA
CONTRACTOR
-------------------------
PROJECT
TITLE
FINAL FEASIBILITY REPORT
VOLUME - I
MAIN REPORT
Rev. MODIFICATIONS/ PREPARED CHECKED APPROVED
DATE No. PURPOSE OF ISSUE Name Signature Name Signature Name Signature
This note is the property of STUP Consultants Pvt. NOTE No. REV. No.
DATE
Ltd. It should not be used, copied or reproduced
without their written permission. 06/05/2021 14/14088/E/FFR/RN-01 R0
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
LIST OF CONTENTS
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ...................................................................................................... 22
E.1 Introduction .................................................................................................... 22
E.2 Project Overview ............................................................................................ 23
E.2.1 Key Features of Project ................................................................................... 24
E.2.2 Key Plan of existing project stretch ................................................................. 25
E.3 Traffic Demands on Project Road ................................................................... 26
E.3.1 Traffic Volume Surveys .................................................................................. 26
E.3.2 Axle Load Survey ........................................................................................... 27
E.3.3 Traffic Volume forecast .................................................................................. 28
E.3.4 Turning Movement Survey ............................................................................. 28
E.4 Pavement and Corridor Surveys ...................................................................... 29
E.4.1 Pavement Condition Survey ............................................................................ 29
E.4.2 Pavement composition .................................................................................... 29
E.4.3 Pavement Strength .......................................................................................... 30
E.4.4 Sub-Grade Soil Survey.................................................................................... 31
E.5 Improvement Proposals ................................................................................... 32
E.5.1 Proposed Alignment........................................................................................ 32
E.5.2 Road geometry................................................................................................ 32
E.6 Pavement Design ............................................................................................ 33
E.6.1 Pavement Composition for Main Road ............................................................ 33
E.6.2 Pavement Composition for Service Road ........................................................ 35
E.6.3 Strengthening of Existing Pavement ................................................................ 36
E.6.4 Design of Structures........................................................................................ 37
E.7 Wayside amenities proposed ........................................................................... 38
E.8 Land acquisition requirements ........................................................................ 38
E.9 Utility Shifting and Clearances ....................................................................... 39
E.9.1 Utility Shifting Estimates ................................................................................ 39
E.10 Environmental impact assessment ................................................................... 40
E.11 Social impact assessment and Land acquisition ............................................... 40
E.11.1 Census and Socio-Economic Survey ............................................................... 41
E.11.2 Identification of Structures Likely to be affected ............................................. 41
E.11.3 Resettlement Action Plan ................................................................................ 41
E.12 Project cost estimates ...................................................................................... 41
E.13 Economic Analysis ......................................................................................... 44
E.14 Financial Analysis .......................................................................................... 45
1. INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................ 46
1.1 Project Background......................................................................................... 46
1.2 Location of the Project .................................................................................... 48
1.3 Objective of the Study..................................................................................... 49
1.4 Scope of Consultancy Services ....................................................................... 50
1.4.1 General scope of services ................................................................................ 50
1.5 Schedule of Deliverables................................................................................. 52
1.6 Final feasibility Report.................................................................................... 52
2. OVERVIEW OF NHAI’S ORGANISATION AND ACTIVITIES AND
PROJECT FINANCING AND COST RECOVERY MECHANISM .................................... 54
2.1 Introduction .................................................................................................... 54
2.2 Organisation Chart .......................................................................................... 55
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 2 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
7.14.7 Availability of Bitumen, Steel, Cement and other Materials .......................... 199
7.14.8 Lead Chart .................................................................................................... 199
7.15 Road Safety Audit ......................................................................................... 202
7.16 Major Safety Issues and Improvement Strategies .......................................... 204
7.16.1 Safety Issues on Minor, Major Junctions and Along Project Stretch .............. 204
7.16.2 Existing and Improvement Strategies ............................................................ 206
7.16.3 Deficiencies in Safety Barriers ...................................................................... 208
7.16.4 Curves Delineation ....................................................................................... 209
7.16.5 U-Turn and Median Opening ........................................................................ 210
7.16.6 Unauthorized Ramps and Accesses ............................................................... 210
7.16.7 Improper Pedestrian Crossings ...................................................................... 211
7.17 Provision of Service Roads/Slip Lanes .......................................................... 212
7.18 Proposals of Grade separators ....................................................................... 214
7.19 Provision of ATMS ....................................................................................... 222
7.20 Variable Message Signs (VMS) .................................................................... 224
7.20.1 Purpose and General Information .................................................................. 224
7.20.2 Location........................................................................................................ 225
7.20.3 Automatic Traffic Counter-Cum Classifier (ATCC) ...................................... 226
7.20.3.1 Purpose and General Information .................................................................. 226
7.20.3.2 Location........................................................................................................ 226
7.20.4 Video Surveillance System (CCTV) .............................................................. 227
7.20.4.1 Purpose and General Information .................................................................. 227
7.20.4.2 Location........................................................................................................ 227
7.20.5 Mobile Radio Communication System .......................................................... 227
7.20.5.1 Purpose and General Information .................................................................. 227
7.20.5.2 Location........................................................................................................ 228
7.20.6 Meteorological Data System (MET).............................................................. 228
7.20.6.1 Purpose and General Information .................................................................. 228
7.20.6.2 Location........................................................................................................ 229
7.20.7 Video Incident Detection System (VIDS) ...................................................... 229
7.20.7.1 Purpose and General Information .................................................................. 229
7.20.7.2 Location........................................................................................................ 229
7.20.8 OFC Backbone ............................................................................................. 229
7.20.8.1 Purpose and General Information .................................................................. 229
7.20.8.2 Location........................................................................................................ 230
7.20.9 Network Management System (NMS) ........................................................... 230
7.20.9.1 Purpose and General Information .................................................................. 230
7.20.9.2 Location........................................................................................................ 231
7.20.10 Weigh In Motion........................................................................................... 231
7.20.10.1 Purpose and General Information .................................................................. 231
7.20.10.2 Location........................................................................................................ 231
7.20.11 Central Control Room (CCR) ........................................................................ 231
7.20.11.1 Purpose and General Information .................................................................. 231
7.20.11.2 Location........................................................................................................ 232
7.21 Conclusions and Recommendations .............................................................. 232
8. INDICATIVE DESIGN STANDARDS METHODOLOGIES AND
SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................................................ 236
8.1 General ......................................................................................................... 236
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 7 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
LIST OF TABLES
Table 7-5 :Test Results. MDD, OMC & FDD ................................................................... 176
Table 7-6 : Summary of Subgrade Soil Properties of Main Carriageway ........................... 177
Table 7-7 : Summary of Subgrade Soil Properties of Service Road.................................... 177
Table 7-8 : Tests carried out on Sub-grade Soil/GSB/WMM ............................................. 182
Table 7-9 : Test Results of Soil Layer ............................................................................... 183
Table 7-10 : Sampling and Testing Criteria ....................................................................... 192
Table 7-11 : Summary of Borrow Area Test Results .......................................................... 194
Table 7-12: Test Results Summary of Coarse Aggregates (Stone) ..................................... 195
Table 7-13 : MORTH 5th Revision Specifications for Coarse Aggregate in road construction
......................................................................................................................................... 196
Table 7-14: Test Results Summary of Fine Aggregates (Sand) .......................................... 197
Table 7-15 : Test Results Summary of Water .................................................................... 198
Table 7-16 : Brief of lead of all materials .......................................................................... 201
Table 7-17 : Accident Data along Project Stretch (Source: PIU, Dharwad,NHAI) ............. 202
Table 7-18 : Existing and Improvement Strategies............................................................. 206
Table 7-19 : Details Of Black Spots As Per Mort&H Data List And Its Compliance.......... 214
Table 7-20 : Details Of review of stakeholder’s requirements and its compliance .............. 219
Table 7-21 : ATM requirements ........................................................................................ 233
Table 8-1: Design Speed (from IRC: SP: 87:2019) ............................................................ 237
Table 8-2: Sight Distance for Various Speeds .................................................................... 238
Table 8-3: Minimum Radii of Horizontal Curves .............................................................. 239
Table 8-4: Minimum Radii of Horizontal Curves corresponding to Design Speed ............. 240
Table 8-5: Radii beyond which Super elevation not required ............................................. 241
Table 8-6: Extra Width of Pavement and Roadway in Each Carriageway .......................... 242
Table 8-7: Minimum Transition Lengths for different Speed and Curve Radius ................. 242
Table 8-8: Recommended Gradients (from IRC: SP: 87-2019 Table 2.8) ........................... 243
Table 8-9: Adopted ‘K’ Values for Vertical Curves (from IRC: SP: 23-1983 Table 6) ....... 245
Table 8-10: Vertical and horizontal clearances at underpasses ........................................... 245
Table 8-11: Width of Median ............................................................................................ 246
Table 8-12: Width of Shoulders in Plain and Rolling Terrain ............................................ 247
Table 8-13: Width of Shoulders in Mountainous and Steep Terrain (Hilly Area) ............... 247
Table 8-14: Design Standards for Project Road ................................................................. 248
Table 8-15: Design Service Volume for 6-lane Highways ................................................. 254
Table 8-16: Taper Rate...................................................................................................... 257
Table 9-1: Traffic Homogenous Section ............................................................................ 266
Table 9.2: Traffic Survey Schedule ................................................................................... 268
Table 9.3: Pneumatic Count Sensor Layout ....................................................................... 270
Table 9.4: Vehicle classification system Motorised traffic ................................................. 275
Table 9.5: PCU Factors adopted for the study.................................................................... 278
Table 9.6: Monthly Traffic at Hattargi Toll Plaza for Aug 2018 to July 2019 ...................... 280
Table 9.7: Estimated Seasonal Factors for the Month of October ........................................ 280
Table 9.8: Directional Distribution .................................................................................... 281
Table 9.9: Peak hour traffic ................................................................................................ 283
Table 9.10: Annual Average Daily Traffic (AADT) ......................................................... 283
Table 9.11: PCU Factors adopted for Turning movement analysis ..................................... 284
Table 9.12:Peak Hour Traffic at Intersections .................................................................... 288
Table 9.13: Sample Size .................................................................................................... 289
Table 9.14: Adopted Zoning System for the Study ............................................................ 290
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 15 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
Table 10-30 : Remaining Life of LHS Rigid Pavement excluding GS approaches as per FWD
Analysis ............................................................................................................................ 379
Table 10-31 : Remaining Life of RHS Rigid Pavement excluding GS approaches as per FWD
Analysis ............................................................................................................................ 379
Table 10-32 : Summary of Different Degrees of Severity of Distress in All Lanes ............. 380
Table 10-33 : Details of Axle Load Spectrum .................................................................... 388
Table 10-34 : Details of New Rigid Pavement Crust in widening portion in case of existing
rigid pavement .................................................................................................................. 393
Table 10-35 : Pavement Crust Details of Continuously Reinforced Concrete Pavement
(CRCP) crust..................................................................................................................... 395
Table 10-36 : Details of Existing Pavement Crust and Assessment of Modified k value on top
of BT surface .................................................................................................................... 396
Table 10-37 : Pavement Crust Details of Continuously Reinforced Concrete Pavement
(CRCP) crust in White topping on existing Flexible Pavement .......................................... 398
Table 10-38 : Comparison of Life Cycle Cost Analysis of Flexible Pavement, PQC and
CRCP Pavement Options in GS approaches in 6 laning of Project Highway ...................... 399
Table 10-39 : Comparison of Life Cycle Cost Analysis of Flexible Pavement, White topping
with PQC and White topping with CRCP Pavement Options over existing Flexible Pavement
in 6 laning of Project Highway .......................................................................................... 399
Table 10-40 : Summary of Proposed Pavement Types on LHS and RHS ........................... 401
Table 10-41 : Condition of Existing Concrete Pavement and Value of Pavement Condition
Factor. ............................................................................................................................... 403
Table 10-42 : Overlay Analysis as per IRC SP-17 and IRC SP-83 (Belgaum – Kagal direction
i.e. LHS) ........................................................................................................................... 411
Table 10-43 : Overlay Analysis as per IRC SP-17 and IRC SP-83 (Kagal- Belgaum direction
i.e. RHS) ........................................................................................................................... 412
Table 10-44 : Summary of Overlay Proposals (LHS) ......................................................... 413
Table 10-45 : Summary of Overlay Proposals (RHS) ........................................................ 413
Table 10-46 : Cost of Life Cycle Cost Analysis for Overlay Options (With Base Cost) ..... 416
Table 10-47 : Improvement proposals for Major Bridges ................................................... 419
Table 10-48 : Improvement proposals for Minor Bridges .................................................. 421
Table 10-49 : Improvement proposals for Grade Separators .............................................. 424
Table 10-50 : Details of Elevated Sections ........................................................................ 425
Table 10-51 : Details of Interchanges ................................................................................ 427
Table 10-52 : Improvement proposals for Underpasses ..................................................... 428
Table 10-53 : Improvement proposals for Pedestrian Underpasses..................................... 434
Table 10-54 : Improvement proposals for Catle Underpasses ............................................ 434
Table 10-55 : Improvement proposals for Culverts ............................................................ 435
Table 10-56 : Improvement proposals for Bus bays and Shelters ....................................... 445
Table 10-57 : Improvement proposals for Truck lay-byes .................................................. 446
Table 10-58 : Additional Land Requirement ...................................................................... 451
Table 11-1: Environment Screening Methodology - Natural Environment (Scoring Criteria
and Weightage) ................................................................................................................. 474
Table 11-2: Environment Screening Methodology - Biological Environment (Scoring Criteria
and Weightage) ................................................................................................................. 475
Table 11-3: Environment Screening Methodology - Socio- Economic Environment (Scoring
Criteria and Weightage) .................................................................................................... 476
Table 11-4: Categorization of Environmental Impacts ....................................................... 477
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 17 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
Table 11-5: List of guideline manuals for pollution control ............................................... 485
Table 11-6: Environmental Screening Methodology – Screening results Natural
Environmental................................................................................................................... 495
Table 11-7: Biological Environment .................................................................................. 495
Table 11-8: Physical and Socio-economic Environment .................................................... 496
Table 11-9: Environmental Management Plan ................................................................... 509
Table 11-10: Environmental Monitoring programme for Construction Phase (2.5 years) ... 525
Table 11-11: Environmental Monitoring programme for Operation Phase (3 years) .......... 527
Table 12-1: Major Settlements/ Build up Areas ................................................................. 537
Table 12-2: Salient features of the proposed Road and Influence Area .............................. 537
Table 12-3: Methods of Consultations ............................................................................... 544
Table 12-4: Entitlement Matrix ......................................................................................... 552
Table 12-5: General Timeframe for Land Acquisition ....................................................... 558
Table 12-6: Land Acquisition - RP Activities, Responsibilities and General Timeframe .... 559
Table 13-1: Cost Summary ................................................................................................ 565
Table 13-2: Cost Estimate Abstract Summary ................................................................... 566
Table 14-1: Details of Road Sections................................................................................. 569
Table 14-2: Assumed Vehicle Input Values at Economic Prices (in INR) .......................... 571
Table 14-3: AADT (2020) ................................................................................................. 573
Table 14-4: Adopted Traffic Growth Rates........................................................................ 574
Table 14-5: Projected AADT including Generated Traffic ................................................. 575
Table 14-6: Estimated Project Cost ................................................................................... 576
Table 14-7: Maintenance cost ............................................................................................ 577
Table 14-8: Undiscounted Comparison of Cost Streams .................................................... 577
Table 14-9: EIRR and NPV of Various Sections ............................................................... 578
Table 14-10: Economic Analysis and Sensitivity Analysis for full corridor (Package I) ..... 579
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 7-28: Summary of Degree of Compaction along the project corridor (SR) .............. 181
Figure 7-29: Summary of 4-Days soaked CBR along the project corridor (MCW) ............. 182
Figure 7-30: Summary of 4-Days soaked CBR along the project corridor (SR).................. 182
Figure 7-31: Lead of Aggregates & Crushed Sand ............................................................. 200
Figure 7-32: Lead of Embankment Gravel ......................................................................... 200
Figure 7-33: Lead of Bitumen ........................................................................................... 200
Figure 7-34: Lead of fly ash lead ....................................................................................... 201
Figure 7-35: Monthly Accident Data along Project Stretch Belgaum-Kagal of NH-48 ....... 203
Figure 7-36: VMS System ................................................................................................. 225
Figure 7-37: ATCC System ............................................................................................... 226
Figure 7-38: CCR System Schema .................................................................................... 232
Figure 8-1: Elements of a Combined Circular and Transition Curve .................................. 239
Figure 9-1: Project Road with Homogeneous Sections ...................................................... 266
Figure 9-2: Project road and traffic survey locations are shown in key plan ....................... 269
Figure 9-3: Photographs showing the Pneumatic Count Tubes in Operation ...................... 271
Figure 9-4: Photographs showing the Videography of the traffic in Operation ................... 271
Figure 9-5: Video Based Traffic Counter and Classifier – Setup ........................................ 272
Figure 9-6: Schematic Layout of Installation for a 4 Lane or 6 Lane Divided Carriageway 272
Figure 9-7: Snapshot of Sample Data Output – Chronological & ungrouped ..................... 274
Figure 9-8: Snapshot of Sample Hourly Summary of Data Output – Chronological & grouped
into vehicle classes ............................................................................................................ 274
Figure 9-9: Daily Variation of Traffic ................................................................................ 281
Figure 9-10: Hourly Variation of Traffic ............................................................................ 282
Figure 9-11: Traffic Composition ...................................................................................... 282
Figure 9-12: Peak Hour junction flow charts ...................................................................... 288
Figure 9-13: Map indicating Zoning .................................................................................. 293
Figure 9-14: Commodity Distribution ............................................................................... 295
Figure 9-15: Trip Frequency in Graph ............................................................................... 296
Figure 9-16: Trip Purpose in Graph ................................................................................... 297
Figure 9-17: Trip Length Frequency Distribution (km) ...................................................... 297
Figure 9-18: Speed Profile................................................................................................. 301
Figure 10-1: Plan between km 527+000 to km 527+900 .................................................... 314
Figure 10-2: Typical Cross Sections .................................................................................. 334
Figure 10-3: Pavement Design Procedure (New Construction) .......................................... 337
Figure 10-4: Pavement Rehabilitation Design Procedure ................................................... 338
Figure 10-5: VDF observed for various classes of vehicles ................................................ 341
Figure 10-6: Plot of Chainage V/s Zx ................................................................................ 345
Figure 10-7: LHS-Delineation of Homogeneous Sections .................................................. 351
Figure 10-8: RHS-Delineation of Homogeneous Sections ................................................. 352
Figure 10-9: LHS-Delineation of Homogeneous Sections (Service Road) ......................... 352
Figure 10-10: RHS-Delineation of Homogeneous Sections (Service Road) ....................... 352
Figure 10-11: Remaining life of existing pavement on LHS direction (MCW)................... 355
Figure 10-12: Remaining life of existing pavement on RHS direction (MCW) .................. 355
Figure 10-13: Remaining life of existing pavement on LHS direction (SR) ....................... 356
Figure 10-14: Remaining life of existing pavement on RHS direction (SR) ....................... 356
Figure 10-15: E- Values from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass in Concrete Pavement Portion
(LHS) based on FWD data Analysis .................................................................................. 366
Figure 10-16: E- Values from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass in Concrete Pavement Portion
(RHS) based on FWD data analysis ................................................................................... 367
Figure 10-17: Flexural Strength of Existing Concrete Pavement (LHS) based on FWD data
analysis ............................................................................................................................. 367
Figure 10-18: Flexural Strength of Existing Concrete Pavement (RHS) based on FWD data
analysis ............................................................................................................................. 368
Figure 10-19: Pie Chart showing Flexural Strength of Existing Concrete Pavement (LHS)
based on FWD data analysis .............................................................................................. 368
Figure 10-20: Pie Chart showing Flexural Strength of Existing Concrete Pavement (RHS)
based on FWD data analysis .............................................................................................. 368
Figure 10-21: Delineation of Homogeneous Section based on CDA Method (LHS) .......... 369
Figure 10-22: Delineation of Homogeneous Section in Package-1 based on CDA Method
(RHS) ............................................................................................................................... 370
Figure 10-23: Pie Chart showing Roughness Survey details (Inner Lane – LHS) ............... 371
Figure 10-24: Pie Chart showing Roughness Survey details (Outer Lane – LHS) .............. 371
Figure 10-25: Pie Chart showing Roughness Survey details (Inner Lane – RHS) ............... 371
Figure 10-26: Pie Chart showing Roughness Survey details (Outer Lane – RHS) .............. 372
Figure 10-27: Unbonded Concrete Overlay ....................................................................... 407
Figure 10-28: Effects of Separation Inter Layer Thickness ................................................ 407
Figure 10-29: Bonded Concrete Overlay ........................................................................... 408
Figure 11-1: Map Showing the Proposed alignment .......................................................... 456
Figure 11-2: Google view of the proposed alignment ........................................................ 457
Figure 11-3: Flora in the Project Alignment ...................................................................... 498
Figure 11-4: Land Use & Land Cover ............................................................................... 498
Figure 11-5: River System Found Over the Alignment ...................................................... 498
Figure 11-6: Photographs of Existing Alignment ............................................................... 499
Figure 11-7: Photographs of Baseline Data Collection....................................................... 500
Figure 11-8: Structure of Environmental & Social Development Unit ............................... 502
Figure 12-1: Key Plan from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass ............................................ 536
Figure 12-2: Flow Chart of Stage wise activities to be adopted for proposed project .......... 542
Figure 12-3: Photographs of surrounding features at Project Site ....................................... 546
Figure 12-4: Initial Consultations with the Key Stakeholders ............................................ 546
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
E.1 Introduction
The Ministry of Road Transport and Highways (MORTH), Government of India has
proposed “Bharat Mala Pariyojana” an Umbrella scheme of road development project
through National Highways Authority of India (NHAI), National Highway and
Industrial Development Corporation (NHIDC) and state Public Works Departments
(PWD) at an estimated cost of INR 5,35,000crores. This is the second largest
highways construction project in the country after NHDP, in that almost 50,000 km of
roads targeted across the country. This project aim to improve connectivity
particularly on economic corridors, border areas and to remote areas with an aim of
rapid and safe movement of cargo to boost exports. International trade considered as a
key aspect in this scheme and northeastern states have given special focus.
The project cleared by the Union Cabinet on October 25, 2017.
The ambitious project expected to create nearly 100million man days of jobs during
the construction and subsequently to about 22million jobs of the increased economic
activity across the country. The construction will carried out through many means
including debt funds, budgetary allocation, private investment, toll operator transfer
etc. The total length of around 34,800km considered in phase 1 including
Economic corridors of around 9,000km,
Inter-corridor and feeder routes of around 6,000km,
National Corridors Efficiency Program of about 5,000 km roads
Border and international connectivity roads of around 2,000 km,
Coastal and port connectivity roads of around 2,000 km,
Expressways of around 800 km
NHDP roads of 10,000km
In pursuance of the above program, NHAI appointed M/s STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd.
for the above work to carry out the Feasibility Studies and Detailed Project Report of
this road for upgrading it to 6-lane access controlled (fully access control for
Economic Corridors) or access controlled 6-laning/8-laning in certain stretches, as
required depending on traffic. The letter was issued on 26.02.2018 vide Letter No:
NHAI/Bharatmala/DPR/Lot-6/Package-3/2017/113480 dated 26th Feb. 2018.
The following sections describes the details of Package-1 Section of NH-48 from
Design Ch.515+000 to Design Ch.555+017 (Existing Ch 515+000 i.e Belgaum - Ch
555+000) Sankeshwar Bypass (upto End of Bypass towards Kagal) for the length of
40.017 km. The Site of the Project Road is a brown field alignment and passes
through 17 Villages in 3 Taluks i.e Belagavi, Hukkeri Taluks in Belgaum District,
Attributes Details
The proposed project alignment passes through
Via towns Honaga, Vantamuri, Hattargi, Chikkalagud and
Sankeshwar Bypass.
Existing carriageway 4 Lane divided carriageway
Service road existing all along the length except
Service lanes and slip roads
Vantamuri Ghat section.
Shoulder Paved shoulder of 1-2m width
Condition of existing pavement Good to fair
Typically 60 m along entire stretch except Vantamuri
Right of way
Ghat Sections where the existing Right of way is 35m
Land use along project road Predominant land use in the area is agricultural.
Largely commercial, with trucks accounting for 80% of
Traffic on the stretch
vehicle volume
Toll infrastructure There is one toll plaza (Hattargi) in the current stretch
Primarily plain and rolling, except Vantmuri Ghat
Terrain
section
4 Major Bridges, 5 Minor Bridges, 4 Grade Separators,
Structures along stretch
3 VUP, 9 CUP, 7 PUPs and 62 culverts
User amenities along stretch 15 bus shelters, 15 truck lay-byes
Key utilities in the proposed RoW Electrical, Telephone, Water pipe lines etc
Forest Stretches along RoW Nil
Rail crossings along RoW Nil
Other clearance related aspects -
E.2.2 Key Plan of existing project stretch
Various traffic surveys were carried out for assessing physical condition of the Project
Stretch. List of traffic surveys and its schedule is presented in table below:
Table E-2 : Traffic survey locations
Survey
Type of Survey Chainage Start Date End Date Location
Duration
ATCC
ATCC-1 537+770 12.10.2020 18.10.2020 Hattargi Toll Plaza 7 Days
Survey
OD Survey OD-1 537+770 12.10.2020 Hattargi Toll Plaza 1 Day
Axle Load
ALS-1 537+770 12.10.2020 13.10.2020 Hattargi Toll Plaza 2 Days
Survey
Rani Chinnamma
TMC-1 519+600 15.10.2020 1 Day
University Jn.
TMC-2 527+390 13.10.2020 Sutagatti (SH-34) 1 Day
TMC-3 535+870 14.10.2020 Yamakanmarradi 1 Day
Hidkal Dam Jn.(SH-
TMC-4 538+261 13.10.2020 1 Day
Intersection 134/SH-78)
Volume Kaladgi-Kurni road &
TMC-5 544+200 16.10.2020 1 Day
Count Chikkalgud
TMC-6 545+835 15.10.2020 Hebbal & Aralgundi 1 Day
TMC-7 547+390 19.10.2020 Gotur 1 Day
TMC-8 549+790 19.10.2020 Sankeshwar Bypass 1 Day
TMC-9 552+890 19.10.2020 Sankeshwar Bypass 1 Day
TMC-10 554+650 19.10.2020 Sankeshwar Bypass 1 Day
PED-1 519+600 Near Bhutramanahatti
PED-2 524+000 Near Vantamuri
Pedestrian
Cross PED-3 527+300 Sutagatti cross
8.00 Am to
Traffic PED-4 535+870 21.10.2020 Yamakanmarradi
12.00 Pm
Count PED-5 538+261 Hidkal Dam Cross & 16.00
Survey
PED-6 544+200 Chikkalgud Pm to
PED-7 545+835 Hebbal 20.00 Pm
Speed and
515+000 to
Delay 23.10.2020 Total Stretch
555+000
Survey
Axle load survey in both directions has been carried out at Hattargi toll plaza using
axle load. Methodology and procedure stipulated in IRC 37 has been followed. VDF
has been computed for various categories of commercial vehicles and presented is
below.
Table E-4 : Axle load Survey Results
At 537+770 - Hattargi Toll plaza
Vehicle
Belgaum to Kagal Kagal to Belgaum
Standard Bus 0.724 0.484
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 27 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
Traffic volume forecast was developed and converted to Million Standard Axles
(MSA) for the purposes of pavement design. The cumulative load in MSA for the
homogeneous section is given below.
Table E-5 : Projected traffic load on project road in MSA
Million Standard Axles for Design Life
Homogeneous
Directions 5 10 15 20 25 30
Sections
Years Years Years Years Years Years
Km 515+000 to Belgaum to
Km 555+000 19 46 84 135 187 240
Kagal
(537+770 -
Hattargi Toll Kagal to
19 46 83 131 180 230
plaza) Belgaum
Classified direction wise turning movement surveys were conducted at the all the
major intersections to determine the need for re-design and addition of structure at the
intersection. The abstract of intersection volume count and peak hour volume count at
all the junctions are given below.
Table E-6 : Turning Movement Survey Results
Peak Hour Peak Hour
Type of
S.No. Name of Junction Chainage Peak Hour Volume Volume
Junction
(Veh/Hr) (PCU/Hr)
1 Ranichannamma Jn. 519+600 T 15:00-16:00 1676 2452
2 Sutagatti Jn. 527+390 T 17:00-18:00 1838 2219
3 Yamakanmardi Jn. 535+860 T 15:00-16:00 1681 2134
4 Hidakal Dam Jn. 538+261 T 17:00-18:00 2007 2360
5 Chikkalgud Jn. 544+200 + 17:00-18:00 1705 2107
6 Hebbal Jn. 545+835 + 17:00-18:00 1828 2265
7 Gotur Jn. 547+390 T 16:00-17:00 1758 2428
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 28 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
The overall pavement condition of the project road is good to fair in condition.
Regular monitoring of the PCI is used to establish the rate of pavement deterioration,
which permits early identification of major rehabilitation needs. The PCI can also
provide feedback on pavement performance for validation or improvement of current
pavement design and maintenance procedures.
In this project, the PCI is calculated as per the international guidelines provided in
ASTM-D6433. For different pavement condition, according to ASTM-D6433, PCI
values are presented explained in detail in Chapter 7.
The existing pavement structure is Rigid/Flexible etc. The results about flexible rigid
pavement crust obtained from each test pit for main carriageway and service road are
given below.
Table E-7 : Composition of Existing Pavement
FWD was carried out to test the strength of the existing pavement, and the
characteristic deflection values have been calculated for each homogeneous section of
main road and service road to enable design of an overlay for the road. The details are
given below.
Table E-8 : Strength of Existing Pavement (Main Carrigeway)
Chainage 15th Percentile E Value
Side Length
S.No Bituminous Granular Sub
From To (LHS/RHS) (Km)
Layer Layer grade
1 514.750 516.000 LHS 1.250 1992.8086 380.87 179.07
2 516.000 520.001 LHS 4.001 2201.1494 492.86 143.90
3 520.001 520.403 LHS 0.402 2289.6750 486.80 123.79
Total Length 5.653
1 520.400 524.000 RHS 3.600 2177.7807 490.20 116.00
2 527.379 535.000 RHS 7.621 1588.0183 487.30 150.00
3 535.010 535.951 RHS 0.941 1254.6839 492.28 175.70
4 536.000 536.996 RHS 0.996 2516.5671 496.64 175.77
5 537.000 539.971 RHS 2.971 1261.255 492.60 176.00
6 540.013 549.212 RHS 9.199 1346.8714 488.24 102.00
Total Length 25.328
Table E-9 : Strength of Existing Pavement (Service Road)
Chainage 15th Percentile E Value
Side Length
S.No
From To (LHS/RHS) (Km) Bituminous Granular Sub
Layer Layer grade
The laboratory tests carried out for the soil samples of sub grade revealed that soil
along the alignment is predominantly clayey sand in nature. Main carriageway OMC
value varies from 8.5% to 16.8% and those of MDD vary from 1.81 gm/cc to 2.14
gm/cc. CBR test was conducted by three energy level method as prescribed & the
values vary from 4.1% to 14.8% for soaked condition and 4.7% to 18.6% for un-
soaked condition. For service road OMC value varies from 8.3% to 14.9% and those
of MDD vary from 1.81 gm/cc to 2.12 gm/cc. CBR test was conducted by three
energy level method as prescribed & the values vary from 5.1% to 20.0% for soaked
condition and 4.9% to 15.5% for un-soaked condition. The summary of laboratory test
results is given below.
Table E-10 : Soil Investigation Survey Results
FSI
Liquid Plastic 4-Days 4-Days
Chainage Plasticity [IS Max. Dry
Limit Limit OMC Soaked Soaked
515+000 to Index :2720- density
(LL) (PL) (%) CBR @ CBR @
555+000 (PI) % Pt-40] (gm/cc)
% % FDD (%) MDD (%)
%
Main Carriageway
Maximum 52 31 22 44.4 2.14 16.8 14.8 18.6
Minimum 20 14 6 0 1.81 8.5 4.1 4.7
Average 32 22 12 20.8 1.99 12.0 8.7 10.8
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 31 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
Service Road
Maximum 48 28 23 50.0 2.12 14.9 15.5 20
Minimum 22 15 5 0 1.81 8.3 4.9 5.1
Average 31 22 11 20.7 2.00 11.6 10.3 12.1
The existing road alignment is followed in general to minimize the land acquisition
except minor improvements to horizontal and vertical alignment to meet the design
standards as per Manual. The project alignment is passing through plain and rolling
terrain except Vantamuti Ghat section and design speed of 100 kmph has been
adopted in general in plain and rolling terrain as per Manual except few locations
where the design speed adopted is 80 kmph for the Project Highway considering the
geometry of existing road and structures. Additional land is required at places where
the geometry improvements/re-alignments are proposed and also at locations
wherever the project facilities like Truck lay byes, Bus bays, Toll plazas, entry & exit
ramps, etc. Further, Retaining walls are proposed between main carriageway and
service road wherever required and wherever there is a level difference so as to avoid
embankment and in turn additional land acquisition.
The existing Project Highway is passing through the Vantamuri Ghat section at which
the existing design speed is less than 50 kmph and also there is a problem of steep
gradient in this Ghat section where the heavy goods vehicles are finding difficult to
negotiate the same. In order to improve level of service and to ease the traffic
movement, vertical alignment improvement is proposed by flattening the Gradients at
Vantamuri Ghat section apart from adopting a design speed of 60kmph for geometric
design.
The existing carriageway has both flexible pavement and rigid pavement. The existing
rigid pavement is substantial in length already when compared to length of flexible
pavement. Considering the various factors such heavy commercial traffic along the
project corridor, long life, minimum maintenance etc., rigid pavements have definite
advantages over flexible pavements in the long run and hence the rigid pavements are
recommended to be adopted for the entire length of main carriageway in the 6 laning
of the Project Road. Details of proposed rigid pavement for main carriageway and
flexible pavement for service road are as under:
i. Method of Design of Rigid Pavement
approaches, Truck laybye locations, Deceleration / Acceleration lanes of Entry & Exit
Ramps, merging taper portion of Entry and Exit ramps with service roads.
Raising of the existing road in rigid pavement sections shall be constructed with the
rigid pavement as per IRC 58-2015 in accordance with Plan and Profile Drawings
except from Ch: 547+450 to Ch: 548+180.
CRCP overlay (Whitetopping) shall be designed and constructed over existing
flexible pavement along Main Carriageways in accordance with provisions of per
IRC: 118-2015 “Guidelines for Design and Construction of Continuously
Reinforced Concrete Pavement (CRCP)” and IRC:SP-76-2015 “Guidelines for
Conventional and Thin Whitetopping” as per design requirements..
Design life of Rigid Pavement and CRCP shall be 30 years.
Minimum pavement crust for Concrete Pavement (Rigid Pavement/ CRCP) shall be
as under:
Continuously Reinforced Concrete Pavement (CRCP)
Pavement Quality Concrete – 280mm
Dry Lean Concrete (DLC) – 150mm / 100mm(min) ( for new pavement crust /
white topping on existing flexible pavement respectively)
Granular Sub base ( GSB) including Drainage Layer - 250mm ( 150mm +
100mm DL)
Sub grade – 500mm
Rigid Pavement
Pavement Quality Concrete (PQC) – 300mm
Dry Lean Concrete (DLC) – 150mm
Granular Sub base (GSB) including Drainage Layer - 250mm ( 150mm + 100mm
DL)
Sub grade – 500mm
The details of proposed type of pavement for Main Carriageway shall be as given bin
Table E-11 below:
The existing concrete pavement has been constructed in year 2014 with a design life
of 30 years. The existing rigid pavement, which is retained after 6 laning proposal,
has been proposed to be repaired and rehabilitated based on the distress analysis
carried out usting Network Survey Vehicle survey. These works include rouine
maintenance activities and initial improvements such as full depth repairs, partial
depth repairs, replacement of heavily cracked slabs for various types of cracks, re-
teturing of concrete pavement along with 6 laning of the project etc., All the repairs
and rehabilitation to existing CC pavement shall be carried out as per IRC SP-83-
2018.
The strengthening requirements for the existing flexible pavement have been
estimated from the deflection measurements and estimated traffic loadings. The
overlay requirement has been estimated in accordance with IRC: 115-2014 and IRC:
37-2018. As per the analysis the overlay is not required for main carriageway as the
majority of its length is recently overlaid. However, as explained in E.6.,
Whitetopping with Continuously Reinforced Concrete Pavement as per IRC -118-
2015 and IRC: SP-76-2015 are recommended over existing flexible pavement for the
main carriageway.
The designed overlay proposed for service road is given in Table E-13 below.
Along the project stretch, there are several bridges, culverts, under/overpasses and
Grade separators. The abstract of the existing and proposed structures required for the
Project Road is given in Table E-14 below
Table E-14 : Existing and Proposed improvement to structures along project
road
Constru New
Type of Existing Recons
Sl.No Dismantle Widening ction in Const Total
Structure Structures truction
Parallel ruction
Major Bridges –
1a Main 4 1 5
Carriageway
Major Bridges -
1b 1 1 4 4
Service Road
Minor Bridges –
2a Main 5 5 2 7
Carriageway
Minor Bridges -
2b 5 4* 1 4* 5
Service Road*
Elevated Road
3 - 2 2
Section
4 Grade Separators 4 4 4
Constru New
Type of Existing Recons
Sl.No Dismantle Widening ction in Const Total
Structure Structures truction
Parallel ruction
Trumpet
5 - 1 1
Interchange
Vehicle
6 - 1 1
Overpass (VOP)
Vehicular Under
7 3 3 5 8
Pass (VUP)
Light Vehicle
8 Underpass - 2 2
(LVUP)
Pedestrian
9 7 1 6 6
Underpass (PUP)
Cattle Underpass
10 9 3 6 2 8
(CUP)
11 Box Culverts 20 4 15 3 1 19
12 Pipe Culverts 49 7 42 2 44
Total No. of Existing &
107 16 82 7 5 14 116
Proposed Structures
* LHS & RHS @ Each location
The abstract of the existing and proposed Project Facilities along the Project Road is
given below.
Table E-15 : Existing and Proposed user amenities along project stretch
Type of
Sl.
Existing Existing Proposed Other Facilities
No
Facility
All existing Bus bays with Bus Shelters to
1 Bus bays 15 24 be dismantled and reconstructed as per
IRC standards
All existing Entry & Exit ramps to be
Entry and Exit
2 - 40 dismantled and proposed for reconstruction
Ramps
as per IRC standards
All existing Truck lay byes to be
3 Truck lay byes 15 8 dismantled and reconstructed as per IRC
standards
Existing Toll Plaza to be augmented and
4 Toll Plaza 1 widened as per IRC:SP-87-2019, 6 lane
manual
E.8 Land acquisition requirements
truck lay byes, entry and exit ramps, realignment sections and Interchanges etc are
proposed. The project road will involve acquisition of additional land around 21.69
ha. The cost of compensation for LA and R&R is estimated as Rs. is around 37.95 Cr.
Utilities belonging to verious user agencies have been identified that fall within the
project road ROW and will need to be shifted to enable road construction. Shifting
proposals have been submitted to the user agencies and estimates have been received
from the concerned agencies.
The total cost of utilities shifting for all the utilities identified in the road RoW is
estimated to be Rs. 15.53 crores and the details are given in Table E-16 below.
Policy, legal and institutional issues for planning and for getting all approvals and
for implementation of Environmental Management Plan during Design,
Construction and Operational phases; and
Scoping and future course of work for Environmental Impact Assessment Study
The objective of the social screening is to identify the probable adverse impacts due to
the proposed road improvement works and ensuing land acquisition on the affected
persons/families. Based on these assessments a Resettlement Action Plan is to be
prepared meeting requirements of various guidelines and relevant Acts of
Government of India and other funding agencies like the World Bank, the Asian
Development Bank, etc.
The initial social screening has been carried out by the consultants through detailed
reconnaissance of the project area, review of secondary information and preliminary
consultation with various stakeholders. The major findings are listed in chapter 12 of
main report.
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 40 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
Subsequent to preparation of the Land Plan Schedule (LPS), consultants will conduct
Census and socio-economic surveys of Project Affected Persons/Families likely to be
affected due to the project.
A format of Social and Census Survey is proposed to be used to record the relevant
information from all categories of property holder. Data will be collected at household
level that will include family details, social category, religion, economic status,
occupation, and education etc. along with details of any structure that may be affected
including type of structure, present use of structure and dimension of the structure.
The topographical survey map was also utilized to identify each structure on the
ground. Structures falling within the proposed development corridor were identified
in the site of preliminary basis. The existing ROW is nearly about 60 meters most of
the length except Vantmuri Ghat section and the additional land to be acquired
realignment sections and for the locations where the project facilities proposed like
Bus bays, truck lay byes and entry & Exit ramps etc.
The cost estimate is prepared for Widening of existing 4 lane divided carriage way
with service roads to 6 lane divided carriage way with service roads on either sides
including all the proposed facilities as per IRC standards. The Total Capital Cost of
the project cost is estimated as Rs. 1541.02 Crores (Including LA and R&R) and
Abstract of the Total Capital Cost of the Project is given below in Table No.E.17.
Civil Construction cost is estimated as Rs.1176.37 Crores excluding GST and
Estimated Project Cost is worked out as Rs. 1,436.61 Crores including GST,
Utilities shifting cost Centages etc., The Abstract of Cost Estimate is presented
below in Table No E-18:
Table E-17 : Abstract of Total Capital Cost
Amount in Rs.
Sl. No. Description
Crores
(I) Cost of civil work
1 CIVIL CONSTRUCTION COST 1,176.37
2 GST @ 12% 141.17
3 Total Civil Construction Cost including GST' 1,317.54
4 UTILITY SHIFTING COST (Excl.supervision cost of Utility shifting works) 15.53
5 Total Civil Construction Cost including GST and Utility Shifting Cost 1,333.07
(II) Centages
9 Total Civil Cost including Agency, Contingency & Supervision Charges 103.54
The Economic Internal Rate of Return (EIRR) and Net Present Value (NPV) of
Package I is given below.
Table E-19 : EIRR and NPV of Various Sections
EIRR NPV (million
Sl No. Section
(%) INR)
Belgaum to Sankeshwar
1 Bypass (Km 515.000 to Km 21.75% 11,021.25
555.000)
Sensitivity analysis has been conducted to test the robustness of EIRR to different
variations in market and project-specific parameters. It has been conducted in three
scenarios;
Project FIRR has been assessed as 13.67% for Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass as
assessed by financial consultants based on the assumptions circulated by finance
division of NHAI vide circular no. NHAI/11033/CGM(Fin)/ 2011 dated 29.04.2011,
Corrigendum to Circular dated 29.04.2011 issued vide circular no.
NHAI/11033/CGM(Fin/2011 dated 25.11.2011 and Circular no. 37012/09/2009-H
dated 16.06.2014 issued by MORTH for financial analysis for the Project.
The above FIRR has been assessed based on the NHAI circular dated 8th January,
2021 i.e. MHAI / Policy Guidelines / Standard Documents / 2021 Policy Circular No.
11.26. The circular is attached for your reference.
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 Project Background
In addition to this, various NHDP programs have been taken up by NHAI to match
with the rapid pace of modernization and industrial development of the country. For
the near future, the Government has also plans to continue developing the National
Highways at a rapid pace which will require huge funding in short time.
NHAI has appointed M/s STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd. for the above work to carry out
the Feasibility Studies and Detailed Project Report for Lot: 6, Package – 3 roads. Out
of 6 roads, Maharashtra / Karnataka Border (Kagal) to Belgaum ( From Km 515+000
to Km 592+705 for the length of 77.705km in the state of Karnataka for majority of
length ) has been taken up on priority for upgrading it to 6-lane access controlled
facility. After several presentations and meetings held in NHAI and MORT&H during
the months spanning March 2018 to May 2018, Out of the above 4 roads have been
assigned the Assigned PIU and Nodal PIU for Bharatmala/DPR/Lot-6/Package-3 vide
NHAI HQ letter no NHAI/Bharatmala/DPR/Lot-5/Pkg-4/2017/118036 dated
23.05.2018. The following roads were assigned the Assigned PIU and Nodal PIU:
After several presentations and meetings held in NHAI and MORT&H during the
months spanning March 2018 to May 2018, Out of the above 4 roads have been
assigned the Assigned PIU and Nodal PIU for Bharatmala/DPR/Lot-6/Package-3 vide
NHAI HQ letter no NHAI/Bharatmala/DPR/Lot-5/Pkg-4/2017/118036 dated
23.05.2018. The following roads were assigned the Assigned PIU and Nodal PIU:
General scope of services shall cover but shall not be limited to the following major
tasks:
i. Review of all available reports and published information about the project road
and project influence area;
iii. (a) Public consultation, including consultation with communities located along
the road, NGOs working in the area, other stake-holders and relevant Govt.
Departments. at all the different stages of assignment (such as inception stage,
feasibility stage, preliminary design stage and once final designs are
concretized);
vi. Traffic studies including traffic surveys and Axle load survey and demand
forecasting for next thirty years.
viii. Inventory and condition surveys for bridges, cross-drainage structures and
drainage provisions;
x. Pavement investigations;
xiii. Detailed design of road, its cross-sections, horizontal and vertical alignment and
design of embankment of height more than 6.0m and also in poor soil conditions
and where density considerations required, even lesser height embankment,
detailed design of structures, preparation of GAD and construction drawings of
cross-drainage structures and underpasses etc.;
xv. Design of complete drainage system and disposal point for storm water;
xviii. Contract packaging and Implementation Schedule applicable for EPC mode;
xix. Strip Plan indicating the scheme for carriageway widening, location of all
existing utility services (both over and underground) and the scheme for their
relocation, trees to be felled and planted and land acquisition requirements
including schedule for LA; reports, documents and drawings, arrangement of
estimate for cutting of trees and shifting of utilities from the concerned
department;
xx. To find out financial viability of project for implementation and suggest the
preferred mode on which the project is taken up.
xxi. Preparation of detailed project report, cost estimate, approved for construction
drawings, rate analysis, detailed bill of quantities, documents for execution of
civil works through budgeting resources.
xxii. Design of toll plaza and identification of their numbers and location and office
cum residential complex including working drawings.
xxvi. Preparation of social plans for the project affected people as per policy of the
lending agencies/Govt. of India R & R Policy.
The Final Feasibility Report for the project contains the following volumes.
Volume - I Main Report
Volume - I A Appendix to Main Report
Volume - II Technical Specification
Volume - III Rate Analysis
Volume - IV Cost Estimate
Volume - V Bill of Quantities
Volume - VI Drawings
The contents of Final Feasibility Reports are detailed below.
Executive Summary
Chapter - 1 Introduction
Chapter - 2 Overview of NHAI’s Organization and Activities and Project
Financing and cost recovery Mechanism
Chapter - 3 Existing Features of the Project Corridor
Chapter - 4 Project Description including Possible Alternate
alignments/Bypass and Technical /Engineering Alternatives
Chapter - 5 Methodology Adopted For the Feasibility Study
Chapter - 6 Socio-Economic Profile of the Project Areas
“To meet the nations need for the provision and maintain of National Highways
network to global standards and to meet users expectations in the most time bound
and cost effective manner, within the strategic policy framework set by the
Government of India and thus promote economic well being and quality of life of the
people.”
2.1 Introduction
As per the National Highways Authority of India Act 1988, the Authority shall consist
of a Chairman, not more than five full-time Members and not more than four part time
Members, to be appointed by Central Government.
The Organizational Structure of the Authority is as shown below. The total manpower
strength of the Authority under various categories, as on 31.03.2017 is as under:
Total No. of
Group post Regular Deputation Contract
Employees
A 556 286 260 10
B 259 21 6 232
C 161 11 0 150
D 1 1 0 0
Total 977 319 266 392
National Highways (NH) are the main highways which traverses through the length
and width of the country connecting the National and State capitals, major ports and
rail junctions and linkup with border roads and foreign highways and serve as arterial
roads for movement of passengers and goods. The total length of NH (including
expressways) in the country is 1,15,235 km. While National Highways constitute only
about 2% of the length of the country's road network but they carry about 40% of the
total road traffic. The first and the foremost task mandated to the NHAI is the
implementation of NHDP – comprising of the Golden Quadrilateral and North-South
& East-West Corridors.
As on March 31, 2017, out of the total 55,886 Km (7,097 Km with Ministry of Road
Transport & Highways) of National Highways that are planned to be developed and
upgraded by NHAI, 39,581 Km of National Highways contracts have been awarded.
Out of this 28,479 Km have been completed and 11,102 Km of the total length is in
progress. Projects with a length of 9,208 Km is yet to be awarded for which the
project preparations are in progress. About 65% of freight and 80% passenger traffic
is carried out by the roads.
NHAI is responsible for the implementation of National Highways Development
Project (NHDP) and other agencies implement the Non – NHDP projects. The
administrative framework for the road sector in India is given in the below figure:
The following are the major landmark changes in the institutional framework that
facilitates the faster development of National Highways in India:
The National Highways (Collection of fees by any person for the use of
section of National Highways / Permanent Bridge / Temporary Bridge –
Public funded project) Rules, 1997
Traditionally, financing for development of National Highways in India was from the
budgetary resources of the Government of India in order to augment the available
resources, loans have also been raised from multilateral agencies like World Bank,
Asian Development Bank (ADB) and Japan Bank of International Cooperation
(JBIC). Around 80 per cent of the external assistance is provided to NHAI as a grant
In a historic decision, the Government of India introduced a Cess on both Petrol and
Diesel. This amount at that time (at 1999 prices) came to a total of approximately Rs.
2,000 crores per annum. Further, Parliament decreed that the fund so collected were to
be put aside in a Central Road Fund (CRF) for exclusive utilization for the
development of a modern road network. The developmental work that it could be
tapped to fund and the agencies to whome it was available were clearly defined as
Highway Infrastructure bonds are issued with benefits of tax savings for raising funds
for NHAI.
Policy Initiatives for Attracting Private Investment:
Duty free import of specified modern high capacity equipment for highway
construction.
The Concessionaire recovers the entire upfront/construction cost along with the
interest and a return on investment out of the future toll collection.
The viability of the project greatly depends on the traffic (i.e., toll). However,
BOT (Annuity) Model: Concessionaire is procured through steps of RFQ and RFP.
Construction, operation and maintenance rest with the Concessionaire during the
concession period. While toll is collected by the Authority through a bidding process,
the developer receives annuity payments through the concession period.
The selection is made based on the least annuity quoted by the bidders (the
concession period being fixed).The client (Government/NHAI) retains the risk
with respect to traffic (toll), since the client collects the toll.
NHAI funds are also leveraged by the setting up of Special Purpose Vehicles
(SPVs). The SPVs will be borrowing funds and repaying these through toll
revenues in the future. This model will also be tried in some other projects.
Some more models may emerge in the near future for better leveraging of funds
available with NHAI such as Annuity, which is a variant of BOT model.
Borrowing from multi – lateral funding agencies such as ADB, World Bank and JBIC
(OECF) is also one of the major sources for funding of Highway projects.
The investments are being recovered either directly through tolls or indirectly through
cess on petrol and diesel.
CESS: In a historic decision, the Government of India introduced a CESS on both
Petrol and Diesel. This amount at that time (at 1999 prices) came to a total of
approximately Rs. 2,000 crores per annum. Further, Parliament decreed that the fund
so collected were to be put aside in a Central Road Fund (CRF) for exclusive
utilization for the development of a modern road network. The developmental work
that it could be tapped to fund and the agencies to whome it was available was clearly
defined as:
Bharatmala Pariyojana is a new umbrella program for the highways sector that
focuses on optimizing efficiency of freight and passenger movement across the
country by bridging critical infrastructure gaps through effective interventions like
development of Economic Corridors, Inter Corridors and Feeder Routes, National
Corridor Efficiency Improvement, Border and International connectivity roads,
Coastal and Port connectivity roads and Green-field expressways. A total of around
24,800 kms are being considered in Phase I. In addition, Phase I also includes 10,000
kms of balance road works under NHDP. Estimated outlay for Phase I is Rs 5,35,000
crores spread over 5 years. The objective of the program is optimal resource
allocation for a holistic highway development/improvement initiative.
2.9.2 Background
The National Highways Development Program (NHDP) has reached a certain level of
maturity. It is now important to re-define road development and have a macro
approach while planning expansion of the national highways network. The focus has
to be on recasting road development by bridging critical infrastructure gaps. Hence
Bharatmala has been launched as a new umbrella program whose primary focus is on
optimizing the efficiency of the movement of goods and people across the country.
This program envisages a corridor approach in place of the existing package-based
approach which has, in many cases, resulted in skewed development. For instance, in
areas of high traffic, even up to 30,000 Passenger Carrying Units (PCUs), there are
NH stretches of single and even intermediate lane. These have naturally become an
impediment to seamless freight and passenger movement.
Bharatmala will give the country 50 national corridors as opposed to the 6 we have at
present. With this, 70 – 80 percent of freight will move along NH as against the 40
percent at present. The programme will help to connect 550 Districts in the country
Phase-I of Bharatmala shall be implemented over a period of five years i.e. 2017-18 to
2021-22. Summary of Phase I components and approved outlay are shown in Table
2.1. Components of Phase one are as follows:
● Economic Corridors: Economic corridor development program focuses on
developing new corridors, in addition to existing Golden Quadrilateral (GQ) and
North South-East West corridors (NS-EW). It is planned to develop these corridors
end to end to ensure seamless and speedy travel and to ensure uniformity in
standards in terms of speed, design of various elements of roads, control of
accesses, way side amenities, road safety features, etc. Once upgraded it will ensure
substantial increase in speed and time of travel for both freight and passenger traffic
Length
S.No Components Outlay (Rs Cr.)
(Km)
a. Economic corridors development 9,000 1,20,000
b. Inter-corridor & feeder roads 6,000 80,000
c. National Corridors Efficiency improvements 5,000 100,000
3.1 General
The National Highway Authority of India (herein after referred to as the “Authority”
or “NHAI”) is engaged in the development of the National Highways under the
scheme of Bharatmala Pariyojana.
As part of this endeavour, NHAI has decided to undertake the project namely
“Consultancy services for preparation of DPR for development of Economic
corridors, inter corridors and feeder routes to national corridors (GQ and NS-EW
corridors) to improve the efficiency of freight movement in India under Bharatmala
Pariyojana lot-6, package–3 (Karnataka and Kerala): from Maharashtra/Karnataka
border (Kagal) to Belgaum.
In order to fulfill the above assignment, the National Highway Authority of India
(NHAI) has appointed M/s STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd. for the above work to carry
out the Feasibility Studies and Detailed Project Report for Lot: 6, Package – 3 roads.
Out of 6 roads, Maharashtra / Karnataka Border (Kagal) to Belgaum (From Km
515+000 to Km 592+705 for the length of 77.705km in the state of Karnataka for
majority of length ) has been taken up on priority for upgrading it to 6-lane access
controlled facility. After several presentations and meetings held in NHAI and
MORT&H during the months spanning March 2018 to May 2018, Out of the above 4
roads have been assigned the Assigned PIU and Nodal PIU for Bharatmala/DPR/Lot-
6/Package-3 vide NHAI HQ letter no NHAI/Bharatmala/DPR/Lot-5/Pkg-
4/2017/118036 dated 23.05.2018.
The project stretch starts at Honaga Industrial Area in Belagavi Taluk, Belgavi
District in the state of Karnataka (15°57'30.678"N, 74°30'51.636"E) and ends at
Sankeshwar Bypass (upto End of Bypass towards Kagal) (16°16'18.314"N,
74°27'37.787"E). NHAI suggested to split the Project Road into 2 packages
considering the existing two toll plazas, cost of project, to attract more
competitiveness etc., for the purpose of Project Implementation.
Accordingly, the project road is divided in to two packages:
1. Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from Km.
515+000 to Km. 555+017 of NH-48 in the state of Karnataka on Engineering,
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 68 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka
on Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
Procurement & Construction (EPC) Mode under Bharatmala Pariyojana
(Package-I).
The following sections describes the details of Package-1 Section of NH-48 from
Design Ch.515+000 to Design Ch.555+017 (Existing Ch 515+000 i.e Belgaum - Ch
555+000) Sankeshwar Bypass (upto End of Bypass towards Kagal) for the length of
40.017 km. The Site of the Project Road is a brown field alignment and passes
through 17 Villages in 3 Taluks i.e. Belagavi, Hukkeri Taluks in Belgaum District,
Karnataka State and 1 Village in Gadhinglaj Taluk in Kolhapura District, Maharashtra
State. The start and end points and details of the project stretch are given in Table 3.1.
Length
Chainage in Km Easting Northing
Road Description of (Km)
No Road Start & End Start & End
From To
Point Point
Belgaum - 74°30'51.636"E 15°57'30.678"N,
Sankeshwar
Bypass (upto 40.0
NH-
515.000 555.000 End of Bypass
48
towards Kagal) 74°27'37.787"E. 16°16'18.314"N,
in the state of
Karnataka
The Project corridor NH-48 passes through the following revenue villages or built up
areas. The list of villages are given in the below Table-3.2.
There are 19 major and 16 minor junctions observed along the project road which
connects to various NH, SH, MDR, ODR & other villages roads Apart from these,
there are few gravel and earthen (local) roads leads to small villages and hamlets. The
list of major and minor junctions is furnished in Table-3.3 and Table-3.4.
Table 3-3: List of Existing Major Junctions
Cross road
Chainage, Type of Direction
S.No width
Km Junction
LHS RHS LHS RHS
1 515.079 T 7.89 Devgiri Village
2 515.156 Y 3.84 Heggere Village
3 517.705 T 5.75 Borkenhatti road
4 530.58 T 5.08 Benakoli village
5 531.608 T 4.7 Managutti Village
6 531.945 T 3.93 Wari Mastiholli
Yamakanamaradi
7 535.054 Y 5.48
village
8 536.088 T 5.47 Managutti village
9 536.806 Y 3.76 Hattargi Village
10 544.17 T 6.88 Iddarguchi vilalge
11 545.518 T 4.82 Hebbal Village
12 546.115 T 5.37 Hebbal Village
13 549.07 T 4.87 Nangnur village
Sankeshwar
14 549.805 T 9.87
town
15 551.568 T 4.21 Nangnur village
16 552.163 + 3.9 4.4 Hitani village
Note : The above list includes all cross roads meeting Project Highway I,e MCW or Service
Road.
b) Minor Junction (Other Roads>5.5m)
Cross road
S.N Chaina Type of Direction
width
o ge, Km Junction Remarks
LHS RHS LHS RHS
Local road connecting to
1 516+715 T 5.54 Houses
houses only.
Ranichinnam University road
2 520+960 Y 5.67
ma university interconnected to Godihal
No of Total Length
SL Structure Chainage Super- Spans with C/w of
Location Foundation Remarks
No No (km) structure span Width structure
length (m) (m) (m)
AB,P1&P2-
Open
Isolated
footing and Precast PSC Ghatprabha
1 530/1 529+760 LHS 8 x 24.1 11 192.8
P3 to P7 & Girder River Bridge
AP - Pile
foundation
No of Total Length
SL Structure Chainage Super- Spans with C/w of
Location Foundation Remarks
No No (km) structure span Width structure
length (m) (m) (m)
Simply
RHS Not Visible supported 7.5
RCC Girder
Open Precast PSC
LHS 8 x 17.12 11
foundation Girder
136.96 Hiranyakeshi
2 545/3 544+85 Open Precast PSC
RHS 8 x 17.12 11 river
foundation Girder
RHS SR Abandoned Bridge
Open
Precast PSC
LHS Isolated 8 x 17.12 11
Girder
footings Hiranyakeshi
3 552/1 551+506 136.96
Open river
Precast PSC
RHS Isolated 8 x 17.12 11
Girder
footings
Open
Precast PSC
LHS Isolated 8 x 17.12 11
Girder
footings Hiranyakeshi
4 552/2 551+936 136.96
Open river
Precast PSC
RHS Isolated 8 x 17.12 11
Girder
footings
Span
Arrangement
Carriage
(No of Spans
Structure Chainage Type of way
S.No. Side Foundation x Width x Remarks
No. (km) Structure Width
Height ) (m)
(m)
(Clear
Dimension)
Raft 3 x 3.00 x Box Type
LHS SR 1 x 8.20
foundation 3.00 Structure
Raft 1 x 10.50 x Box Type
LHS MCW 1 x 12.00
foundation 6.85 Structure
1 516/4 515+830
Raft 1 x 10.50 x Box Type
RHS MCW 1 x 12.00
foundation 6.85 Structure
Raft 3 x 3.00 x Box Type
RHS SR 1 x 8.20
foundation 3.00 Structure
Raft 4 x 3.00 x Box Type
LHS SR 1 x 8.0
foundation 3.00 Structure
Raft Box Type
LHS MCW 2 x 5.850 x7.2 1 x 12.00
2 537/1 536+445 foundation Structure
Open Slab +
RHS MCW 2 x 5.850 x7.2 1 x 12.00
Foundation wall type
RHS SR NA 2 x 5.850 x7.2 Masonary 1 x 8.0
Table 3-7: Details of Grade Separator, VUP, and CUP & PUP
Span Arrangement
SL Structure Chainage (No. of Spans x
Width of Structure (m) Remarks
No. No (km) Width x Height (m)
(Clear Dimension)
1 518/2 517+315 1x4x1.5 56 Only Box
2 519/1 518+265 1x4x1.5 27.5+ 16+ 12.5 Box/Pipe/Box
3 520/1 519+070 1x2.8x1.25 28.5+ 16+ 11.5 Box/Pipe/Box
4 520/5 519+907 1x2.8x1.25 28.5+ 16+ 11.5 Box/Pipe/Box
5 521/3 520+785 1x4x1.15 27.5+ 16+ 12.5 Box/Pipe/Box
6 528/1 527+172 1x4.5x1.6 15+15 Pipe/Box
7 532/1 531+343 1x2.3x1.28 28.5+ 16+ 11.5 Box/Pipe/Box
8 532/2 531+435 1x2.3x1.28 28.5+ 16+ 11.5 Box/Pipe/Box
9 533/1 532+205 1x2.3x1.28 28.5+ 16+ 11.5 Box/Pipe/Box
10 534/2 533+949 1x2.8x1.25 28.5+ 16+ 11.5 Box/Pipe/Box
11 538/1 537+139 1x2.6x1.18 28.5+ 16+ 11.5 Box/Pipe/Box
RCC Box,
approach of
12 537+850 1x1x1.2 60
toll plaza for
full length
13 540/2 539+390 1x6x1.25 13+ 15+ 28 Box/Pipe/Box
14 540/6 539+997 1x2.3x1.28 28.5+ 16+ 11.5 Box/Pipe/Box
15 549/1 548+276 1x3x2.5 56 Only Box
16 549/2 548+688 1x4x1.15 27.5+ 16+ 12.5 Box/Pipe/Box
17 550/1 549+375 1x4x1.15 27.5+ 16+ 12.5 Box/Pipe/Box
18 550/2 549+451 1x2.3x1.80 56 RCC Box
19 550/3 549+499 1x4x1.25 27.5+ 16+ 12.5 Box/Pipe/Box
20 551/2 550+919 1x2.8x1.25 56 RCC Box
There are no Railway Level Crossings/ RUB/ROB along the project stretch.
3.7 Carriageway
The existing carriageway is of four lane divided standards. The carriageway width
slightly varies at merging and diverging at junctions, median openings, at approaches
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 77 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka
on Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
to structures and on structures deck. It may be noted that, details of carriageway on
structures shall be referred from Structures Inventory section of this chapter. Details
of carriageway along the Project Stretch for main Road and service road are given in
Appendix 3.1 Volume IA: Appendix to Main Report.
The existing Right of Way (RoW) is 60m along the corridor except Vantamuri Ghat
section where the right of way is 35.0m only. The existing right of way details are
given below In Table No. 3.10. Land acquisition plans would be prepared to have
uniform ROW in accordance with NHAI guidelines. Additional land acquisition will
be proposed as per project requirements and in accordance with TOR/ NHAI
guidelines.
Table 3-10: Details of Existing Right of way
The existing details of bus bays and Bus shelters along the project corridor are given
below in Table no.3.11
Table 3-11: Details of Existing Bus Bays
The existing details of Truck lay byes along the project corridor are given below in
Table no.3.12
Table 3-12: Details of Truck lay Byes
The project road having existing road side drains and the details are given below in
Table No.3.13.
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 79 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka
on Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
Table 3-13: Existing Drain Details
The project stretch have toll plaza at Km. 537+790 (Hattargi Toll plaza).
3.13 Bypass
The project road having existing Sankeshwar Bypass starts at Km. 549.200 and ends
at Km.554.359 for length of 5.159 km.
3.14 Utilities
The following utilities are identified in the topographical survey and detailed
reconnaissance along the project corridor.
There are various types of over ground/underground utilities running along and across
the project corridor in entire length of the project road. The utilities, which will be
affected due to implementation of the project, shall be shifted before start the
construction activities. The utility shifting plan for each type of utilities is prepared
and the demand note for shifting of these utilities is collected from concerned
departments. The utility shifting plans along with the reports is prepared for shifting
of over ground utilities. The report on utility shifting proposals along with the detailed
estimate is submitted separately through our letter no Ref.: 34/14088/E/2020-
21/BRS/0269 dated on 18th January, 2021.
4.1 General
This Alignment study report covers Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass road in the state
of Karnataka out of the roads entrusted by National Highways Authority of India
(MORT&H) for the Consultancy Services for preparation of DPR for development of
Economic Corridor/ National Corridor, Inter Corridors and Feeder Routes to improve
the efficiency of freight movement in India under Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package
3/Lot -6) in the state of Karnataka & Kerala.
This alignment study report is to further assist to carry out the Feasibility Studies and
Detailed Project Report of this road for upgrading it to 6-lane access controlled (fully
access control for Economic Corridors/National Corridors) or access controlled 6/8-
laning in certain stretches, as required depending upon traffic.
In order to develop the concept of improving the project corridor for reduction in
transport cost and enhanced comfort and safety of the road users, appropriate
engineering solutions have been considered. For the purpose of feasibility study,
elementary design of the major components has been carried out for the alternative
improvement proposals. These elementary designs were primarily aimed at providing
the basis for estimating the project costs to a suitable level of approximation for use as
vital inputs to the economic and financial analysis.
The geometry of the Project Road has been observed to be deficient for design
requirements pertaining to National Corridor specifications for substantial length for a
four lane highway from km 526+400 to km 529+200. It is proposed for improving it
to comply with the Specifications and Standards for Six lane Highway published by
IRC (IRC: SP: 87) (the “Manual of Specifications & Standards for Six Laning of
Highways through Public Private Partnership”) as far as possible along with other
relevant IRC codes. This will necessitate the Realignment of the road in this area.
The existing ROW of this road varies from 60m - 65m for most of the stretches,
except the Ghat sections where the existing right of way is 35m only. The width of
ROW required for a six lane with future provision for eight lane road is 70 m.
New Bypass and realignment portion have been verified at site after designing on
satellite image. The team under the supervision of Team Leader and Highway
Engineer mobilised at site after its alternate alignment option study on available
Google and alignment maps received from various sources from April 2019 onwards.
The following guidelines/ considerations were kept in view while selecting the
alternative alignments.
1) The selected bypass alternative is to comply with the guidelines of the Manual.
4) Avoiding funeral ground, mosque, temple or any religious places and water bodies
coming in the way of the proposed alignment of the bypass.
5) It should have minimum impact on the existing public utilities and settlements and
should not disturb the existing drainage system.
6) The alignment should be located sufficiently away from the existing built up area
and should not conflict with future planned development of the area.
9) Traffic capacity, speed and safety of the Project Road should be optimized.
10) Should avoid marshy ground, steep terrain, unsuitable hill features and areas
subject to severe climatic conditions, flooding and inundation.
11) The alignment should preserve environmental and maintain ecological balance.
The length should be as short as possible.
Minimum 2 alternative alignments studied for each bypass and realignment sections.
Satellite Imaginaries (Google images) were studied to understand the terrain, water
bodies, forest areas and any major channel etc., at macro level on both sides of
stretches to be bypassed. This was followed by a ground verification of the site along
the preferred alignment.
Preliminary discussions with local administration, NHAI officials and local public
were conducted to gather additional details on probable alignment options. Detailed
topographical survey of bypass/ realignment alignments approved by the client. It is
quite likely that some adjustment in the approved alignment might be necessitated due
to site conditions during detailed topographical survey and design.
Frequently, new bypasses get engulfed with local activities resulting in a drastic
reduction in the level of service for traffic. Therefore, care was taken to ensure that
sufficient room was left for expansion of the town in order to minimize the potential
for future encroachments. However, the bypass itself is a potential for developmental
activity. Easy access encourages fast roadside development and encroachments for
commercial activity in the form of eating places, repair shops etc.
For each bypass/ realignment, alternatives have been studied with the Criteria for
selection of the proposed bypass/ realignment option explained as above.
Following are the Major Realignment areas along project corridor where bypass has
been proposed.
Sr. Existing length Type of Improvement
Built-up section
No. of section (m) proposed
Bypass/Realignment
1 km 526+400 to km 529+200 2800
recommended
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 84 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka
on Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
Following bypasses and realignments have been proposed along the project corridor.
Table 4-1 : Proposed Bypasses and Realignments
Proposed Bypasses/Realignments
S. Length
No. Existing Improvement
along Bad From (m) To (m) Length (m)
Habitation Proposal
Geometry
km 526+400 to Bypass/Realig
1 2800 526+400 529+200 Option-I - 2550
km 529+200 nment
The main principle for route selection is to achieve least overall cost on
Transportation with regard to initial construction cost, maintenance and road user cost
and at the same time satisfying Environmental / Social requirements. The
Realignment/Bypass options were studied on both side of existing alignment. A
comparative study of alignment alternatives for each location has been prepared in
detail and presented in the following section.
The project alignment starting from km 515+000 near Honaga Industrial Area in
Belgavi District in the state of Karnataka and ending at Km 555+000 at Shankeshwar
bypass in the District of Belgavi for the length of 40km in the state of Karnataka. The
project alignment is having deficient geometry majorly at one location i.e. km
526+400 to km 529+200 for the length of 2.800 km. The location map in figure 4-1
shows the Project Alignment and Bypass Locations below;
BILL
Description Amount (Rs.)
No.
1 Site Clearance And Dismantling 1,14,47,756.00
2 Earthwork 20,19,09,700.00
Granular Base Course And Sub-
3 7,41,92,877.00
Base
4 Bituminous Course 9,86,35,028.00
Cross Drainage Works Pipe
5 22,92,698.00
Culverts
6 Underpass And Box Structures 4,12,98,993.00
7 Bridge Work 67,58,53,296.65
8 Drainage And Protection Work 1,27,44,900.00
Traffic Signs Marking And
9 1,01,41,153.00
Other Appurtenances
10 Miscellaneous 1,68,280.00
Civil Construction Cost 1,12,86,84,681.65
Say Rs. 112.87
Crores
Length of existing
5 2800 Nil
section by-passed (m)
6 Built-up stretch Nil Nil
7 Terrain Plain / Rolling Plain / Rolling
Proposed Geometry can be made
Proposed Geometry can be modified
according to 100 Km/Hr design
according to 65 Km/Hr design speed
speed with smooth horizontal curves
8 Geometrics with smooth horizontal curves
to avoid compromised geometry for
acquiring additional land by the side
design speed of 40kmph to 65kmph
of existing alignment.
through existing road.
Intersection
9 1 No. At (Starting) Nil. At (Starting)
developments
Existing Land use
10 pattern through Agriculture Land / Forest Land Forest Land
proposed alignment
11 No. of structures Culvert + Viaduct+ MNB Culvert + VUP
15 Agriculture Area 08 0
Total Civil Cost
16 113 51
Cr.(Approximate)
Total Project Cost
17 128 Crores 54 Crores
(Approximate)
No of Habitation
18 Nil Left side habitation
structures affected
Widening of existing carriageway
and geometrical improvement not
19 Social Impact Nil
possible within available ROW.
Realignment Required.
Proposed improvement 6 Lane Carriageway with Paved 6 Lane Carriageway with Paved
21
as per Manual Shoulder Shoulder
1. Existing alignment is 4/6-lane with
1. Better geometrics with better sight paved shoulder with Compromised
distance make this option safer. Geometry (not Qualifying for
National Corridor Specifications).
22 Merits
2. Existing alignment is being
2. This connectivity is shorter than
widened which shall reduce land
the other option and Qualifying for
acquisition compared to bypass
National Corridor Specifications.
option.
Not Qualifying for National Corridor
23 Demerits No Appreciable demerits
Specifications.
Consultant's
24 Recommended Not recommended
Recommendation
The Draft Alignment option report was submitted to PIU Dharwad vide our letter ref
no. 13/E/12647/SC: RS/4052 dated 03-06-2019. A Detailed Presentation was made to
RO NHAI Bangalore and PD PIU Dharwad at NHAI Regional office Bangalore on
18.06.2019, where in all the alignment options for realignment section from km
526+400 to km 529+200 were presented.
The RO, Bangalore and PD, PIU Dharwad has confirmed the realignment proposed
for the realignment section from km 526+400 to km 529+200.
The Consultants had no. of meetings and later a joint site visit along with NHAI
officials dated on 19.10.2019 and explained the project proposals and additional
facilities are proposed based on the black spot data collected from the client along the
project road. After detailed site visit and discussions the following are the
changes/suggestions from the NHAI officials.
During site visit, PD asked consultant to explain the project proposals and provisions
made on project facilities. The consultants explained the entire project stretch is
designed for 80 kmph except Ghat section i.e. Vantamuri Ghat where the existing
design speed is 50km/hr. Apart from that consultant explained that the consultants
have reviewed available data collected on black spot locations and various
representations made regarding the provision of VUP/VOP/LVUP/PUPs along the
Project Corridor. The consultants also explained that the new 6 laning manual does
not permit at-grade road crossing. Accordingly, the project corridor requires no. of
VUPs, VOPs, LVUPs, and PUPs. Based on the detailed analysis of existing VUP/PUP
locations and considering the above requirements, the consultants have explained that
no. of additional VUPs are required to improve the safety along the Project Road.
Further the consultants explained that proper entry and exit arrangement with service
roads and the retaining walls with crash barrier between main carriageway and service
road are being proposed so as to reduce the additional ROW requirement and this will
prevent the direct crossing of pedestrians/animals across the main carriageway which
will prevent the accidents to a larger extent.
i. During the visit, the consultant explained that the existing structures are having
less vent way for VUP, PUP and CUP as per new 6-laning manual. PD, NHAI has
opined that the new manual can be followed for all new project facilities and the
existing structures can be made use of to the maximum extent so as to minimise
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 90 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
the cost of the project and accordingly instructed consultants to extend the existing
structures instead of dismantling and re-constructing existing structures in
widening of 4-laning to 6-laning of Project Road.
ii. After detailed discussions for proposed LVUP location at Rani Chinnamma
University, PD has suggested that considering the University and use of military
vehicles, VUP as per new version of Design Manual shall be proposed rather than
LVUP proposed earlier and the span of facility shall be proposed considering the
turning radius at the crossing locations. PD has instructed the consultants to
resubmit the proposal along with BOQ and Estimate.
iii. Consultants are explained about the Vantamuri Ghat steep gradients as the loaded
vehicles are finding difficult to negotiate these steep gradients. PD has suggested
that the service road could be continued on LHS side by widening the existing
road. After detailed discussion, PD has instructed consultants that the existing
alignment with 60kmph and 50kmph shall be evaluated and submitted with
recommendations instead of earlier suggested alignment which was passing
through forest on RHS and also the steep gradients shall be flattened.
iv. In order to meet the 6 lane carriageway requirements, PD has suggested
consultants to study following options and submit the report with evaluation of
options and recommendation for the authority to take decision on the same:
a) Dismantling of existing 2 lane bridge structure and construction of new 3 lane
major bridge for RHS traffic and new 2 lane Service Road Bridge for RHS side
local slow moving traffic
b) Construction of 3 lane grade separator cum bridge for RHS main carriageway
traffic and formation of new 2 lane service road on RHS connecting to existing 2
lane bridges.
v. The consultants have explained that there is a need for VUP at Yamakanamaradi
at-grade junction based on the black spot requirements and also as per
representations received. There is a falling gradient towards Kagal side of the
junction. Considering the same, PD has suggested that the gradient can be
extended towards Belgaum and wherever the required vertical clearance is
obtained, VUP shall be proposed at the location which could be slightly away
from the junction and towards Belgaum side of junction. Accordingly, the
consultants have prepared option. However, during the subsequent visit on 9th Jan
The alignment options were already discussed with NHAI officials and submitted as
part of Draft alignment report. In the joint site visits along with NHAI officials dated
on 19.10.2019 and 09.01.2020, the consultants have explained about the Vantmuri
Ghat section that the existing design speed is 50 kmph and also there is a problem of
steep gradients in this Ghat section.
After detailed discussions of earlier alternate alignment options and considering the
site conditions, PD has suggested that the service road could be continued on LHS
side for Vantmuri Ghat section by widening the existing road. PD has instructed to
consultants that the existing alignment with 60kmph and 50kmph shall be evaluated
and submitted with recommendations instead of earlier suggested alignment which
was passing through reserve forest on RHS and also the steep gradients shall be
flattened.
The consultants have also explained that there is a State Highway joining with the
Project Road forming at-grade junction in curve i.e. SH-141 at Ch: 527.390 (towards
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 92 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
Sutagatti Village LHS side) and there is a requirement of Vehicular Underpass. The
consultants have suggested that considering the site condition and gradients at
Vantmuri Ghat section, Vehicular Underpass is required for crossing of SH traffic. PD
has agreed for the proposal.
As per the instructions given by PD of NHAI, the consultants studied the Vantmuri
Ghat section and proposed the alignment in view of maximum utilization of existing
NH-48. As per the Survey of India topo map, it is observed that the existing alignment
is having the Managutti Reserve Forest on either side of the existing alignment. The
available existing ROW is 35.0m only. The consultants has proposed to widen the
existing 4 lane to 6 lane divided carriageway with service road on left hand side only
and the proposed ROW is 44.5m.
The final feasible alignment of Vantmuri Ghat is prepared, based on the comparison
of alignment of earlier options and in terms of length, cost and other implications etc.
Geometric improvement on existing alignment starts at Ch.522+500 and ends at
Ch.529+600.
The length of geometric improvements is 7.10 km including Vantamuri Ghat
section of 3.260 km. Geometric improvement includes introduction of transition
curves and super elevation in horizontal curves for achieving required design
speed of 60 kmph along the above re-alignment section.
The geometric improvement on existing alignment is passing through rolling/hilly
terrain.
Proposed ROW – 44.5m (Service road is proposed on Left hand side) and 60m at
VUP approaches
Additional Land is required for entire length of Ghat section i.e. for a length of
3.260 km.
S. Amount
Description of Item
No. in Crores
Cost of Rigid Pavement in Main Carriageway in Ghat section without
1 embankment and C-phi soil filling and including open Trapezoidal Drain 9.32
(L = 1.382 Km)
Cost of RE walls including RE wall panels, friction slab, crash barriers
2 51.09
etc., and embankment filling and C-Phi soil (L = 1.382 Km)
Cost of Viaduct for Main carriageway (L=0.81 Km) i.e. 30 m span and 27
3 87.31
spans
Total 147.72
4.10.2 Interchange
An interchange is a road junction that typically uses grade separation with one or
more ramps, to permit the traffic of one highway to pass through the junction without
directly crossing any other traffic stream. Interchanges are used when at least one of
the roads is an access controlled highway or a limited-access divided highway.
Interchange are proposed at the intersection of Project Road with the State Highways.
The type of interchange at each crossing is finalized in consultation with NHAI.
Trumpet interchange is proposed @ Ch: 538+261 i.e. SH-134 - Hidkal Dam Junction.
At this location it requires interchange to cater all the turning movements without
conflict and will avoid traffic queue at approach to existing Toll Plaza. This
interchange will provide free flow for the traffic from Hidkal dam to Kagal and
Belagaum to Hidkal dam.
The geometry of interchanges is designed in accordance with relevant clauses of IRC:
SP: 90-2010, IRC: 92-2017 and IRC: 65-1976. As per Cl. 6.1 (ii) of IRC: SP: 90-
2010, the carriageway width on the elevated structure including approaches shall be
kept same as on the approaching roads on either side. Maximum gradient of 1 in 40
(2.5%) is adopted in the approaches and 1 in 25 (4%) is adopted in the loop ramps.
The desirable turning radius of loops is 60m whereas 70m is proposed with the
minimum design speed of 30 kmph and maximum super elevation of 4%.
5.1 General
The study involves identification of alignment, carrying out necessary field surveys
and investigations, analysis of data, detailed design of all the components of the
project, preparation of cost estimate, economic and financial analysis, environmental
and social impact assessment, etc. The methodology adopted for different tasks is
discussed in this chapter. The consultancy services divided in to the following tasks.
Review of all available reports
Detailed reconnaissance
Identification and evaluation of different alternatives with comparison on
techno-economic considerations.
Traffic studies
Detailed topographical survey
Inventory and condition survey of the existing roads and structures.
Pavement investigations
Detailed design of project components
Economic and Financial analysis
Environmental and Social impact assessment
Project costing
The secondary data required for the development of study were collected from various
sources primarily from the Government/planning organizations. The secondary data
includes:
Review of all available plans, designs, reports and published information
about the project and the project influence area.
Hydraulic data and other details of existing bridges
Details of sanctioned / committed / announced /on-going works around the
project alignment by State/Central government/other agencies;
Traffic survey data and accident statistics
Details of social/reserve forests within project area
Critical environmental constraints
Type and location of existing utilities
Reconnaissance survey was carried out to outline the procedure for the detailed
investigations. It has identified the following:
Topographical features of the area.
Physical features in the existing roads within and outside RoW.
Preliminary identification of traffic pattern.
Inventory of major aspects including terrain, pavement type & carriageway
width of existing roads, major road crossings, water bodies, environmental
features and social aspects.
Type and extent of existing utility services along the alignment.
The data collected from the reconnaissance surveys were utilized for planning and
programming the detailed surveys and investigations.
Satellite Imaginaries (Google images) were studied to understand the terrain, water
bodies, forest areas and any major channel etc., at macro level on both sides of
stretches to be bypassed. This was followed by a ground verification of the site along
the preferred alignment.
Preliminary discussions with local administration, NHAI officials and local public
were conducted to gather additional details on probable alignment options. Detailed
topographical survey of bypass/ realignment alignments approved by the client shall
be carried out in the next phase of the project. It is quite likely that some adjustment
in the approved alignment might be necessitated due to site conditions during detailed
topographical survey and design.
Frequently, new bypasses get engulfed with local activities resulting in a drastic
reduction in the level of service for traffic. Therefore, care was taken to ensure that
sufficient room was left for expansion of the town in order to minimize the potential
for future encroachments. However, the bypass itself is a potential for developmental
activity. Easy access encourages fast roadside development and encroachments for
commercial activity in the form of eating places, repair shops etc.
For each bypass/ realignment, alternatives have been studied with the Criteria for
selection of the proposed bypass/ realignment option explained as above.
The following traffic surveys carried out to obtain all necessary data for satisfactory
design and reliable economic and financial analysis;
Classified Traffic Volume Counts
Origin-Destination and Commodity Movement Surveys
Axle loading characteristics or Axle load surveys
Turning Movement Survey
Speed delay surveys
Pedestrian/animal cross traffic count
The details of traffic survey and analysis given in Chapter 7: Traffic Survey and
Analysis.
The basic objective of the topographic survey would be to capture the essential
ground features along the alignment in order to consider improvements and for
working out improvements and rehabilitation costs. The detailed topographic surveys
should normally be taken up after the completion of reconnaissance surveys.
Field Reconnaissance Survey
The consultants have made a study of the available land width (ROW), topographic
survey maps of the project area and other relevant information collected. A detailed
reconnaissance survey has been conducted for project road has also been made.
Detailed features such as land-use, habitation, intersecting roads, utilities such as OFC
Cables, electrical lines (HT / LT), etc. have also been noted down. This has enabled
the Consultants to visualize the possible problems likely to be encountered in surveys.
The detailed ground reconnaissance of project influence area has been utilized for
planning and programming the detailed surveys and investigations.
The list of Survey of India topo maps falling in the project road are,
Survey of India Topo Maps
Sl No
Old No New No
1 48I/9 D43C9
2 47L/12 D43U12
3 47L/8 D43U8
4 47L/7 D43U7
5 47L/6 D43U6
Sl Equipment / Description of
Model Serial No
No Software Instrument / Software
Supporting software to
Auto CAD Map 2020
13 Survey Tools Auto Cad based - for extracting the levels
from instrument and
AutoCAD
Preparation of Lists,
14 MS Office MS Office-2016 - Tables, Land acquisition
schedule etc
Two GTS bench marks are identified and the details are given below.
Topo
GTS BM
Sl No RL Map Description
No
No
At Gotur village, engraved on stone slab
which is on top of protective wall of
abandoned Well, located inside PWD
D43U12
Inspection bungalow, Gotur and about 42m
(Old
1 GTS O BM 642.117 west of NH-160 (Old SH-12) on Gotur to
No.
Chikkodi Road and about 370.00 m
47L/12)
Northeast of National Highway Km No.
548.00 on NH-48 (Belagavi - Kolhapura
Road).
The Drone Agency will undertake a preliminary site assessment in each stretch to
understand the environment where have to operate its drone. The objectives of the
site-visit are to:
DT Levelling survey work was carried out all along the project road to the accuracy
of 6mm√K which is followed by survey of India for high pression survey by Auto
Level instrument by establishing Bench mark pillar as per tender documents at site at
every 250m interval and connected to the GTS BM RL for the entire project Stretch
and a XLs format table and sketches showing the final RL is prepared for all the
Bench marks.
DGPS Stations are established at every 2.0Km to 3.0Km interval totally 32 nos of pair
DPS stations were established on ground as per standard practice of survey work and
final latitude & longitude along with UTM and Plane coordinates are obtained to the
accuracy of 1 in 25000 and details of all DGPS locations with coordinates, RL,
description are shown in the sketches.
5.6.4 Traversing
Closed Traverse was carried out using 1” accuracy total station between already
established DGPS controls by maintaining 1 in 10000 accuracy which is generally
followed for all the major survey activities to have the high precession horizontal
control and traverse station was established at every 200m to 250m interval.
The details / list of all such traverse stations between DGPS stations are prepared
showing the total length error obtained, error permissible and obtained accuracy.
As per tender document topographical survey work was carried out by adopting aerial
survey using UAV covering a corridor width upto 150m (75m on either side from the
existing centreline) missing data was captured using total station such as invert levels
of Bridges, Culverts and the data which are all not covered by the UAV and the
All the survey data such as Levelling survey, total station traversing, DGPS controls
Topographical survey data collected by UAV & Total Station was validated at office
by our survey expert team (Sr. Surveyors, Retired Survey of India Staff, Retired
Revenue Official, Sr. Civil Engineer) and make sure that all the data collected at site
level are matching at the minimum accuracy which is required as per RFP and
forwarded to the Design & Auto CAD section to generating the drawings. The survey
expert team was ensured the quality and accuracy of all the collected revenue records
which are required to finalize the land acquisition process as per tender documents
On site operations will involve data collection on board the drone. Transfer of data for
presentation and analysis will be done as and when data connectivity is available to
the onsite team.
The data collected by the drone will be processed to generate the HD Video as per
ToR. Each road will be delivered in a separated file and a sheet of data of the flight
and road recorded. This sheet will includes: drone characteristics (controlling unit,
processing unit …), camera used (Lents …), GPS (if any), planning software,
processing software and height of flight.
This survey was collected using IRSM Hawkeye 2000 Professional Network Survey
Vehicle (NSV) equipped with a fully integrated Hawkeye 2000 data collection
system. The NSV consists of a multi- laser profiler, digital imaging system and a
Gipsi-Trac unit whose outputs are all linked via a highly accurate distance measuring
instrument. This will allow all the data to be collected in a single pass, thus
minimizing both the cost and the time needed to complete the survey. Since IRSM
NSV is completely scalable system which suites to all different-different types of
requirement of data collection and vehicle independent technology. Below the general
methodology and modules of IRSM NSV is given for data collection and reporting.
Additionally, each data set will be referenced to the road running distance, in
accordance with the Council’s current reference system, as well as its spatial position
using GPS (WGS84).
Integrated into the NSV is a Digital Laser Profiler (DLP) consisting of eleven
lasers.
The outputs of the lasers and accelerometers located in each wheel path (750 mm
either side of the Centre line of the vehicle) are sampled every 25 mm of longitudinal
travel and used to calculate the longitudinal profile of the road.
The profile is then passed through the Quarter Car model to calculate the International
Roughness Index (IRI) lane roughness as per the methodologies specified in the
Austroads Guide to Asset Management, Part 5B - Roughness.
IRSM will exclude any ‘spikes’ in the roughness outputs that may arise from cattle
grids, railway crossings, bridge abutments etc. and has already incorporated
automated checks in the data processing software to exclude any contribution to
roughness from data collected below the minimum survey speed which is typically set
at 10 km/h (user definable).
As Per IRC SP:16 – 2004 Guidelines for Surface Evenness of Highway Pavements
BI = 630(IRI)1.12
5.7.5 Rutting
All data will be measured and reported in accord with the recommendations contained
within the Austroads Guide to Asset Management, Part 5C – Rutting.
The DLP measures a 3-metre transverse profile across the lane using a minimum of 9
lasers. A full transverse profile is measured every 50 mm of longitudinal travel and
the processing software allows both lane and wheel path rutting to be measured using
the string line and straight edge models.
5.7.6 Texture
The DLP (Digital Laser Profile) is capable of measuring both flushing and texture via
Sensor Measured Texture Depth (SMTD). Texture is measured continuously along the
pavement length using a non- contact laser transducer.
Macro texture can be recorded in many ways. The most common is by using the
Sensor Measured Texture Depth (SMTD). Internationally Mean Profile Depth (MPD)
is more common. SMTD is more common as it can be easily correlated to a Sand
Patch Texture Depth (SPTD). The DLP can record both types of texture to all
international and national standards.
IRSM Hawkeye 2000 Professional Network Survey Vehicle (NSV) is the digital
imaging component in which four roof mounted cameras are used to record digital
images; typically, images are sampled every 10m. These cameras are oriented in a
certain configuration to ensure that the information of interest, such as inventory or
condition, is being recorded in the camera field of view. Typically, three cameras are
Simultaneous collection of up to eight camera views (in this case five will be
used)
Providing real time on-screen displays for operator verification during collection
Linking into the client’s referencing system via distance and GPS.
From the digital images, a host of information can be extracted. This information is
linearly (chainage) and spatially (GPS) referenced, allowing for easy integration into
other systems such as PMS and GIS. Some of the information extracted will be:
Sign Types
Cross Drainage Type
Median Kerb Height
Width measurement’s
Shoulder Information’s
Since the Network Survey vehicle is an integrated system, the roadside inventory
information can be collected from the images in conjunction with the pavement
distress types.
The Hawkeye 2000 Series Asset View Digital Imaging System (DIS) is a video
acquisition system for visually identifying and locating roadside features accurately.
The system utilizes the latest in digital camera technology and produces crisp high-
resolution video frames to ensure a continuous digital record of the roadway.
Maintenance requirements
Procurement
Traffic
Valuation
Safety
Each road inventory and condition parameter will be referenced to the road running
distance via a highly accurate distance transducer attached to a rear wheel of the NS
and the the transducer will in turn be calibrated using a distance calibration site.
IRSM Hawkeye 2000 Professional Network Survey Vehicle this provide the ability to
use the Gipsi-Trac unit. The following is a discussion of the benefits of Gipsi-Trac
data.
Horizontal Curvature
Vertical Curvature
Vertical Gradient
Cross Slope
The output reports can also be exported directly in HDM-4 (Highway Development
Management System) Format section report file as shown in below fig. The extension
The IRSM NSV & Survey Crew was mobilized to NH-544 site and completed data
collection using IRSM NSV on 21-Jan-18 for the 213.98 -lane kms approx. The
collected raw data were handed over to IRSM’s processing center. A series of
processing tasks were completed including:
Due to the mechanism of data capture and rating, being from digital images instead of
real environment conditions, limitations exist in the rating.
However, even taking these limitations into account, it remains possible to capture
meaningful and useable data and information from the digital imaging survey, such
that when applied in asset management procedures it can assist an asset manager to
effectively maintain the network.
The collected raw data were handed over to IRSM’s processing center. A series of
processing tasks were completed including:
The Hawkeye Processing Toolkit is an integrated graphical user interface (GUI) that
compiles the collected survey data and allows the user to ‘virtually drive down the
road’ and record rating information as needed. With each frame, a customized set of
rating fields can be attached, where the rater can record set decisions about various
parameters of the road at that point. These can include areas, widths, heights, text
fields, lists or numerical counts. Because Hawkeye is an integrated system, this means
that all rating will be automatically linked to its GPS and road-chainage position.
The images will be rated using standard guidelines, the extent of which are measured
using the Hawkeye processing toolkit’s area and width measurement options. The area
calculations are stored against the relevant defect field in the toolkit’s data file, which
is stored in the required format and referenced to the road location.
To ensure quality and consistency between raters, IRSM runs daily and weekly cross-
checks as part of its quality assurance procedures. Each rater is assigned a random
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 119 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
portion of another rater’s work to cross- check. Those results are reviewed, and
feedback is given to the rating team. This encourages a learning environment and
allows any inconsistencies to be picked up at an early stage and rectified by
supplementary training or improved rating criteria definition.
The below parameters are finalized for assessing pavement surface condition. Using
these parameters ratings form is prepared to code using Hawkeye software.
Pavement distress Rated data appears as the combination of extent and severity. The
severity is usually described in three up to a maximum of five groups, e.g. slight,
medium, and extreme, and is always precisely defined and described as to what 19
condition fits into each group. The extent is the proportion of the section / data that
fits into this group.
Inventory of all the existing structures like bridges, culverts, etc., along the proposed
alignment were carried out. The data collected include type of existing superstructure,
substructure and abutment, span and dimensions of existing bridge, hydraulic
particulars like HFL, scour around piers, etc., river protection works, etc.
The condition of existing bridge components and approaches were identified by visual
survey. Deficiencies such as spalling of concrete, damages to the wearing coat and
expansion joints, breakage of hand rails, posts and return/wing walls, disturbed
protective works in the bed, quadrant pitching etc were recorded.
The inventory and condition of existing culverts in the sections proposed for
peripheral road include the identification of deficiencies like choking of pipes,
channel obstruction, damages in head/ return/ wing walls' spalling of concrete, etc.
and the observations were recorded.
The sub grade investigations were carried out to know the strength properties of the
existing soil. Visual inspection of the existing pavement condition was carried out
prior to commencement of sub-grade investigation work. The general testing scheme
of existing road will indicates testing at least three sub grade soil samples for each
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 121 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
homogeneous road segment or three samples for each soil type encountered,
whichever is more. It was ensured to dig sub grade strength test Main carriageway pits
at every 2.0 km and sub grade strength test Service Road pits at every 5.0 km on the
retaining alignment, even same soil strata encountered on lengthy homogeneous
sections, while collecting samples. The various in-situ tests conducted and laboratory
tests included in the testing program on soil samples along the alignment as per the
project requirements are summarized in Table 1.1. The pavement composition details
(pavement course, material type, and thickness) are also recorded for Main carriage
way at every test pit at an interval of 1.0 km and Service Road at an interval of 5.0
km. The following tests were conducted on each of the sub-grade samples collected
from trial pits:
From inventory and topographical surveys, details of existing utility services such as
water lines, telephone cables, power cables, HT/LT lines crossings etc running
along/across the proposed alignment were collected and utility shifting proposal was
prepared as per the requirements.
5.11 Trees
The details of existing trees (girth wise) within the proposed right of way were
collected in the topographical survey for identifications trees to be cut and assessing
the environmental impact.
The quarry list was collected from Department and other sources. The names,
addresses and contact numbers of different quarry owners with adequate yields of
materials along with prevailing market rates were collected. The quarry charts, lead
The data collected in the traffic surveys were analysed and the future traffic forecast
was done. Traffic levels along a study stretch may vary during different periods of
time i.e. in different months/seasons. Average Daily Traffic (ADT) was estimated
from the observed counts and Average Annual Daily Traffic (AADT) was assessed
using the Seasonal Factors (SF) which was identified through fuel sales data. The
estimated AADT is the basis for the estimation of future traffic volumes on the project
corridor. The traffic growth rate with respect to all category of vehicles was identified
based on the past trends and elasticity method. Traffic forecast was made for both
diverted and generated traffic.
The configuration and right of way for the project road was finalised in consultation
with NHAI. The right of way is restricted to 60m for majority of its length except
project facilities like Bus bays, Truck laybtes and Toll plaza areas where additional
land is required.
The road geometry design, pavement design, intersection design, drainage design and
structural design of new alignment as well as improvements on the existing road were
carried out as per the recommendations provided in the IRC guidelines and special
publications of the MoRT&H. Design was carried out using universally accepted
design software. The design ensures maximum possible safety for the vehicles and
pedestrians, with least negative impact on the environment.
The bill of quantities and cost estimate were prepared covering all the components of
the project. The estimate was based on detailed design of different components of the
project. The rates were analyzed following the labour/machine and material co-
efficient suggested in the MORT&H Data Book and current Schedule of Rates as
prevailing/applicable in project catchment area. The unit rate analyses was duly take
into consideration, the various inputs and their basic rates, suggested locations of
plants, lead involved in carriage of natural materials from borrow area, quarries, etc.
The economical analysis using HDM-IV and financial analysis for the project were
carried out to identify the feasibility of the project.
Environmental and social assessment was carried out for the project and
environmental management plan and resettlement action plan were in accordance with
ADB's environmental assessment requirements/World Bank/GoI Guidelines.
6.1 Introduction
The direct project influence area is identified as the vicinity on both sides of the
project road. The socio-economic profile of the project influence areas are prepared
based on secondary official sources of information.
6.4.1 Population
According to the 2011 census of India, the total population of Karnataka was
61,095,297 of which 30,966,657 (50.7%) were male and 30,128,640 (49.3%) were
female, or 1000 males for every for every 973 females. This represents a 15.60%
increase over the population in 2001. The population density was 319 per km2 and
38.67% of the people lived in urban areas. The literacy rate was 75.36% with 82.47%
of males and 68.08% of females being literate. 84.00% of the population were Hindu,
12.92% were Muslim, 1.87% were Christian, 0.72% were Jains, 0.16% were
Buddhist, 0.05% were Sikh and 0.02% were belonging to other religions and 0.27% of
the population did not state their religion.
6.4.2 Households
Karnataka State has 133.57 lakh households as per 2011 census as against 104.02 lakh
households in 2001 census. The number of households has registered a decadal
growth rate of 28.41%. Karnataka has 14.91% (19.65 lakh) female headed households
where as the national average is 10.9%.
The State's population has grown by 15.7% during the last decade, and its population
density has risen from 276 in 2001 to 319 in 2011, indicating an increase of about
15.6%. The Rural population grew at the rate of 7.40 per cent and the urban
population registered a growth rate of 31.54 per cent.
Among the districts, Bangalore District, has witnessed the highest decennial growth
rate of 47.18 per cent followed by Yadgir, the newly created District, with 22.81 per
cent. Only 7 districts have registered decennial growth rates higher than the State
average of 15.60 per cent. Of the remaining 23 districts as many as 14 districts have
registered a growth rate of below 10 per cent.
Sex Ratio is defined as the number of females per 1000 males. The Sex Ratio in
Karnataka has increased from 965 in 2001 to 973 in 2011.
6.4.5 Literacy
The literacy rate was 75.36% which is above the National Average of 73.0 percent,
with 82.47% of males and 68.08% of females being literate.
Among the districts, Dakshina Kannada District with overall Literacy rate of 88.57
per cent retains its top position, closely followed by Bangalore District (87.67 per
cent) and Udupi District (86.24 per cent). The lowest overall Literacy rate of 51.83
per cent is recorded in the newly created Yadgir District, preceded by Raichur District
which has recorded 59.56 per cent. Apart from these two districts, all the remaining
28 districts have registered more than 60 per cent Literacy rates.
6.4.6 Climate
The climate of Karnataka is subtropical, with winter (January and February), summer
(March through May), southwest monsoon (June through September), and post-
monsoon (October through December) seasons. Maximum daily temperatures in
winter reach the upper 80s F (low 30s C), whereas in the summer months
temperatures rise into the low 100s F (about 40 °C). Annual precipitation ranges from
roughly 20 inches (500 mm) in the drier portions of the Maidan to nearly 160 inches
(4,000 mm) in the wettest parts of the coastal plain. Most of the state’s annual
precipitation falls between June and September; much of the remainder is brought by
a less-significant northeast monsoon that blows during the post-monsoon season. The
winter months are particularly dry.
The Work Participation Rate is defined as the proportion of total workers (ie. main
and marginal workers) to total population. Total workers (main + marginal) have been
further classified into four broad categories viz., Cultivators, Agricultural Labourers,
and Workers in Household Industry and Other Workers.
Among the districts, Chitradurga District with a Work Participation Rate of 51.62 per
cent occupies the top position, followed closely by Chikkaballapura, Hassan, Tumkur
and Kodagu Districts with WPR of more than 50 per cent. The lowest Work
Participation Rate of 41.25 per cent is recorded in Bidar District preceded closely by
Uttara Kannada, Gulbarga, Dharwad and Bijapur Districts with Work Participation
Rate between 42 to 43 per cent.
The Karnataka Economy is one of the leading economies among all the states in the
country in terms of economic development. The state's GDP for the year 2019-20
highlights that at constant (2011-12) prices the GSDP is likely to attain a level of Rs.
12,01,031 crores. The share of Karnataka's GSDP in All India GDP is 8.3% during
2019-20.
Karnataka economy is largely service oriented and income from the sector contributes
half the state's GDP with the agricultural and the industrial sector contributing to
nearly 25% each. The major manufacturing oriented industries in the state include:
Sugar, Paper and Cement. Among the service oriented sectors, Karnataka leads the
Indian biotechnology industry. IT/ITeS is another thriving industry in the state,
concentrated in and around Bangalore - the silicon valley of India.
The state has a strong infrastructure base. There are 20 ports across Karnataka, the
two major ones being the Mangalore port and the Karwar port. A number of National
and State Highways facilitate inter-city and town communication. Karnataka also has
a strong railway and airport network. Karnataka is relatively more preferred
destination for investments.
Per capita income is estimated by dividing NSDP at current prices with mid-financial
year projected population (as on 1st October). Per Capita State Income (i.e. per capita
NSDP) of Karnataka at current prices is estimated to be Rs.2,31,246 showing a rise of
8.8% during 2019-20, as against Rs.2,12,477 in 2018-19. The level of per capita state
income at constant (2011-12) prices is also expected to rise from Rs.1,53,276 during
2018-19 to Rs.1,61,931 for the year 2019-20 with the growth rate of 5.6%.
Karnataka's per capita income is higher by 58.4% over All India Per capita income of
Rs. 1,35,050 in 2019-20.
The state's GDP for the year 2019-20 is likely to have a growth of 6.8%. The sectoral
growth rate of Agriculture, Industry and Services are expected to grow at 3.9%, 4.8%
and 7.9% respectively.
The GSVA growth rate of agriculture sector has increased to 3.9% in 2019-20
compared to -1.6% in 2018-19.
The industry sector (comprising mining & quarrying, manufacturing, construction and
electricity, gas & water supply) is expected to grow by 4.8% in 2019-20 against a
growth of 5.6 % during 2018-19.
District income is also a measure of the level and growth of economic development
prevailing in the district level. It is a useful policy indicator to monitor the nature and
degree of inter-district variations as well as, disparities in the process of economic
growth at the State level.
Bangalore Urban District stood first in the total District Income as well as per capita
district income for the year 2017-18. Bangalore Urban District contributes 36.0% to
GSDP at current Prices followed by Dakshina Kannada (5.9%), Belagavi (4.5%). At
constant (2011-12) prices, contribution of Belagavi district to the primary sector is
highest in 2017-18, due to a higher contribution in crop sector. Bangalore Urban
District tops in secondary and tertiary sectors due to high concentration of major
industries and infrastructure facilities.
Agriculture engages the majority of the population. Therefore, 61.43 percent live in
the rural areas and the work participation rate was 38.8 percent. The combined work
participation in rural andurban was 31.87 percent. And the female WPR is 10 percent
more than the male in rural areas. The coastal plain is intensively cultivated, with rice
as the principal food crop, followed by sorghum (jowar) and millet (ragi). Sugarcane
is the main cash crop, supplemented by cashews, cardamom, betel (areca) nut, and
grapes. Coffee and tea plantations are located on the cool slopes of the Western Ghats
and active participation by women workforce; Karnataka is one of the country’s chief
sources of coffee. In the eastern region, irrigation enables the cultivation of sugarcane,
some rubber, and such fruits as bananas and oranges. The black soil of the northwest
supports cotton, oilseeds, and peanuts (groundnuts).
The forests of the Malnad area in the west produce a significant portion of the world’s
supply of sandalwood. Oil processed from sandalwood in Mysore also is a leading
state export. Other important forest products include teak, eucalyptus, rosewood,
bamboo, and such substances as tanning dyes, gums, and lac (used in the manufacture
of varnishes)
The advance estimates of production based on area coverage under various crops, loss
of crops due to excess rains/floods in some parts and deficit rainfall in some parts
during 2019-20 indicate likely production of 102.03 lakh tonnes Cereals and 17.37
lakh tonnes of Pulses against the target of 117.22 and 21.45 lakh tonnes, respectively.
Oilseeds production is estimated to be 10.73 lakh tonnes against the target of 14.71
lakh tonnes. Production of cotton is likely to be 14.75 lakh bales against the target of
16.58 lakh bales. The shortfall in production against the set target can be attributed to
i) failure of rains during June and July,
ii) Excess rainfall/floods in several parts during August, September and October iii)
below normal area coverage under Rabi crops due to excess soil moisture in some
northern parts. However, the current year agriculture production is anticipated to be
better than the previous year.
6.7 Industry
Karnataka has been driving force in the growth of Indian industry, particularly in
terms of high technology industries in the areas of electrical and electronics,
information & communication technology (ICT), biotechnology and, more recently,
nanotechnology. The industrial structure of Karnataka presents a blend of modern
high-tech capital goods and knowledge intensive industries on the one hand and
traditional consumer goods industries on the other. The industry sector (comprising
mining & quarrying, manufacturing, construction and electricity, gas & water supply)
is expected to grow by 4.8% in 2019-20 against a growth of 5.6 % during 2018-19.
The compound average growth rate (CAGR) for this period for the entire organized
industry was about 5.11%, whereas it was 5.46% for manufacturing and 5.26% for
electricity. A decline of 1.22% was seen in the output of the State's mining sector. In
The Annual Survey of Industries (ASI) statistics indicates that Karnataka accounted
for 5.68% of the total registered factories in 2016-17 in the country. The contribution
of registered factories of Karnataka stood at 5.68% of total fixed capital, 6.90% of
total output and 7.11% of Gross Value Added (GVA) in the same year.
6.8.1 Roads:
Road transport has a vital role to play in the development of the state and therefore it
is a priority sector in the state. Karnataka state has an area of about 4000 Km National
Highways, 21000 Km State Highways and 38000 Km District Roads. The average
length of the PWD roads (viz; NH, SH & MDR) per 100 sq.kms area is 40.07 Kms.
All the National Highways and a large extent of State Highways (99.50%) and
98.41% of Major District Roads are covered with black top.
The major road Development –Projects and the progress made is as follows:
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 135 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
Under SHDP-III, improvement of 2795 kms of State Highways and 1520 kms
Major District Roads at an estimated amount of Rs. 3500 crore in 127 packages are
being implemented.
Under SHDP-IV, in-principle approval has been given for implementation of 7800
kms road development under 3 stages at an estimated amount of Rs. 10,000 crores.
Under KSHIP-II, Proposal is to develop 834 kms of roads under World Bank
Assistance. As on Nov 2019, a road length of 823 kms has been completed.
Similarly, proposal was to develop 616 kms of roads under Asian Development
Bank Assistance. As on Nov 2019, a road length of 614 kms has been completed at
construction cost of Rs.1926 Crores.
Under KSHIP-III (ADB 2nd Loan), it is proposed to develop 418 km of road under
Asian Development Bank Assistance at a project cost of Rs.5334 crores. The
project is being initiated from December, 2019.
Karnataka Road Development Corporation Limited (KRDCL) has constructed 686
bridges and developed 1561 kms road length. Further, 361 kms State Highway are
being improved with World Bank co-finance (annuity) scheme at an estimated cost
of Rs 1095 crores.
Karnataka Road Safety Policy-2015 aims at the reduction of road accidents by 25%
and fatalities by 30% by the year 2020. PRAMC has taken up 110 black spots/
corridors/Accident prone locations for rectification in 2019-20 action plan.
Rural Roads: The total length of rural roads in Karnataka is 190862 kms.
Improvement of roads and their maintenance is being taken up under Pradhan Manthri
Gram Sadak Yojana (PMGSY), Mukhya Manthri Grameena Rasthe Abhivruddhi
Yojane (CMGSY) & RIDF schemes.
Registered Vehicles:
As on November 2019 out of 2.20 crore vehicles in the state, 20.82 lakh vehicles were
transport vehicles. Out of 2.00 Crores non-transport vehicles, 1.61 Crores vehicles
were two wheelers. From April 2019 to November 2019 a total of 10.21 lakh new
vehicles have been registered.
6.8.2 Railways
The State Government with a view to increase the rail density and increase the pace of
implementation has agreed with Ministry of Railways for taking up new railway
projects on 50:50 cost-sharing basis. The Government of Karnataka has taken up
Munirabad- Mehbhoobnagar railway line project of 170 kms. For setting up of Kolar
Coach factory in Kolar district, MoU has been entered into between railways and
Government of Karnataka.
6.8.3 Airports
Airport Development are in process for Kalaburagi and Shivamogga. The Operation
of Kalaburagi Airport has been commenced on 22-11-2019. Fire Fighting Services
and Security Equipments for the selected airports are being taken up in the regional
aviation project.
6.8.4 Water
To provide better infrastructure facilities by developing State minor ports with Private
investment, the State Government formulated “Karnataka Minor Port Development
Policy- 2014” and the process for development of Honnavar, Belekeri and
Pavinakurve Ports on PPP Mode has been initiated. It has more than 330km long
coastline which is being developed for maritime trade. It has also identified potential
Port Development opportunities at Tadri, Belekari, Karwa.
6.8.5 Tourism
Karnataka with its great Heritage and Cultural Background has vast potential for the
sustainable development of tourism industry. State Government has declared Tourism
as an industry' since 1988. The Department has brought out series of Tourism Policies
with the package of incentives, concessions and subsidies for development of Tourist
Infrastructure in the State through the private investment. Tourism has been given
priority and it is instrumental for Socio-Economic growth of the State as well as
providing lot of employment opportunities for both skilled and unskilled man power.
Human Resource Development has also been given importance and initiatives have
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 137 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
been taken to impart short term courses in hospitality sector to the younger generation.
With the development of Tourism, other related sectors such as, Transport,
Hospitality, Horticulture, Handicrafts and other micro enterprises have developed.
The new Tourism Policy 2015-19 aims to encourage Mega Tourism Projects and
position Karnataka as preferred tourist destination. The policy has envisaged private
investment of INR 27,000 crore in 2015-20, generating employment for 30 lakh
people.
6.9.1 General
Belagavi (earlier named as “Belgaum”) is one of the oldest, strong, prominent and
well cultured historical place nestling high in the Western Ghats. The district of
Belgaum is located east of the Western Ghats and is located in the North West corner
of Karnataka State. The district has an irregular shape and while it’s maximum length
from north to south is 160 km.
Its maximum breadth from east to west is 130 km. spanning a total geographical area
of 13,433 sq.km. This district stands 1st in the total area among the 30 districts of the
State.
Belgaum district lies between the north latitudinal parallels of 15 degrees 21minutes
and 16 degrees 57 minutes and east longitudinal parallels of 74 degrees 05 minutes
and 75 degrees 28 minutes. Belgaum district is bounded by Goa on southwest, on the
west, northwest and north by the districts of Ratnagiri, Kolhapur and Sangli of
Maharashtra State, on the east by Bijapur and Bagalkot districts and on the south by
the districts of Dharwad and Uttara Kannada.
It lies in the zone of cultural transition between Karnataka, Maharashtra and Goa with
a known antiquity clearly traceable upto 2nd Century A.D. Due to its proximity with
the states of Maharashtra and Goa, Belagavi has acquired the cultural flavour of these
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 138 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
states and blended it with the local Kannada culture to create a rich heritage, which is
unique in its manifestation. It is also known as Malenadu or Rain Country and the
vegetation here is verdant green throughout the year.
Belagavi has now become one of the important and considered district in the state of
Karnataka. Belagavi District has 3 Sub-Divisions, 10 Talukas and 35 Hobli’s.
Households
Belagavi District has 9.84 lakh households as per 2011 census among which 7.19 lakh
are rural and 2.64 lakh are urban households.
Population
According to the 2011 census of India, the total population of Belagavi district was
47,79,661 of which 24,23,063 are Males and 23,56,598 are Females. It is the 2nd most
Belgaum district recorded 13.41 percent growth rate during the decade 2001-2011.
The decadal growth rate decreased by 4.20 percent compared to the previous growth
rate between 1991-2001. The declining trend in decadal growth rate is observed since
1991 onwards.
The population of the district is further distributed as 35,68,466 living in rural areas
and 12,11,195 in urban areas, constituting 74.66 and 25.34 percent of rural and urban
population respectively. The decadal growth rate in urban areas is more than the rate
registered in rural areas, which is 11.45 and 19.60 percent for rural and urban areas
respectively.
Sex ratio
The district with a Sex ratio of 973 holds 21st rank in the State, the same rank as in
2001 Census. The district with a Sex ratio of 934 among the child population in the
age-group 0-6 holds the penultimate rank of 29th in the State. The proportion of child
population, (0-6 age-group) is 13.1 percent in the district and ranks 9th in the State.
Literacy
The district has a literacy rate of 73.5 percent and is placed at 16th rank in the State.
The male literacy rate in the district is 82.2 percent and the female literacy rate is 64.6
percent. The male – female literacy gap in the district is 17.6 percentage points, which
is higher than the male – female literacy gap registered by the State (14.4 percentage
points).
The district has registered a work participation of 44.1 percent and stands at 22nd rank
in the State. The work participation rates for male and female population are 56.6 and
31.1 respectively in the district. Among the total workers in the district 82.4 percent
are Main workers and 17.6 percent are Marginal workers. Major work force of 64.6
percent is engaged in Agricultural sector i.e., Cultivators (33.8 percent) and
Agricultural Labourers (30.8 percent). Cultivators constitute 33.8 percent of the total
workers in the district and the district holds 5th rank in the State. In Belgaum district
2.9 percent of the total workers are engaged in Household Industry and 32.5 percent
are other workers. About 55.9 percent of the total population in the district is non-
workers.
The below table presents the land utilization in the Belgaum District. The total
geographical area of the district constitutes 15,87,955 hectares and this area is used
for different purposes during the year 2017-18.
Land Utilization in Belgaum District (in Hectares) during the year 2017-18
Category of Land Land Utilization in Hectares
Forest 190424
Land not available for cultivation 115133
Other uncultivable land 39435
Fallow land 235132
Area Sown 1007831
Geographical area 1344382
The Gross District Domestic Product for Belagavi district the year 2017-18 at constant
(2011-12) prices is Rs. 45,335 crores and at current prices is Rs. 61,432 crores. Net
District Domestic Product is Rs. 39,268 crores and at current prices is Rs. 54,083
crores. Belagavi District contributes 4.5% to GSDP at current Prices. At constant
Per capita income is estimated by dividing NSDP at current prices with mid-financial
year projected population (as on 1 st October). District income is also a measure of the
level and growth of economic development prevailing in the district level. It is a
useful policy indicator to monitor the nature and degree of inter-district variations as
well as, disparities in the process of economic growth at the State level.
The per capita income (in rupees) at current prices for Belagavi district for the year
2017-18 is Rs. 1,05,372, which stands at 24th place among the 30 districts of State.
Agricultural Production
As per Economic census data during 2017-18 the total cropped area is 10,39,564
hectares of which 5,68,123 hectares is under total food grains such as cereals &
pulses, 14,816 hectares under fruits, 25,980 hectares under vegetables, 119106
hectares under oil seeds, 40,796 hectares is under horticulture crops and 2,64,252
hectares is under commercial crops such as cotton, sugar cane & tobacco.
6.9.6 Industry
Belagavi has always been at the forefront of industrial growth in India. With its
inherent capabilities coupled with its enterprising citizens, Belagavi provides the ideal
choice for investment opportunities. Belagavi is one of the fastest growing cities with
a very good Industrial Scenario in the northwestern part of Karnataka. Belagavi has
several large industries, important among them are the Indian Aluminium Co.Ltd.,
Tata Power Project, Foundaries, Hydraulics, Riddhi-Siddhi Gluco Boils, Cement,
Sugar Mills , Mineral Processing, Hindustan Latex Ltd., Kanagala etc. Belagavi acts
as a trade centre for food grains, sugarcane, cotton, tobacco, oilseed, and milk
products. Industries include leather, clay, pottery, soap, cotton, and precious metals. It
is very famous for its Power loom Industries which provide employment for many
weavers. The Hydraulic Industry started here was first of its kind in Belagavi District.
Besides, Belagavi also provides excellent opportunities for businessmen in almost all
sections of the Society and thus is said to be an important Industrial and Business
Centre.
The fourth largest city, Belagavi houses India’s first notified Aerospace Precision
Engineering and Manufacturing SEZ center. Rich deposits of bauxite and 200
foundries producing over 70,000 tons of automotive and industrial casting of ferrous
base has made it an important center for manufacture of heavy machine tools and high
pressure oil hydraulics.
The district has 24 Sugar factories, 8 Medium scale Enterprise Units, Aerospace,
Aluminium (Hindalco), Hindustan Latex Limited to name a few. The locational
advantage of being right in the middle of Bangalore – Mumbai region is a major
advantage in developing the region as a support base for Automobile and Aerospace
industries here.As on March 2018, Belagavi district has 17296 factories which include
readymade garments, textiles, chemicals, engineering and others. A total of 58952
Small scale units were registered in District Industrial Centre as on March 2018.
Registered Vehicles:
As on March 2018, out of 11.56 lakh vehicles in the district, 42,900 vehicles were
transport vehicles, 9.39 lakhs vehicles were two wheelers, 55167 vehicles were cars,
8245 vehicles were buses, 39574 vehicles were tractors and 37741 vehicles were
trailors. It may be observed that highest category of vehicles were two wheelers,
followed by cars.
6.9.8 Tourism
Karnataka with its great Heritage and Cultural Background has vast potential for the
sustainable development of tourism industry. State Government has declared Tourism
as an industry' since 1988. From the Attraction point of view Belagavi is an attractive
destination with proximity to the Picnic spots the historic attractions such as the
Belagavi Fort, Yellamma Temple (Saundatti), Kamala Basti (Belagavi), Rakaskop
(Belagavi), Kapileshwara Temple (Belagavi), Navilutirtha (Saundatti) and the natural
beauty of Godachinmalki Falls (Gokak), Jamboti Falls & Gokak Falls.
6.10 Conclusions
Proposed project road will directly serve about 4.7 million people of Belagavi District
out of which about 74.66 per cent is rural population and 18.3 per cent schedule caste
and schedule tribes of the total population. Since, a significant proportion of the
population is rural in the project influence area and belongs to lower strata of the
society up-gradation of project road is going to have significant socio-economic
implications on the growth and development of the region. The upgraded road will
facilitate smooth movement of men and material and reduce the overall transportation
cost on the corridor. Besides this it will help in spreading the impact of economic
development from one particular district to other districts of the area.
7.1 Introduction
The data for this assignment has been collected from field as well as from various
secondary sources. An appreciation of the existing baseline conditions being an
essential element in decision making and hence need of a sound database. The aim of
the investigations is to develop an adequate supportive data base for selecting &
preparing the most appropriate proposal to meet the functional and structural
efficiency and safety requirements. The ensuing sections describe the surveys that
have been carried out in line with the requirements of ToR.
In-depth study of the available land width (RoW), study of topographic maps of
the project area was made and other available relevant information has been
collected concerning the existing alignment and the vicinity of the project
corridor.
The detailed ground reconnaissance has been taken up immediately after the study
of maps and other data. The primary tasks of reconnaissance surveys include:
2. Typical physical features along the existing alignment within and outside the
RoW for understanding land use pattern along the project stretch.
11. Type and extent of existing utility services along the alignment (within ROW).
12. Identification of various agencies of the Govt. from whom the concerned
project clearances for implementation are to be sought.
The data collected from the reconnaissance surveys have been utilized for
planning and programming the detailed surveys and investigations. All field
studies including the traffic surveys would be taken up on the basis of information
derived from the reconnaissance surveys.
The detailed topographic survey was carried out for the project as per ToR, based on
the IRC-SP-19 guidelines using LiDAR equipped, Total Station and GPS to develop a
Digital Terrain Model. The basic plan control points were established by dual
frequency GPS observation along the proposed road alignment and the bench mark
pillars were established at 250 m interval.
The GTS Great Trigonometry Survey is a permanent fixed reference point established
by Survey of India (SOI) that knows the height compared to the standard datum (mean
sea level). GTS bench marks are identified at two locations at Gotur village along this
project. The details of GTS bench marks at two locations are given below.
a. At first locations, the GTS bench mark was established by the Survey of India
near Project Road, known as GTS O BM (RL = 642.117 m) engraved on top of
stone slab which is on top of protective wall of compound wall, located inside
PWD Inspection bungalow Gotur and about 42 m west of NH-160 (Old SH-12)
on Gotur to Chikkodi Road and about 370.00 m Northeast of National Highway
KM No 548.00 on NH-48 (Bengaluru-Kolhapura Road)
b. At second locations, the GTS bench mark was established by the Survey of India
near Project Road, known as GTS BM 286 PP (RL = 646.084 m) engraved on top
of stone size stone buried below ground level about 0.3m located inside located
inside PWD Inspection bungalow Gotur and about 42 m west of NH-160 (Old
SH-12) on Gotur to Chikkodi Road and about 460.00 m Northeast of National
Highway KM No 548.00 on NH-48 (Bengaluru-Kolhapura Road)
The location of the GTS bench marks with sketchs and photos are given below.
The locations of Differential Global Positioning System (DGPS) points are marked on
the permanent structures along the project road at an interval of 2 to 3 km with pair
points of GPS-1 & GPS-1A etc., Pair of twin GPS pillars has the advantage that any
stretch can be independently used for starting and closing the traverse by Total
Station. Along the project road totally 3 base DGPS stations with 32 pairs points are
fixed. The list of DGPS coordinates are enclosed in Appendix 7.11 (Annexure 1) in
Volume IA: Appendix to Main Report.
DGPS Observations
DT Levelling survey work was carried out all along the project road to the accuracy of
6mm√K which is followed by Survey of India for high precision survey by Auto
Level instrument. Temporary benchmark levels are linked with GTS levels based on
which levels were carried out. Bench marks are established at an interval of 250
meters. The numbers of Bench marks located at project site are 253. The TBM
7.3.4 Traversing
Closed Traverse was carried out using 1” accuracy total station between already
established DGPS controls by maintaining 1 in 10000 accuracy which is generally
followed for all the major survey activities to have the high precession horizontal
control and traverse station was established at every 200m to 250m interval. The
details / list of all such traverse stations between DGPS stations are prepared showing
the total length error obtained, error permissible and obtained accuracy and enclosed
in Appendix 7.11 (Annexure 5) in Volume IA: Appendix to Main Report.
In this project road Phanton 4 RTK aerial based Drone/UAV was used which equals
to LiDAR technology to collect the topographical data and to validate and improve
the accuracy of photogrammetric maps a drone that applies RTK technology to aerial
imagery. The methodology used for using drone RTK is briefed under following
points below.
Detailed topographical survey of all natural and manmade topographical features has
been carried out using Aerial based Drone/UAV and Total Stations having automatic
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 151 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
data recording devices with appropriate feature codes attached to each point. Survey
corridor is 50 m on either side of the center line of existing road.
At locations, where existing alignment cross other roads, the survey was extended to
100 to 200 m on either side of the road center to allow for the geometric
improvements. Cross sections at every 25 m interval in flat terrain and at lesser
interval on undulating terrain or horizontal curves were also covered in the aerial
based survey.
All crossing rivers / major canals were surveyed up to 500m on upstream and
downstream sides. Cross Sections across the channel were taken. Top and bottom of
both the banks and center line of the deepest bed channel has been precisely covered
by aerial based survey and missing data were captured by using Total Station.
The topographic survey for Longitudinal and cross-section covers the following
Levels for longitudinal section were picked up at an interval of 25 meter or less at
intersections and change of slope along the centreline of the road.
Cross sections were generally taken at every 25 meter interval along the existing road,
but cross section interval is reduced in rolling/undulating terrain to take care of rapid
change of slope.
Road Inventory has been carried out for the Project stretch through dimensional
measurements by Network Survey Vehicle. The road inventory has been referenced to
the existing kilometer & hectometer stones established along the roadside. The detail
of road inventory survey collected at every 100 m and includes:
Carriageway Condition
Longitudinal Cracks Severity and Longitudinal Cracks Extent%
Transverse Cracks Severity and Transverse Cracks Extent%
Alligator Cracks Severity and Alligator Cracks Extent%
Block Crack Severity
Pothole Depth Severity, No. of Potholes and Pothole Extent%
Raveling Severity and Raveling Extent%
Patching Severity and Patching Extent%
Shoving Severity and Shoving Extent%
Flushing/Bleeding Severity and Flushing/Bleeding Extent%
Depression Severity and Depression Extent%
Edge Break Severity and Edge break Extent%
Edge Drop-off Severity and Edge Drop-off Extent%
The abstract of the pavement condition index for Inner and outer lanes are given
below.
Pavement Distress Condition Rating for Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass Inner lane
Pavement Distress Condition Rating for Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass Outer lane
Pavement Distress Condition Rating for Sankeshwar Bypass to Belgaum Inner lane
Pavement Distress Condition Rating for Sankeshwar Bypass to Belgaum Outer lane
7.5.1 General
The existing pavement structure is Rigid/Flexible etc. The results about flexible
pavement crust obtained from each test pit at this stretch are recorded. The
Bituminous part at LHS side varies from 300mm to 330mm and RHS side varies from
280 mm to 350 mm. While non-bituminous depth at LHS side varies from 250 mm to
270 mm and at RHS side is varies from 230 mm to 300 mm and Sub base depth at
LHS side varies from 200 mm to 280 mm and at RHS side is varies from 200 mm to
310 mm. The results about Rigid pavement crust obtained from each test pit at this
stretch are recorded. The PQC part at LHS side varies from 280 mm to 350mm and
RHS side varies from 300 mm to 340 mm, DLC part at LHS side varies from 130 mm
to 210mm and RHS side varies from 150 mm to 180mm and GSB part at LHS side
varies from 140 mm to 200mm and RHS side varies from 150 mm to 240 mm. The
Bituminous part for service road at LHS side varies from 130mm to 220mm and RHS
side varies from 150 mm to 220 mm. While non-bituminous depth at LHS side varies
from 200 mm to 310 mm and at RHS side is varies from 210 mm to 260 mm and Sub
base depth at LHS side varies from 200 mm to 240 mm and at RHS side is varies
from 180 mm to 210 mm. The details of crust composition chainage wise and the
existing Crust composition Maximum, Minimum and Average values (LHS/RHS)
carriageway wise are presented below in Table 7.1.
Table 7-1 : Details of Existing Crust Composition
Main Carriageway
Flexible Pavement
Chainage Bituminous WBM/WMM Sub Base
Km.515+000 to Layer mm (Base) mm mm
Km.555+000 LHS RHS LHS RHS LHS RHS
Maximum 330 350 270 300 280 310
Minimum 300 280 250 230 200 200
Average 310 320 260 270 235 220
Rigid Pavement
Chainage PQC (mm) DLC (mm) GSB (mm)
Km.515+000 to
Km.555+000 LHS RHS LHS RHS LHS RHS
Maximum 350 340 210 180 200 240
Minimum 280 300 130 150 140 150
Average 315 320 160 160 165 180
Service Road
Flexible Pavement
Core cutting samples for the rigid pavement are collected and the results are given in
Appendix 7.4 in Volume IA: Appendix to Main Report.
Figure 7-1: Existing Crust Composition of Main Carriageway on LHS – Flexible Pavement
Figure 7-2: Existing Crust Composition of Main Carriageway on LHS – Rigid Pavement
Figure 7-3: Existing Crust Composition of Main Carriageway on RHS – Flexible Pavement
Figure 7-4: Existing Crust Composition of Main Carriageway on RHS – Rigid Pavement
Figure 7-5: Existing Crust Composition of Service Road on LHS – Flexible Pavement
Figure 7-6: Existing Crust Composition of Service Road on RHS – Flexible Pavement
Road roughness has been defined as the variation in surface elevation that induces
vibration in moving vehicles. In particular, the International Roughness Index (IRI) is
a scale for roughness based on the response of a standardized motor vehicle to the
road surface. It is considered that the road user’s view of satisfactory or unsatisfactory
road condition is primarily influenced by roughness or ride quality. IRI has become
the most accepted world standard for Roughness.
The IRI can be measured by an extensive range of equipment from rod and level
through response-type meters up to very accurate laser-based profilometers. The IRI is
expressed in units of meters per kilometer, with low values indicating smooth roads,
and high values indicating rough roads with poor ride quality. Roughness is one of the
important parameters for determining the functional characteristics of pavements. In
India, the roughness has been traditionally measured using the fifth wheel bump
integrator (developed by CRRI). Bump Integrator Roughness (BI) has been
traditionally the standardize measurement of the longitudinal road profile in India,
either in m/km or mm/m.
* The above-mentioned Roughness Digital Laser Profile System fall under the
As Per IRC SP: 16 – 2019 Guidelines for Surface Evenness of Highway Pavements
BI = 630(IRI) 1.12
Length wise summarized IRI condition details for both the directions are given below
in table No.7.3:
Length LHS (km) Percentage LHS (%) Length RHS (km) Percentage RHS (%)
Condition
IRI
Outer
Outer
Outer
Outer
Extra
Extra
Extra
Extra
Lane
Inner
Inner
Inner
Inner
Range
Lane
Lane
Lane
Lane
Lane
Lane
Lane
lane
lane
lane
lane
(m/km)
FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT
Good IRI < 2.55 5.4 5.4 100% 100% 23 22.9 0 94% 93% 0%
IRI 2.55
Fair 0 0 0% 0% 0.6 1.2 0 2% 5% 0%
TO 3.3
Poor IRI > 3.3 0 0 0% 0% 0.9 0.4 0.1 4% 2% 100%
RIGID PAVEMENT
Good IRI < 2.81 27.8 29.8 3.1 80% 86% 89% 11.4 12.4 1.6 74% 80% 48%
IRI 2.81
Fair 3.8 1.9 0.2 11% 5% 6% 2 1.4 1 13% 9% 30%
TO 3.3
Poor IRI > 3.3 3 2.9 0.2 9% 8% 6% 2.1 1.7 0.7 14% 11% 21%
2.50
2.00
1.50
1.00
0.50
0.00
Figure 7-7: IRI – LHS - Flexible (Inner, Outer & Extra lanes)
3.00
2.50
2.00
1.50
1.00
0.50
0.00
Figure 7-8: IRI – LHS - Rigid (Inner, Outer & Extra lanes)
3.00
2.50
2.00
1.50
1.00
0.50
0.00
Figure 7-9: IRI – RHS - Flexible (Inner, Outer & Extra lanes)
4.00
3.50
3.00
2.50
2.00
1.50
1.00
0.50
0.00
Figure 7-10: IRI – RHS - Rigid (Inner, Outer & Extra lanes)
Note: Since the above table shows the km wise average IRI values, where ever type of
pavement changes there the IRI values will overlap.
The structural evaluation and analysis of remaining life of project was carried out in
conformity with IRC: 115-2014 “Guidelines for Structural Evaluation and
Strengthening of Flexible Road Pavements Using Falling Weight Deflectometer
(FWD) Technique”and subsequent analysis was carried out to ascertain the relative
performance of the pavement for entire Project Stretch, in the context of evaluating its
residual life, overlay and other maintenance requirements.
According to AASHTO (1993), a section border is indicated whenever the trend in the
series of cumulative differences changes from positive to negative and vice versa.
However relatively volatile measurements series should be ignored to restrict the
number of identified sections.
In line with ToR & based on existing pavement condition, the number of FWD test
points was finalized by client’s pavement engineer and testing team.
FWD deflection measurement has been carried out for each carriageway. FWD
deflection measurement has been carried out at a test point along outer wheel path of
each lane which is at an offset of 1m from the outer edge of outer lane as specified in
section 5.4.5 of IRC: 115-2014. At every measurement location, four drops were
made, such that the first drop was the ‘seating drop’ and with the remaining three
drops deflections were recorded. Some of the photographs of the fwd test are given
below in Figure 7.11
Also, during survey, pavement temperature of bituminous layer has been recorded as
per the procedure specified in section 5.4.7 of IRC: 115-2014. The deflection data is
given in Appendix 7.6 Volume IA: Appendix to Main Report.
The following steps are carried out for measuring deflections at a test point:
The FWD test data collected from different drops at each test point primarily consists
of peak load and peak deflections at different radial locations. Unrealistic deflection
values and obviously erroneous data must be removed.
Average values of load and deflections are calculated from the two drop test data
collected. FWD tests were carried out using 40 kN impulse load. However, since the
FWD equipment does not impart exactly the same load at every test point,
normalization of all measured deflections was carried out to a common test load of 40
kN. Such ‘normalization’ of the data was carried out using the following formula:
Dn= 40 kN/Lm× Dm
Where, Dn = Normalized Deflection;
Lm = Imparted Load and
Dm = Measured Deflection
The “normalized deflection data” was then used for determining deflections,
deflection bowl and finally in framing of homogeneous sections and calculation of
overlay requirements.
Layer moduli have been back-calculated using KGPBACK program. The pavement
has been modeled as a three-layer system with bituminous layer, granular layer and
subgrade. The following inputs have been provided for back analysis.
Ranges of different layer moduli have been given as input to KGPBACK for back-
calculation. These ranges have been selected judiciously by experienced pavement
engineering taking into considerations the approximate age of pavement, visual
assessment of the condition of bituminous layer, climatic conditions prevailing at the
time of deflection measurements and information available from test pits, and
laboratory tests conducted as detailed below:
The range of moduli of existing sub grade is based clause II.8.4 (i) of IRC 115-2014.
i.e. 5 times to 20 times of sub grade CBR value.
Range of modulus value of existing granular layers i.e. base and sub base:
The range of moduli of existing granular layers is based on clause II.8.4 of IRC 115-
2014.The range for combined (base and sub-base) is taken as 100-500 MPa.
The range of moduli of existing thick bituminous layer has been determined on the
basis of condition data. If the road condition is good the range is considered as
750MPa to 3000MPa, for sections with pavement condition is Fair- Poor, the range
Back-calculated moduli values of the bituminous layers evaluated by FWD survey are
influenced by the pavement temperature. The standard pavement temperature for
India is recommended as 35°C, hence the back-calculated moduli obtained at
temperatures other than the identified standard temperature will have to be corrected
using a suitable correction factor using equations 4 and 5 of IRC:115-2014 and the
same is extracted below for ready reference.
ET1 = λ ET2
Where,
λ, temperature correction factor, is given as
λ = (1-0.238 lnT1) / (1-0.238 lnT2)
Where,
ET1 = Back-calculated modulus (MPa) at temperature T1 (OC)
ET2 = Back-calculated modulus (MPa) at temperature T2 (OC)
However, in few sections, after applying the temperature correction the E value of
bituminous layers are coming more than 3000MPa. As the project road was
constructed with VG-30/ VG-40 grade bitumen, it is restricted to keep the maximum
E value of 3000MPa, wherever it is exceeding. In these locations, the temperature
correction factor was applied as 1.
Moisture content affects the strength of sub grade and granular sub base/base layers.
Since the deflection measurements have been carried out in the month of September
during Monsoon, hence seasonal correction factor is not applicable. Therefore, the
back-calculated moduli of subgrade and granular layers have been taken directly from
field moduli without using seasonal corrections. Seasonal correction equations 6 to 9
of IRC: 115-2014 has been extracted below for ready reference.
As the survey is conducted in Monsoon period, correction is not required as per IRC:
115-2014 for granular & subgrade.
The subgrade investigations were carried out to know the strength properties of the
existing soil. Visual inspection of the existing pavement condition was carried out
prior to commencement of sub-grade investigation work. The general testing scheme
of existing road will indicates testing at least three subgrade soil samples for each
homogeneous road segment or three samples for each soil type encountered,
whichever is more. It was ensured to dig subgrade strength test Main carriageway pits
at every 2.0 km and subgrade strength test Service Road pits at every 5.0 km on the
retaining alignment, even same soil strata encountered on lengthy homogeneous
sections, while collecting samples. The various in-situ tests conducted and laboratory
tests included in the testing program on soil samples along the alignment as per the
project requirements are summarized in Table 7.10. The pavement composition details
(pavement course, material type, and thickness) are also recorded for Main carriage
way at every test pit at an interval of 1.0 km and Service Road at an interval of 5.0
km.
Field tests were conducted as per the project requirement to determine the subgrade
characteristics and strength of Main Carriageway. The field testing for subgrade soil
includes:
Dynamic Cone Penetration tests were conducted at subgrade strength test pit locations
to assess in-situ CBR on existing alignment soil, which will be below sub-grade level.
The CBR value was calculated based on different soil layers encountered. The slope
change in the graph (Penetration Vs Number of Blows) indicates the interface of two
layers of different penetration resistance. From the graph, thickness of layer and slope
(penetration mm/blow) were calculated. The following equation given in IRC: 37-
2012 has been used to calculate the layer DCP-CBR value for each layer:
Once the DCP-CBR calculated for each layer, the overall CBR (Weighted average) of
all sub-layers will be converted in to single DCP-CBR values by using Japanese
formula as given below:
Dynamic Cone Penetration test results showing penetration of cone in cm and number
of blows at each pit are plotted. The filed investigation Photographs are show in
Figure 7.12
The results obtained in site for DCP test for main carriageway and service road on
both sides are given in Appendix 7.7 Volume IA: Appendix to Main Report.
The graphical representation of filed dry density and DCP-CBR for main carriageway
is presented in Figure 7.13 and Figure 7.14 and for Service road is presented in Figure
7.15 and 7.16 respectively. Variation in DCP-CBR may occur frequently as the
penetration of DCP cone may widely affect with several factors like filed moisture,
layer underneath of subgrade and any obstacles (Boulder/ tree routes). The DCP-CBR
value may increase with decrease of in-situ moisture and vice versa. If any boulder/
stone is obstructed the penetration, the DCP-CBR value will be higher.
1.90
1.80
1.70
1.60
1.50
MDD (gm/cc) FDD (gm/cc)
1.40
515+000
527+000
543+400
545+400
546+950
517+000
519+000
521+000
523+000
525+550
537+250
539+050
549+100
553+200
533+000
535+000
541+000
551+000
555+000
529+000
531+000
Figure 7-13: Summary of FDD & MDD along the project corridor (MCW)
533+000
537+250
541+000
545+400
549+100
553+200
531+000
535+000
539+050
543+400
546+950
551+000
555+000
Existing Chainage (Km)
Figure 7-14: Summary of DCP-Equivalent CBR along the project corridor (MCW)
Figure 7-15: Summary of FDD & MDD along the project corridor (SR)
20.0
15.0
10.0
5.0
0.0
515+000
517+400
520+000
525+550
527+500
527+600
530+500
532+500
535+050
537+500
540+000
542+600
545+350
547+850
550+050
552+300
Figure 7-16: Summary of DCP-Equivalent CBR along the project corridor (SR)
In-situ density (field density) and moisture content were determined as per the
standards given in Table 7.10. Field density is used to evaluate the degree of
compaction and existing subgrade CBR at field density state. The details of field dry
density and field moisture content test results are furnished in Appendix 7.8 Volume
IA: Appendix to Main Report for Main Carriageway and for Service Road.
The abstract of results obtained in site for main carriageway and service road on both
sides are given in Table 7.5.
- Characterization (Grain size, Atterberg limits and free Swell Index) at each of
the subgrade strength test pit
About 50 kg of soil sample was collected in damp proof bag(s) from each test pit from
each subgrade strength test pit for testing purposes. The details like location/
chainage& other identification marks were recorded for the sample bags and double
packed with care so that no damage would occur while transporting to the laboratory
for conducting the tests as indicated in Table 7.10.
The laboratory test results of subgrade strength test pits are furnished in Appendix 7.8
Volume IA: Appendix to Main report for Main carriageway and for Service Road.
The following Table 7.6 Table 7.7 provides a summary of the soil classification and
properties of the soil encountered in the field along the alignment for Main
Carriageway and service road. The illustrative summary of subgrade soil class and
properties like Clay and Silt content, Liquid Limit, Plasticity Index and Free Swelling
Index is furnished in Figure 7.17 to 7.28 respectively.
Table 7-6 : Summary of Subgrade Soil Properties of Main Carriageway
Laboratory CBR tests were carried out on the collected samples as per IS: 2720 (Part-
16). All the collected samples were tested for determination of 4 days soaked CBR
and the details of CBR at every test location for main carriageway and Service roads
are furnished in Appendix 7.8 Volume IA: Appendix to Main Report.
The degree of compaction is determined as the ratio in percentage of field dry density
to laboratory maximum dry density. The illustrative summary of degree of
compaction and 4-days soaked CBR is presented for Main carriageway and service
SC [VALUE]
SM [VALUE]
60.0
50.0
40.0
30.0
20.0
10.0
0.0
515+000
517+000
519+000
537+250
539+050
543+400
545+400
546+950
549+100
521+000
523+000
525+550
527+000
553+200
535+000
541+000
529+000
531+000
533+000
551+000
555+000
Figure 7-19: Summary of % of clay and silt content along the project corridor
(MCW)
520+000
530+500
550+050
527+600
535+050
545+350
540+000
Existing Chainage (km)
Figure 7-20: Summary of % of clay and silt content along the project corridor
(SR)
60
50
Liquid Limit (%)
40
30
20
10
0
515+000
521+000
527+000
539+050
546+950
553+200
517+000
519+000
523+000
525+550
537+250
543+400
545+400
549+100
529+000
533+000
535+000
541+000
555+000
531+000
551+000
Existing Chainage (km)
Figure 7-21: Summary of Liquid Limit along the project corridor (MCW)
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
520+000
527+600
530+500
545+350
550+050
515+000
535+050
540+000
Figure 7-22: Summary of Liquid Limit along the project corridor (SR)
[CATEG
ORY Plastic Index Distribution_Belgaum-
NAME] Sankeshwar Bypass (NH-4)
[VALUE]
,
[CATEG
ORY
FSI>40
NAME],
[VALUE]
[VALUE],
[CATEG
ORY
NAME] FSI 10-
[VALUE] 25
[VALUE]
Figure 7-25: Summary of Free Swell Index in the project corridor (MCW)
Figure 7-26: Summary of Free Swell Index in the project corridor (SR)
96.0
95.0
94.0
93.0
92.0
91.0
90.0
89.0
517+000
521+000
523+000
525+550
527+000
539+050
543+400
546+950
515+000
519+000
537+250
545+400
549+100
553+200
529+000
531+000
535+000
551+000
555+000
533+000
541+000
97.0
96.0
95.0
94.0
93.0
92.0
515+000
520+000
530+500
545+350
527+600
535+050
550+050
540+000
Figure 7-28: Summary of Degree of Compaction along the project corridor (SR)
14.0
12.0
10.0
8.0
6.0
4.0
2.0
0.0
515+000
519+000
525+550
539+050
543+400
549+100
553+200
517+000
521+000
523+000
527+000
537+250
545+400
546+950
531+000
533+000
541+000
551+000
555+000
529+000
535+000
Existing Chainage (km)
Figure 7-29: Summary of 4-Days soaked CBR along the project corridor (MCW)
20.0
4-day Soaked CBR (%)
15.0
10.0
5.0
0.0
527+600
530+500
545+350
515+000
520+000
535+050
550+050
540+000
Figure 7-30: Summary of 4-Days soaked CBR along the project corridor (SR)
The laboratory test conducted for the samples of material extracted from tests pits are
given in following table no.7.8.
The laboratory tests carried out for the soil samples of subgrade revealed that soil
along the alignment is predominantly Clayey sand in nature. OMC value varies from
8.3% to 16.8% and those of MDD vary from 1.81 gm/cc to 2.14 gm/cc. CBR test was
conducted by three energy level method as prescribed & the values vary from 4.1% to
15.5% for soaked condition and 4.7% to 20.0% for un-soaked condition. The
summary of laboratory test results is given in Table 7.9. The detailed laboratory test
results are for main carriageway and service road are given in tabular form in
Appendix 7.8 Volume IA: Appendix to Main Report.
FSI
Liquid Plastic 4-Days 4-Days
Chainage Plasticity [IS Max. Dry
Limit Limit OMC Soaked Soaked
515+000 to Index :2720- density
(LL) (PL) (%) CBR @ CBR @
592+705 (PI) % Pt-40] (gm/cc)
% % FDD (%) MDD (%)
%
Main Carriageway
Maximum 52 31 22 44.4 2.14 16.8 14.8 18.6
Minimum 20 14 6 0 1.81 8.5 4.1 4.7
Average 32 22 12 20.8 1.99 12.0 8.7 10.8
Service Road
Maximum 48 28 23 50.0 2.12 14.9 15.5 20
Minimum 22 15 5 0 1.81 8.3 4.9 5.1
Average 31 22 11 20.7 2.00 11.6 10.3 12.1
The percentile distribution of soil classification, Liquid Limit, Plastic Index and Free
Swell Index is presented in pie and bar charts as above. The presented values are self-
explanatory and the discussion will follows as below for Main carriageway.
For Main carriageway from the Figure 7.17, it is evident that subsoil is generally
consistent throughout the project corridor and is predominantly sandy soils. Presence
of sandy soils the Liquid Limit (LL) is ranging between 20%-52%, and these values
are within the limit as per MoRTH specifications (<50%). All the measured PI and
FSI values are within the acceptable limits and these values are meeting the MoRTH
guidelines, of 25% and 50% respectively. The degree of free swell index is 44.4%. All
For Service road from the Figure 7.18, it is evident that subsoil is generally consistent
throughout the project corridor and is predominantly sandy soils. The Liquid Limit
(LL) is ranging between 22%-48%, and these values are within the limit as per
MoRTH specifications (<50%).
The obtained maximum Plasticity Index is 23% .All the measured PI values are within
the acceptable limits and these values are meeting the MoRTH guidelines, of 25%.
The degree of free swell index is 50.0%. All the measured FSI values are within the
acceptable limits and these values are meeting the MoRTH guidelines, of 50%.
For Main carriageway from Figure 7.13 evident the variance between MDD and FDD,
where the same is converted in-terms of degree of compaction. The degree of
compaction (Figure 7.27) along the project corridor is ranging between 92.2% -
97.9% and from Figure 7.29 the 4-day soaked CBR is ranging from 4.7% to 18.6%
with an average of 10.8%.
For Service road from Figure 7.14 evident the variance between MDD and FDD,
where the same is converted in-terms of degree of compaction. The degree of
compaction (Figure 7.28) along the project corridor is ranging between 92.9% -
98.5%. From Figure 7.30 the 4-day soaked CBR is ranging from 5.1% to 20.0% with
an average of 12.1%.
7.8 Investigation for Bridges and Structures
Detailed inventory of the bridges has been carried out as per the guidelines stipulated
in IRC SP: 35–1990 and the results of the inventory are explained in Chapter 3.
Field works included the collection of data to produce an inventory of all the
structures and the inspection to evaluate their condition.
Data and photos of all the cross drainage and grade separated structures, such as
culverts and minor/major bridges, were taken in order to complete the inventory.
All minor and major bridges were inspected by a bridge expert and the methodology
adopted for that inspection was as follows.
Collection of data from authority regarding details of the structure and study of
previous inspection reports so that condition of the defects which were noticed
earlier could be checked.
Since the structures are in good condition, detailed investigation is not carried
out.
Past records of this highway were collected from PIU Dharwad and we were provided
with Detailed Project Report, As Built Drawings and Inspection Reports.
7.8.4 Inspections
Based on the visual condition survey all the distresses were noted for each element of
each and every structure.
A Bridge Expert inspected minor and major bridges, and when required, and
particularly for major bridges, the inspection was carried out by visually. Photographs
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 185 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
of all major bridges were taken and present health condition of all the structures was
recorded for all the elements of the bridges or culverts except foundations which are
buried underground.
7.9 Condition
Condition of all structures was evaluated by visual inspection and is being reported
below. The detailed inventory and condition survey of all the cross drainage strictures
are given in Appendix 7.9 Volume IA: Appendix to Main Report.
7.10.1 General
As per condition survey findings it is evident that the structures are in good condition.
Protection works and expansion joints, etc. are minimally distressed.
POT PTFE bearings shall be replaced at 25th year from installed year in bridges.
The bearings for all the new bridges and the bearings to be replaced in the above 2
cases shall be with spherical bearings made up of cast steel.
All expansion joints shall be cleaned for debris etc., the steel edge beam and
elastomeric strip seal shall be replaced wherever found damaged.
All vegetation at box & pipe culverts and other structures are to be cleared.
Silting inside box & pipe culverts and other structures are to be cleared.
The footpath and handrail at top of structures shall be repaired wherever required.
The concrete nearer to bearings shall be repaired for honeycomb and crushing of
concrete. All bearings shall be in perfect horizontal plane.
The wearing coat at top of structure shall be rectified if wear and tear and undulations
are observed.
The overall length and width of the structure proposed above are minimum
requirements. Any change on higher side owing to site conditions shall not be
considered as change of scope.
The Hydrology calculations are carried out for the existing cross drainage structures
like Major Bridges, Minor Bridge, Box culvert & Pipe Culverts across the Existing
KM 515+000 to KM 555+000 section of Belgaum - Sankeshwar Bypass (upto End of
Bypass towards Kagal) of NH-48.
. Balancing Culvert
There are several discontinuous water bodies on both sides along NH-48. Balancing
structures in the form of RCC Hume pipe culverts, RCC Box culvert have been
provided to prevent the stagnation of water on the u/s side of the flow. These
structures are of different configuration and size. The inspection of the structures from
hydraulic considerations revealed that in case of RCC Hume Pipe culverts the flow
has been full during the peak season with a certain head generated on the u/s side,
which was also further confirmed from local inquiries. There are 50 No’s of
Balancing culvert out of 78 No cross drainage structure includes Major Bridge, Minor
Bridge, Box culvert and Pipe culverts.
Point Value of Rainfall for different Return Period such as 25 Yr, 50 Yr & 100 Yr for
24 Hr duration are extracted from the Atlas of Statewise Generalised Isopluvial
(Return Period) Maps of Southern Peninsula (Part-I) published by Indian
Meteorological Department as per IRC:SP:42-2014.
Rainfall (Mm) Data As Per Isopluvial Map - IMD - Delhi For Belgaum –
Sankeshwar Bypass Project
Reach Rainfall (mm) – 24 Hr Duration
Sl No
From to 25 yr RP 50 yr RP 100 yr RP
1 515 519 190 200 230
2 519 522 180 190 220
3 522 527 170 180 210
4 527 555 160 180 200
Further, Conversion of point rainfall to shorter duration is done by applying
conversion factors as per Flood estimation Report based on projects located in
Subzone to obtain the intensity of rainfall for desired shorter durations. Belgaum -
Sankeshwar Bypass (upto End of Bypass towards Kagal) from Km 515.000 to Km
555.000 comes under the Krishna Basin Hence Flood Estimation Report for Krishna
and Pennar Sub Zone-3h shall be referred.
Based on porosity of the soil, area, shape and size of the catchment, vegetation cover,
surface storage viz. existence of lakes and marshes, and initial state of wetness of the
soil. Catchments vary so much with regard to these characteristics co-efficient is
choose from the Table 4.1 of IRC: SP: 13:2014
The longitudinal section is extending upstream and downstream of the Cross Drainage
location for the distances indicated in Table 3.1 of IRC: SP: 13:2014 is done and using
Equivalent slope method the slope of stream/Nala is ascertained.
If the Catchment area is less than 25 SqKm: Two Rational Methods are as follows
Where:
P = Co-efficient of run-off for the catchment characteristics (Table-4.1, IRC- SP-13-
2014)
f = Fig 4.2 – f-curve value
A = Catchment Area in Ha
Ic = Critical intensity of rainfall (cm/hr)
2) Improved Rational Method : Q = 0.278 x C x I x A – as per
(Bridges & Flood Wing Report No RBF-16 - RDSO)
C = Runoff Co-effeicient
I = Intensity of Rainfall in tc hours
A = Catchment Area in Sq.Km.
Runoff coefficient is based on soil type of catchment area, Time of concentration
Fixing Design Discharge is done based on IRC: SP: 13, clause 6.2, as per
recommended rule the estimated Flood discharges values obtained are compared. The
highest of these values is adopted as the design discharge Q, provided it does not
exceed the next highest discharge by more than 50 per cent. If it does, restrict it to that
limit.
If the Catchment area is Greater than 25 Sq Km, Peak Discharge shall be calculated
based on Flood Estimation Reports in respect of total 21 climatic sub-zones
(Appendix -1(a) as per IRC: 5:2015) in the country have been prepared based on the
hydro-metrological data collected for selected catchments of area carrying 25 to 1500
Sq km and are available with the Director, Hydrology(small Catchments), Central
Water Commission. To obtain design flood of required Return period the effective
rainfall for design storm duration is applied to Unit Hydrograph of the Catchment.
Geotechnical Investigations and Sub soil Explorations were carried out to determine
the nature and properties of existing strata in bed, banks and approaches with trial pits
and bore hole sections showing the levels, nature and properties of various strata to a
sufficient depth below the level suitable for foundations, safe intensity of pressure on
the foundation strata, proneness of site to artesian conditions, seismic disturbance and
other engineering properties of soil etc. Geotechnical investigation and Sub-soil
Exploration were carried out as per IRC 78. The detailed geotechnical investigations
for structures are submitted separately.
Field tests were conducted and also samples of soil / construction materials were
collected from proposed bypass alignment, stone metal / sand quarries. Table 7.10
presents the sampling criteria, tests and testing procedures adopted for various field
and laboratory tests.
Testing Criteria
Sl. Type of Soil
Sampling Criteria Standard Code
No. Sample Description of Test
Applicable
Existing Subgrade and Pavement Materials
In-situ Density IS 2720 (Pat- 29)
In-situ Moisture
IS 2720 (Pat- 2)
Content
Minimum of one Dynamic Cone TRRL (U.K.) vide
subgrade soil samples Penetration Test Road Note No. 31
Subgrade strength were obtained for every Soil Classification IS 1498
i) Sieve Analysis IS 2720 (Pat – 4)
test pits 1.0km (or) less along the
project road. Atterberg Limits IS 2720 (Pat – 5)
Laboratory
IS 2720 (Pat – 8)
Compaction Test
4-day soaked CBR IS 2720(Pat – 16)
Free swell Index IS : 2720 (Pat-40)
Soil Classification IS 1498
Minimum of one toe Sieve Analysis IS 2720 (Pat – 4)
samples was tested for
Atterberg Limits IS 2720 (Pat – 5)
Toe samples in every 1.0km (or) less
ii) Laboratory
widening area along the project road in IS 2720 (Pat – 8)
widening area. Compaction Test
4-day soaked CBR IS 2720(Pat – 16)
Free swell Index IS : 2720 (Pat-40)
Materials Investigation
Soil Classification IS 1498
Representative samples Sieve Analysis IS 2720 (Pat – 4)
of borrow area soils were Atterberg Limits IS 2720 (Pat – 5)
ii) Borrow Area Soil
taken for construction of Laboratory
embankment/ subgrade IS 2720 (Pat – 8)
Compaction Test
4-day soaked CBR IS 2720(Pat – 16)
7.14 Material Investigation
7.14.1 General
The material investigation for road construction has been carried out to identify the
potential sources of construction materials and to assess their general availability,
mechanical properties and quantities. This is one of the most important factors for
stable, economic and successful implementation of the road program within the
stipulated time. For improvement work as well as for new carriageway / bypass the
list of materials includes the following:
Crushed stone aggregates for upper sub-base, base, surfacing and cement
concrete works
Sand for filter material and cement, concrete works, sub-base and filling material
Borrow material for embankment, sub-grade and filling
Manufactured material like cement, steel, bitumen, geo-textiles etc. for other
related works.
The information on material sources was carried out with the following basic
objectives.
Source location, indicating places, chainage, availability and the status whether
in operation or new source.
Access to source, indicating the direction and nature of the access road i.e. left /
right of project road, approximate lead distance from the gravity centre and
type of access road.
Ownership of land / quarries, either government or private.
Test results, indicating the quality of materials along with their classification in
details.
Probable uses indicating the likely use of materials at various stages of
construction work i.e. fill materials, sub-grade, sub-base, base and wearing
course and cross drainage structures.
During the process of investigation, due consideration has been given to the
locally available materials for reducing the cost of construction. The samples
from various identified sources have been collected for laboratory testing as per
IRC / MoRT&H / BIS standards.
Potential sources of earth for the construction of embankment and sub-grade (for
Reconstruction / New Carriageway) were identified on either side of project road. The
details of all the borrow areas investigated with their respective locations,
corresponding chainage, description of material and approximate quantities are for
barrow material and stone aggregates are given in Appendix 7.10 Volume IA:
Appendix to Main Report and the required laboratory testing was conducted as listed
in Table 7.10. The test results are presented in Table 7.11 below;
Gradation:
Percent by weight Modified Proctor
Soil Atterberg Limits
passing through Clay & Test (IS:2720-Pt- 4-Days Free
Side Classifi [IS :2720-Pt-V]
Borrow Lead the Sieve (IS:2720- silt VIII) Soaked Swell
S:No Location (LHS cation IV)
Area (Km) content CBR Index
/RHS) as per
% Liquid Plastic Max. dry (%) (%)
IS: 1498 19.0 4.75 Plasticity OMC
Limit Limit density
mm mm Index (PI) (%)
(LL) % (PL) % (gm/cc)
1 BA-1 517+600 LHS 0.500 SM 100.0 96.6 45.5 31 23 8 1.91 10.8 10.30 15.0
2 BA-2 517+600 LHS 2.700 CI 99.0 95.3 77.4 48 21 27 1.79 14.8 4.50 50.0
3 BA-3 519+000 RHS 0.100 SC 100.0 97.6 44.3 38 22 16 1.89 13.7 8.90 33.3
4 BA-4 519+600 LHS 4.200 SM-SC 92.5 63.7 28.4 31 24 7 1.98 9.8 12.70 11.1
5 BA-5 524+000 LHS 0.400 SM 88.5 76.7 14.9 22 NP NP 2.12 8.7 17.90 0.0
6 BA-6 527+400 LHS 9.300 SM 100.0 85.0 40.9 34 24 10 1.94 12.7 10.10 20.0
7 BA-7 527+400 LHS 1.000 SM 95.5 54.3 19.6 22 NP NP 2.09 8.9 17.30 0.0
8 BA-8 527+400 LHS 10.700 SM 81.7 51.8 20.3 21 NP NP 2.04 8.8 18.40 0.0
9 BA-9 535+000 LHS 4.000 SM 93.2 67.9 42.2 37 26 11 1.94 12.8 10.90 25.0
10 BA-10 538+000 LHS 12.000 CI 95.6 88.5 70.7 46 23 23 1.76 14.2 5.30 40.0
11 BA-11 538+000 LHS 12.000 SM 90.4 60.6 35.6 33 24 9 1.98 12.1 11.40 22.2
12 BA-12 547+340 RHS 4.500 CI 98.7 73.7 58.2 42 24 18 1.88 14.6 6.80 40.0
All Borrow area soils are meeting all the requirements to use the soil for sub-grade construction and all the values are within the acceptable
limit as per MORTH Specifications.
However, all the borrow area soils are recommended for embankment construction and all will be used for subgrade construction. Hence, it
is recommended and considered to use 10% effective subgrade CBR in pavement design.
The availability and quality of material as coarse and fine aggregate was explored and samples are taken from some of the quarries where
large quantities were available. The details are given in Appendix 7.10 Volume IA: Appendix to Main Report and the test results are given
in Table 7.12. The physical requirement of coarse aggregate in road construction is listed in Table 7.13 for all pavement layers as per
MORTH 5th revision.
Aggregate
Water
Type of Specific Impact L.A.V Stripping
S:No Source Lattitude Longitude Absorption
Material Gravity Value (%) Value
(%)
(%)
40 MM 2.731 0.55
Shiva Shakthi
20 MM 2.681 0.45
1 Stone Crusher 74°28'23.13"E 13.31 16.83 > 95
15°54'57.99"N 10 MM 2.693 0.42
(515+100 LHS)
6 MM 2.713 0.57
40 MM 2.731 0.56
Surya Stone
20 MM 2.690 0.65
2 Crusher 16°9'13.41"N 74°29'26.23"E 13.45 18.34 > 95
10 MM 2.682 0.60
(540+600 LHS)
6 MM 2.685 0.78
Pavement Layer
S. No. Test
GSB WMM BM DBM BC
1 Water Absorption 2% (Max)* 2% (Max) 2% (Max) 2% (Max) 2% (Max)
Los Angeles Abrasion
2 - 40% (max) 40% (max) 35% (max) 30% (max)
Value
Aggregate Impact
3 40% (max) 30% (max) 30% (max) 27% (max) 24% (max)
Value
4 Striping/ Coating - - 95% (min.) 95% (min.) 95% (min.)
*If Water absorption value is more than 2, the aggregate is to be tested for soundness test
Aggregate Impact Value (AIV), Los Angeles Abrasion Value (LAV) are within in the MoRTH Specifications to be used in granular layers
as well as Bituminous Layers.
The bed of the following river flowing in the vicinity of the project road is the only potential source for good quality coarse sand in
sufficient quantities. Two M sand sample was collected and the required laboratory tests were conducted on the collected sample. Summary
of the test results are presented in Table 7.14
The Mahalakshmi Stone Crusher sand is conforming to Zone II. Hence, it is used for any construction purposes.
Along the project corridor 10 Borewell, 2 canal, 4 River samples were collected and the required Laboratory tests were conducted for the
Eight samples listed below in Table 7.15, to know the compatability of water used in site.
MI of 0.02 N MI of 0.02N
Total
NaOH required to H2S04 required to Sulphat Chlorid
PH Organic Inorganic Suspende
S:N Chainage Lead neutralize 100ml neutralize 100ml es as es as
Side Source @25° Solids(mg Solids(mg d
o (Km) (km) water using of water using S03(mg/ CL(mg/
C /L) /L) Solids(mg
Phenolphthalein mixed L) L)
/L)
indicator(mL) indicator(mL)
1 524+000 RHS Bore Well 0.300 6.98 6.5 15 180 340 83.7 90 <1
Ghata Prabha
2 529+000 LHS 0.000 6.78 2.1 2.6 26 52 5.6 15 12.6
River
Hirenkesh
3 544+900 LHS 0.000 7.64 4.3 23.5 252 488 125 110 14.4
River
4 550+900 LHS Bore Well 0.000 7.6 5.3 29.5 233 461 42.3 105 4.6
2000 500
Limiting Values as per IS:456 5.0-6.0 <5 <25.0 max 200 max 3000 max 2000 max
max max
The cement of various types like Ordinary Portland Cement - 43 Grade, 53 Grade and
Pozzolana Cement is required for the construction. The steel and Cement are available
at Major towns along the project road stretch.
The Fly ash is available at Kudgi Super Thermal Power Station, Karnataka. As per
guidelines, fly ash may be considered for embankments construction and other filling
if the thermal power plants are within 180 km from the site. In this case, as being an
uneconomical operation possibility of using fly ash is discarded.
Following Figure shows the lead chart for the Borrow Area, Aggregate Quarry and
Sand Quarry of the Project Stretch. The source of material and lead chart for the
Borrow Area, Aggregate Quarry and Sand Quarry of the Project Stretch is given
below Figure 7.31 to Figure 7.34 and the Brief of lead of all materials is given in
Table 7.16.
As the Crushers from sl. 6 to 11 are near to the project site, the same have been
considered for lead analysis.
As the Borrow areas from sl. 1 to 9 are near to the project site, the same have been
considered for lead analysis
Thermal power plants in 300km range. As per the circular, the initial 100km lead cost
has to be borne by the thermal plant and the rest of the lead cost from 101 to 300 shall
be shared equally between plant and the user. Hence, the effective lead is 77/2 = 38.5
KM. The following are the leads considered for various items listed across this project
road of Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass Section.
Avg. Lead
Sl. No. Description
(in Km)
1 Aggregates & Crushed Sand 25
2 Embankment Gravel 22
3 Bitumen 456
4 Flyash 38.5
Road Safety Audit (RSA) of the project stretch Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Ch 515.000 to Ch 555.017 of total length 40.017 km was carried out along the project
stretch in order to assess the current situation and to suggest improvement measure.
The first task was to collect and review the available historical data for the accidents
that have occurred in the highway stretch since the commencement of its operation.
The analysis of accident data can help to identify patterns that could be linked to
safety deficiencies on the road. The accident data for the Project Stretch is given in the
next table 7.17 and the graphical representation is given in Figure 7.35
Table 7-17 : Accident Data along Project Stretch (Source: PIU, Dharwad,NHAI)
7.16.1 Safety Issues on Minor, Major Junctions and Along Project Stretch
There are a total 16 Minor junctions (ODR/VR and Other roads in built up areas) and
19 major junctions (including 7 SH/NH) on this highway project (Belgaum - Kagal
road) which needs to be improved, these can be classified as T- junctions, Y-
junctions and Cross junctions.
Majority of minor junctions along the Project Stretch are connecting abruptly with the
main carriageway. In addition there are mud and asphalt roads with road width less
than 5.5. The major issues observed at junctions and all along the road are as below:
Improper acceleration and deceleration lanes for traffic merging from minor
road and traffic diverging to minor road respectively.
Road studs are absent making difficult to follow the path at night.
Rumble strips on side road are not provided before the junction so as to slow
down the speed of vehicles approaching the junction.
Due to commercial development along the project road such as fuel stations and
Dhabas it is observed that there are an unauthorized direct entry from the
commercial places. Hence all unauthorized entries have to be avoided by
providing service roads along the road based on the requirement as per site.
Some of the photographs of Safety issues on Major and Minor junctions along ethe
project road are given below.
The following are the points noted for the project stretch in the point of safety along
the project road which requires improvement for safe movement of traffic. The
Existing and Improvement Strategies are given in Table 7.18
Chainage
S.No Side Existing site situation Improvement Strategies
(km)
Un authorized direct entry to Main Carriage
Need to be closed, and access through
1 515.070 LHS Way (MCW) on LHS cross road leads to
service roads only
Devagiri village.
Un authorizes access to Dhaba from Service Need to be closed, and access through
2 516.470 LHS
Road (SR) to MCW service roads only
Need to be closed, and access through
3 516.730 LHS Direct entry from Truck Parking to MCW
service roads only
Need to be closed, and access through
4 517.200 RHS Direct access from Fuel station to MCW
Service road only
Short connectivity to MCW from SR to Need to be closed, and access through
5 618.640 LHS
avoid travel distance. Service road only
Direct Entry from Bootharamana hatti to Junction needs to be developed as a minor
6 219.400 LHS
MCW junction with all safety measures considered
Un authorizes access from Godihalli village Junction needs to be developed as a minor
7 520.960 LHS
to MCW. junction with all safety measures considered.
Un authorizes access/opening from Un authorized access needs to be closed.
8 522.500 RHS
Hallbhavi village to MCW. Entry to the MCW through service road only
Need to be closed, and access through
9 522.570 LHS Direct access from Fuel station to MCW
service roads only
Direct access from IOCL Fuel station to Need to be closed, and access through
10 522.930 RHS
MCW service roads only
There is no service road in present condition.
11 524.100 Both Direct Entry from Vantamuri to MCW
Proper Junction development is required.
Direct Entry from Vantamuri agricultural Access from the adjacent agricultural land to
12 524.380 RHS
area by field kart track be validated.
Junction shall be developed as a minor
13 530.600 LHS Direct entry from Benakoli village to MCW junction with proposed service road. Direct
entry to the MCW has to be terminated.
Access needs to be closed and access
14 531.950 Both Short cut connectivity from SR to MCW
through Service road.
Un authorizes access to Dhaba from Service Need to be closed, and access through
15 533.300 LHS
Road (SR) to MCW service roads only
There are no Informatory sign boards of access roads meeting the Project
Stretch.
No provision for acceleration and deceleration lanes for merging and diverging
traffic from minor road.
Poor/ Improper visibility at junction due to steep gradient.
It is suggested that apart from desired geometric improvements, following provisions
shall be provided at minor junctions for safety of road users:
Stop and Give Way signs, as per IRC 67: 2012 as per Figure 6.2.
Cautionary sign boards for identification of access roads, as per IRC 67: 2012 as
per Figure 6.3.
Speed Breakers on cross roads as per IRC84: 2014 as per Figure 6. 4.
Proper Road Markings for turning Traffic, as per IRC 35: 1997 as per Figure 6
.5.
Provision of acceleration and deceleration lane.
Availability of visibility tunnel as per Figure 6. 6.
In addition to above design standards, relevant marking and sign board shall be
provided for the speed breakers, as per IRC: 35 and IRC: 67 respectively.
Safety barrier are available at many places in good condition. During the visit it was
observed that at some location due to accidents and unauthorized access to main
highway the existing w-Meteal beam crash barrier are removed. The following are
the various type of deficiencies found along the project stretch.
Safety Barriers along sharp curves: Safety barriers along sharp curves have
been found missing.
Safety Barriers along high embankment sections: As per the site visit, high
embankments on stretch are present with no protection work done. So it is
recommended that safety barrier as per IRC: 119-2015 shall be provided at
these locations.
Safety Barriers along built-up areas sections: As per the site visit, it observed
that built-up areas on stretch are present with no protection work done. So it is
recommended that safety barrier as per IRC: 87-2019 to be provided at these
locations.
It was also observed that along the length of curve portion delineators/Sign board/ and
Chevron marking have not been properly provided. It is recommended that proper
sign marking shall be provided in accordance with IRC: 79-1981.
Some of the photographs related to visibility (as mentioned above) along curves as
observed are as follows:
CH - 548.200 CH - 553.100
The No Curve Delineators are observed at two places i.e. At Ch 548.200 and Ch.
553.100.
These type of Improper Median Cuts along the Project Stretch should be reconstructed
as per IRC:84 by reconstructing the median to ensure the safety of road users. If
necessary then proper median cuts should be provided as per IRC 84: 2014.
Number of unauthorized ramps was observed along the project stretch at places where
the majority of farmers access to their fields and un-paved road have been developed.
Most of the unauthorized ramps are leading towards agricultural fields, local
residences, roadside restaurants, etc.
Chainage - 547.730
Chainage
Side Existing site situation
(km)
Un authorized direct entry to Main Carriage Way
515.070 LHS
(MCW) on LHS cross road leads to Devagiri village.
Un authorizes access to Dhaba from Service Road
516.470 LHS
(SR) to MCW
520.960 LHS Un authorizes access from Godihalli village to MCW.
Un authorizes access/opening from Hallbhavi village
522.500 RHS
to MCW.
Un authorizes access to Dhaba from Service Road
533.300 LHS
(SR) to MCW
It is observed that required pedestrian crossing facilities have not been provided and
in the absence of these, the local population devise their own unauthorized ways to
facilitate crossing the highways affecting the safety of road users and their own safety.
Service road is necessary in built up area to segregate slow moving &fast moving
vehicle. It is also required to achieve the access to the highway. A service road with
properly designed entry and exit ramp from service road and from highway avoid
direct conflict of merging of traffic.
Slow /local moving traffic creating hindrance to the free movement of vehicles.
Substantial wrong side movement which can be dangerous on a highway stretch
with the vehicles coming at high speed.
Substantial pedestrian movements.
Unavailability of street lights creating these portions highly dangerous at night.
Absence of Acceleration and deceleration.
A detailed study and review of Black spots as per MoRT&H data list, Stakeholder Requirements and Road Connectivity have been
carried out for the long term and permanent solutions for the black spots and provision of suitable grade separators in the Project Road.
The details of black spots as per MoRT&H data list and its compliance are presented in the table below.
Table 7-19 : Details Of Black Spots As Per Mort&H Data List And Its Compliance
Chainage of
Blackspot on NH Network
Mode of Implement-ation
Implement-ation Stage of
GPS Coordinate taken at
As per MoRTH list NH No. Blackspot (500
of Project Road
this location
the Project
Blackspot
Compliance with
Project
Sl. Location proposal (being
Name of Name of PIU Road
No. Type planned) to eliminate
From
Sl. Jurisdictio the Name (Old NH
To
District the black spots
no. nal Police location No.)
Station /place
1 2a 2b 2c 2d 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 15
Belgaum -
4/6 Lane 15.96260
Maharashtr
Belgavi Dharw Straigth NH-48 carriagewa 9 BOT O&M Traffic calming
4 106 Kakati Honaga a Border 1.5 2 516.500 Yes
City ad road (Old NH-4) y 74.51355 (Annuity) Stage measures to be proposed
Road
(Divided) 0
Project
Blackspot on NH Network
Mode of Implement-ation
Implement-ation Stage of
GPS Coordinate taken at
As per MoRTH list NH No. Blackspot (500
of Project Road
this location
the Project
Blackspot
Compliance with
Project
Sl. Location proposal (being
Name of Name of PIU Road
No. Type planned) to eliminate
From
Sl. Jurisdictio the Name (Old NH
To
District the black spots
no. nal Police location No.)
Station /place
1 2a 2b 2c 2d 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 15
Blackspot on NH Network
Mode of Implement-ation
Implement-ation Stage of
GPS Coordinate taken at
As per MoRTH list NH No. Blackspot (500
of Project Road
this location
the Project
Blackspot
Compliance with
Project
Sl. Location proposal (being
Name of Name of PIU Road
No. Type planned) to eliminate
From
Sl. Jurisdictio the Name (Old NH
To
District the black spots
no. nal Police location No.)
Station /place
1 2a 2b 2c 2d 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 15
VOP Proposed at
Yamakanmarradi Road
Junction (at 535.891) in
Belgaum -
4/6 Lane 16.12611 the 6 laning of project as
Maharashtr
Dadaban Dharw Median NH-48 carriagewa 535- 535- 8 BOT O&M part of DPR and gradient
6 144 Belagavi YMD PS a Border 535.850 Yes
nti Cross ad Opening (Old NH-4) y 600 800 74.51707 (Annuity) Stage will reduce along main
Road
(Divided) 5 c/w and VOP also
Project
extended to cover Ch:
534.984 SH junction
also
VOP Proposed at
Yamakanmarradi Road
Junction (at 535.891) in
Belgaum -
4/6 Lane 16.12923 the 6 laning of project as
Hattarag Maharashtr
Dharw Up NH-48 carriagewa 536- 536- 2 BOT O&M part of DPR and gradient
1 37 Belagavi YMD PS i Bus a Border 536.750 Yes
ad Gradient (Old NH-4) y 550 750 74.51647 (Annuity) Stage will reduce along main
stop Road
(Divided) 9 c/w and VOP also
Project
extended to cover Ch:
534.984 SH junction
also.
Belgaum -
4/6 Lane 16.19899
Maharashtr LVUP Proposed at
Hebbal Dharw Median NH-48 carriagewa 4 BOT O&M
11 242 Belagavi Sankeshwar a Border 545m 850m 545.850 Yes 545.848 in the 6 laning
Cross ad Opening (Old NH-4) y 74.51757 (Annuity) Stage
Road of project as part of DPR
(Divided) 8
Project
Blackspot on NH Network
Mode of Implement-ation
Implement-ation Stage of
GPS Coordinate taken at
As per MoRTH list NH No. Blackspot (500
of Project Road
this location
the Project
Blackspot
Compliance with
Project
Sl. Location proposal (being
Name of Name of PIU Road
No. Type planned) to eliminate
From
Sl. Jurisdictio the Name (Old NH
To
District the black spots
no. nal Police location No.)
Station /place
1 2a 2b 2c 2d 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 15
Additional Black Spot Locations Identified From The Analysis Of Accident Data From 2018 To 2020
Chainage of
No.
NH
Blackspot on NH Network
Implement-ation Stage of
Blackspot (500
(being planned) to
of Project Road
Location Type
Police Station
the Project
Blackspot
GPS Coordinate
(Old NH No.)
Sl.
taken at this
PIU
District
location
No.
From
To
Existing Bridge on RHS
has only 2 lane without PS
and immediate bridge
Under Under approaches also in curve. 3
Belgaum - NH- 500 m 500 m
Finalization Finalization lane Elevated Road on
Maharashtra 48 4/6 Lane stretch is stretch is
by NHAI ( by NHAI ( RHS proposed apart from
19 Belagavi YMD PS Benkoli Village Dharwad Horizontal Border (Old carriageway 529.35 529.85 considered considered Yes
BOT or BOT or improved geometry of
Curve Road NH- (Divided) for for
InvIT InvIT existing road as per IRC
Project 4) analysis analysis
model) model) such as supereelvation,
transitions etc., in the 6
laning of project as part of
DPR. Existing 2 lane RHS
No.
NH
Blackspot on NH Network
Implement-ation Stage of
Blackspot (500
(being planned) to
of Project Road
Location Type
Police Station
the Project
Blackspot
GPS Coordinate
(Old NH No.)
Sl.
taken at this
PIU
District
location
No.
From
To
bridge will act as a SR for
local traffic. Proper traffic
signage and pavement
markings will be proposed
to warn the traffic about
the bridge and curve by
providing delineators apart
from lighting.
Trumpet Interchange is
proposed at Ch. 538+287
(SH-78 crossing) in the 6
laning of project as part of
Belgaum - NH-
Toll DPR which will separate
Maharashtra 48 4/6 Lane
Hattargi Toll Plaza, the cross road traffic from
20 Belagavi YMD PS Dharwad Border (Old carriageway 537.75 538.25 Yes
plaza Median the main highway traffic
Road NH- (Divided)
Opening and median opening will
Project 4)
be closed. Proper traffic
signage and pavement
markings will be proposed
apart from lighting.
VUP Proposed @ 544+210
in Chikkalgud built up area
and approaches of VUP is
Belgaum - NH-
Major extending upto bridge
Maharashtra 48 4/6 Lane
Bridge, approaches of the Major
21 Belagavi YMD PS Chikkalgud Cross Dharwad Border (Old carriageway 544.5 545 Yes
Horizontal Bridge in the 6 laning of
Road NH- (Divided)
Curve project as part of DPR
Project 4)
which will segregate the
through traffic and local
traffic.
No.
NH
Blackspot on NH Network
Implement-ation Stage of
Blackspot (500
(being planned) to
of Project Road
Location Type
Police Station
the Project
Blackspot
GPS Coordinate
(Old NH No.)
Sl.
taken at this
PIU
District
location
No.
From
To
There is a GS at the start of
Sankeshwar Bypass i.e
Belgaum - NH- 549+809. Service roads are
Maharashtra 48 4/6 Lane proposed to segregate the
Straight
22 Belagavi SANKESHWAR Gotur/Sankeshwar Dharwad Border (Old carriageway 548.8 549.3 Yes Local through traffic.
road
Road NH- (Divided) Entry and exit ramps are
Project 4) proposed for GS with
deceleration and
acceleration lanes
The details of review of stakeholder’s requirements and its compliance are presented in the table 7.20
Name of
Name of Compliance with proposal ( being planned) to
Sl. the Nearest Chainage
District Jurisdictional Reasons as per Stakeholders eliminate the black spots and Traffic Calming
No. location along NH-48
Police Station Measures
/place
As per Black Spot data and Local requirement
Belgavi Belagavi Bhutarama Existing VUP at Ch:515.575 or proposed VUP at Ch:
1 VUP in place of CWCT to be provided 517.730
City Commissioner nahatti 519+604 can be used for crossing.
Existing bus stop located @ 522+400, but existing
Belgavi Belagavi
2 Hallbhavi FOB/ additional underpass 522.400 PUP available @ 522+102. Bus Bay proposed at Ch:
City Commissioner
522+210 near PUP for crossing.
Project Highway being proposed as partial controlled
Belagavi New A subway/PUP at 524+000 to prevent access facility, no crossing will be permitted across 6
3 Belgavi 524.000
Commissioner Vantamuri villagers crossing NH to board / alight buses. lane highway. Nearest VUP at 523+702 shall be used
for crossing highway.
1) Provision of grade separators to eliminate the black spots, accessibility and from
road connectivity considerations
2) Realignment at geometric deficient sections
3) Improving the geometry as per standards including super elevation, transition
curves etc.,
4) All the existing median opening shall be closed
5) Continuity 2 lane service road on either side of the Project Road or ensuring at
least one side service road in few major bridge locations except in Ghat sections
so as to segregate the local traffic from through traffic
6) 9 m/ 10m wide service roads in rural and built up areas respectively
7) Entry and exit ramps with properly designed acceleration and deceleration lanes
connecting highway with service roads
8) Provision of properly designed busbays, truck laybyes
9) Provision of Road furniture, lighting etc.,
The proposed grade separators is given in Chapter 10 and the Typical details of
proposed entry exit ramp busbay, truck laybye are given drawing volume separately:
The system would include out-door equipment including emergency call boxes,
variable message sign systems, vehicle actuated speed system, meteorological data
system, close circuit TV camera (CCTV) system, traffic counting and classification
system, mobile radio communication system and transmission system. The indoor
equipment would comprise a large display board, central computer (with Network
Management System – NMS), CCTV monitor system, call centre system or
Make emergency calls to Control Centre in case of accidents, breakdown, fire and
ambulance.
ATMS shall provide the following information/data to traffic managers for efficient
and effective handling of traffic:
Information regarding location of any incident, incoming calls, help required and
messages to be passed to third parties.
ATMS shall provide online recording and reviewing of the voice & visual information
for record and analysis.
Value Added Systems in the form of real time information on traffic conditions,
unusual events, congestion levels, weather conditions etc.; to facilitate project
users as also the operator.
Variable Massage Signs (VMSs) are to be installed for conveying the traffic
conditions ahead to the drivers on real time basis as well as to display messages to
support national road safety campaigns. It may also include the variable traffic speed
limit depending upon the requirements.
Variable message signs (VMSs) shall provide traveller information for warning,
regulating, routing, and managing the traffic in order to improve the overall traffic
flow. The philosophy is to inform the driver of impending conditions with up-to-date
information. The overall goal of VMS application is to provide permanently located
signs that can be programmed remotely to communicate with the drivers the necessary
information such that the driver can choose or be directed to the most appropriate
route. The VMSs shall be controlled from the main CCR. Based on requirement, the
VMS may be fixed or portable in nature. The VMS system isgiven in figure 7.36
7.20.2 Location
VMS shall be provided as per locations determined later. A general policy adopted for
locating VMSs is to provide VMS at an average interval of 10 km in each direction
(not necessarily on the same gantry) to guide and forewarn the users about the traffic
and weather conditions on the Highway.
The most critical locations for installing permanent VMSs are in advance of
interchanges or Highways where drivers can have the opportunity to take some action
in response to messages displayed on VMSs. A VMS should not compete with
existing roadway signs. Drivers generally do not anticipate using a different route
until they see and read a VMS message. Drivers who are traveling in the inside lanes
need ample time to read the message and change lanes to exit.
The exact location shall be adjusted for the maximum utility to the users based on the
site conditions, however, only with the consent of the NHAI.
This system shall be used for identifying and recording all types of vehicles on the
Highway for effective monitoring and data collection at Control Centre. The system
shall be capable of detecting and recording all types of vehicles plying on the
Highway.
Besides the above vehicle classes, the system shall be capable of classifying any other
vehicle category as per need. Vehicle classification should be user selectable based on
vehicle parameters. The system shall have interface with the ATMS software for
central monitoring.
7.20.3.2 Location
The ATCC cabinet shall be installed in median or on the side of the highway at a
distance of 2 to 3 meters from the soft shoulder. The ATCC system is given below in
Figure 7.37
The purpose of the Video surveillance system is to monitor specific areas of the
Highway remotely from the CCR by use of cameras installed at such critical
junctions. This shall help in managing incidents. The system shall also record and
store video for analysis and future reference.
The functional and technical requirement of the Closed Circuit Television (CCTV)
System to be used as a sub- system of ATMS Implementation shall include fixed
cameras and PTZ cameras.
7.20.4.2 Location
The system monitors vehicular and other road related activity along the highway
stretch. CCTV system is required to ensure effective surveillance of the target road
section and related surrounding areas and generate a tamperproof record for post event
analysis. The software supplied and installed at the ATMS Control Centre to operate
the CCTV systems shall be able to integrate with/Export data to and import data from
the ATMS unified database located in ATMS Control Centre.
This Specification lays down the General, Functional and Technical requirements of
Mobile Radio Communication System (MRCS) to be used as a sub-system of the
Advanced Traffic Management System. All communication shall be to and from the
CCR. The frequency band of operation is envisaged to be in the VHF band.
Mobile sets shall be installed in patrol vehicles, cranes and ambulances and shall
communicate with CCR and also among them. The system shall use a pair of
frequencies to be allotted to the concessionaire with the approval of relevant
government bodies. Mobile Radio Communication system should be capable of
providing wireless communication between ATMS Control Centre and Vehicle
Mounted Units & Handheld units for Emergency response as well as routine
Operations & Maintenance activities for the Highway.
Mobile sets shall be installed in patrol vehicles, cranes and ambulances and shall
communicate with CCR and also among them.
The Meteorological Data System shall be capable of providing data regarding weather
including Air Pollution parameters, atmospheric temperature, humidity, visibility,
wind speed & direction. The information based on these data shall be made available
to the road users through VMS so that they are forewarned of the weather conditions
on the Highway. The Meteorological Data System shall consist of wind sensors for
monitoring wind speed and direction, visibility sensors for detection of visibility
changes resulting from fog or dust storm, atmospheric sensors to measure air
temperature and humidity and road condition sensor to read road surface temperature.
Air Quality Index (AQI): An Air Quality Index (AQI) has been developed by Central
Pollution Control Board based on the dose-response relationship of various pollutants.
This is called Indian AQI or IND-AQI (for India).
The developed index is classified in five categories: Good (0-100), Moderate (101-
200), Poor (201-300), Very poor (301-400) and severe (401-500).
The SPM, SO2 and NO2 shall be used and IND-AQI calculated.
The MET system is required to measure and acquire weather parameters likely to
affect safe travel on the highway and communicate it on-line to the ATMS Control
Centre for use in Traffic Management.
The purpose of the VIDS is to sense, detect and record the incident. The system shall
be an intelligent image detection using camera. The VIDS shall have inbuilt
intelligence to ascertain when the image has meaningfully deviated from the standard
image originally recorded. A pilot run for VIDS is suggested before implementation.
The specification, functional and technical requirement of the CCTV based VIDS to
be used as a sub-system of ATMS implementation, for automatic detection of
incidents and generation of local visual alerts. It also includes the associated visual
alerts in the form of flashing lights which are connected to and activated by the VIDS.
The system offered shall have the capability to also operate inlow light conditions
normally experienced during night. In very poor visibility conditions such as during
winter fog/smog, the system shall detect the condition of poor visibility and generate
visual alerts. Further it shall raise an alarm if signal/image quality is too poor to
reliably process.
7.20.7.2 Location
VIDS is established at strategic locations. The software supplied and installed at the
ATMS Control Centre to operate the CCTV-based VIDS shall be able to integrate
with/Export data to and import data from the ATMS unified database located in
ATMS Control Centre.
The purpose of the OFC backbone is to transport voice, data, LAN and video services
between the field equipment and CCR.
High Availability
High Reliability
Dual ring configuration
Easy to install and operate
Scalability
High degree of flexibility with respect to the types of interfaces
7.20.8.2 Location
OFC shall be laid all through the Highway. It may be laid on RHS or LHS of the main
carriageway or in the median. Lateral elements shall be connected on OFC or copper.
This system provides connectivity between ATMS Control Centre and outdoor
equipment such as Emergency Roadside Phones, Variable Message Signs, Mobile and
fixed CCTV cameras, Speed Displays, ATCC, Mobile Weigh in motion Stations, etc.
It also provides the external data connectivity required between the ATMS control
centre and the NHAI ATMS Cloud as well as between the ATMS control centre and
the NHAI ATMS Master & relevant Regional Control Centres.
The Fibre Optic Transmission System shall be equipped with a user friendly,
Microsoft, Windows-based Network Management System (NMS). The NMS shall
allow the operator to manage and monitor multiple sub-networks in an efficient way.
The NMS shall have the following functionality: network configuration, configuration
of services, monitoring, diagnostics, activation-deactivation of interface modules,
bandwidth allocation, alarms and event logging and graphical network representation.
7.20.9.2 Location
Software at CCR.
7.20.10Weigh In Motion
This specification lays down the general, functional and technical requirement of the
portable Weigh in Motion (WIM) System to be used as a sub-system of ATMS
implementation. The Weigh in Motion systems shall include the standard mounting
fixtures and the anchoring mechanism.
The system shall use portable weigh-pads to log, monitor and enforce vehicle load
criteria to prevent damage to road and bridge assets. There shall be a suitable camera
to capture the image of offending vehicle and its registration number so as to transfer
this image information along with the weight information to the enforcement agency.
7.20.10.2 Location
It shall be located near any Toll Plaza. Location shall be chosen to ensure trolleys and
other packing accessories of the WIM have a place to park and do not block or
obstruct any of the highway lanes.
Weigh pads shall be located on firm rigid surface to extend the life of the pads and to
ensure maximum measurement accuracy.
The purpose of the CCR is to monitor the Highway and to provide information to the
road user. The CCR also houses the central servers and data processing equipment.
The CCR shall provide the real-time information and assistance to the Highway users,
collect data for the use of Highway authorities and to monitor and control the Traffic
on the Highway as per the requirements.
The CCR shall be designed for round the clock operations of monitoring, on-line
information acquisition and processing the same for decision making. The CCR shall
ATMS Control Centre would be the facility from where all the activities of the ATMS
would be controlled. ATMS Control Centre would primarily comprise of the in-door
portion of CCTV, VMS, and other support systems. All the aforementioned
subsystems shall preferably reside in a dedicated permanent structure with adequate
floor area to house the required man power and equipment. Where ever such a
permanent floor/building/structure cannot be made available, the ATMS Control
Centre shall be housed in temporary portable cabins.
7.20.11.2 Location
There shall be one CCR located in any toll plaza. The CCR system ig given below in
figure no.7.38
ATMS system should be provided as per its requirement is shown below in the
following table 7.21 :
Item
S.No Unit Req.Qty Requirement
Description
Requirement:-ATCC shall be installed (i) before
Automatic the traffic diversion points where the traffic
Traffic Counter diverting from Project Stretch to other linked road
1 Nos. 2
and Classifier and (ii) 1 km ahead of the toll plaza Location:- at
(ATCC) toll plaza on the approach side (before or after
interval of 1 kms)
Requirement:-To monitor traffic conditions (Day
& Night) on the highway including junctions with
Video
considerable traffic, populated village town
2 Surveillance Nos. 28
sections / road junctions and vulnerable sections of
system
the highway. Range of 1 km on the highway (i.e. 1
km on either side).
Location:-Closed Circuit Television (CCTV)
System to be used as a sub-system of ATMS
Location of CCTV Cameras shall be within the
stretch as verified by NHAI. 1. Built up sections 2.
Major Junction 3. Toll Plaza 4.Major Bridges PTZ
camera of 33Xoptical zoom capacity Total 15.3 km
of Built up section, 1 camera for every two kms
Emergency call interval (8 nos. consider in built up areas and 12 for
3 Nos. 78
Boxes (ECB) major junction, 2 at Toll Plazas and 6 nos. at
approaches of Major bridge total 28 nos.
considered)
Requirement:-Zones experiencing telecom
blackspots along the Project Stretch shall be
provided with Emergency Road Side Telephone
(ERT). ERT shall be provided at every 2 km along
the Project Stretch.
Requirement:-Tower & base station shall be
installed for communication on whole Project
Stretch. Portable handheld wireless sets shall be
provided to relevant members of O&M team for
communication. Vehicle mounted communication
units shall be fitted on ambulances, RPV and other
Radio Mobile relevant O&M vehicles. Provision shall be there for
System (RMS) / all handheld and vehicle mounted units to
4 Mobile Nos. 2 communicate with base station at ATMS Control
Communication Centre as well as amongst them.
System
Location:-
1. Base station 1 nos.
2. Repeater station 1 nos.
3. VMR (Vehicle mounted Radio) 4 nos.
4. Handheld devices 12 nos.
Requirement:-VMS shall be provided at (i) major
Variable entries to Project Stretch, (ii) before major
5 Message Sign Nos. 12 junctions on the main carriageway that can lead to
(VMS) alternate routes to the highway, (iii) before each
large village or town on Project Stretch with
8.1 General
This Chapter intends to give brief description of Design Standards adopted in the
Design. The Consultants have evolved Design Standards and Material Specifications
for the Project Road primarily based on IRC Publications, MORTH Circulars and
relevant recommendations of the International Standards (American, Australian,
British) covering all aspects of Design including Geometric elements, Pavement
Design, Bridges and Structures, Traffic Safety and Materials.
Design Standards given in ‘Manual of Specifications and Standards for Six Laning of
Highways’ IRC:SP:87-2019 shall be used as main guidelines along with other
relevant IRC codes, guidelines and special publications, and MORTH circulars as
applicable to National Highways. Where the said standards are silent on any topic,
following standards shall reference and the one considered the best and most relevant
will adopted:
Terrain is classified by the general slope of the country across the highway alignment,
for which the criteria given in Table 6.1 are followed. The Geometric Design of a
highway is influenced significantly by Terrain conditions.
The % Cross Slope of the Project Road for most of its length is in the range of 0-10%
and thereby the Terrain is classified as Plain Terrain.
Design Speed is the basic parameter which determines all other Geometric Design
features. Choice of the Design Speed depends on the Function of the road as also
Terrain conditions.
Design Speeds for National Highways passing through various Terrain Classifications
are given in Table 8.1.
Design Speed
Nature of Terrain Cross Slope of the Ground (km/h)
Ruling Minimum
Plain and Rolling Up to 25 percent 100 80
Mountainous and Steep More than 25 percent 60 40
The Design speed adopted for the design of highway is 100kmph and a minimum
Design Speed of 40kmph shall be adopted for Service Roads.
In general, the Ruling Design Speed shall be adopted for various Geometric Design
features of the road. Minimum Design Speed shall be adopted where site conditions
are restrictive and adequate land width is not available.
For the safety of travel on roads, Sight Distance is an important parameter required to
be considered in the Geometric Design of Highways. It is the visible distance required
to be available in different situations, to permit drivers enough time and distance to
control their vehicles so as to avoid unforeseen accidents.
Three types of Sight Distance are relevant for the design of Summit Vertical Curves
and design of Horizontal Curves:
Stopping Sight Distance (SSD) is the clear distance ahead needed by a driver to stop
his vehicle before meeting a stationary object in his path on the road. It is the
Overtaking Sight Distance (OSD) is the minimum sight distance that should be
available to a driver on a 2-way road (un-divided) to enable him to overtake another
vehicle safely.
Intermediate Sight Distance (ISD) is twice the safe stopping distance and affords
reasonable opportunities to drivers to overtake with caution.
The safe stopping sight distance and minimum sight distance for divided carriageway
for various design speeds are given in Table 8.2. The desirable values of sight distance
shall be adopted unless there are site constraints. As a minimum, safe stopping sight
distance shall be available throughout.
Design Speed, Super elevation and coefficient of side friction affect the design of
circular curves. Length of transition curve is determined on the basis of rate of change
Desirable Absolute
Nature of Terrain Minimum Minimum
Radius (m) Radius (m)
Plain and Rolling 400 250
Super elevation
Super elevation is tilting the roadway to help offset centripetal forces developed as the
vehicle goes around a curve along with friction that keep a vehicle from going off the
road. The super elevation for horizontal curve is arrived as per the following equation:
V2
e
225R
Where, V - vehicle speed in km/hr.
e - Super elevation ratio in meter per meter
R - Radius in meters.
As per IRC: SP: 87-2019 Clause 2.9.3, Superelevation shall be limited to 7 percent, if
radius of curve is less than desirable minimum radius. It shall be limited to 5 percent,
if radius is more than desirable minimum and also at section where Project Road
passes through an urban section or falls on a major junction.
The minimum Radius of Horizontal Curves is calculated from the following formula:
R = V2 / 127 (e + f)
Where,
R = Radius in metres
Based on this equation and the maximum permissible value of super-elevation of 7%,
Radii for Horizontal curves corresponding to ruling and minimum design speeds are
given in Table 8.4.
Mountainous and
Plan and Rolling
Steep
Nature of Terrain
Absolute Absolute
Ruling Ruling
minimum minimum
Design Speed
100 80 60 40
(kmph)
Minimum Radius
400 250 150 75
(m)
Curves without Super elevation
When the value of super elevation obtained from the parameters stated above is less
than the road camber, the normal cambered sections are continued on the curve
portion, without providing any super elevation. Since the project area is under low
Table 8.5 given below indicates the radius of horizontal curves for different rates of
camber beyond which super elevation will not be required.
Transition curves are necessary for vehicle to progress smoothly from a straight
section into a circular curve or between curves of different radius. The transition curve
also facilitates a gradual application of the super elevation and any widening of the
carriageway that may be required for the horizontal curves.
The minimum length of the transition curve is determined from the following two
considerations and is provided in Table 8.7.
Ls = 0.0215 V3 /CR
Where,
V = Speed in kmph
The rate of change of super elevation will not be steeper than 1 in 150. The formula
for minimum length of transitions depending on the terrain (plain/Rolling) is:
Ls = 2.7 V2/ R
At sharp horizontal curves, it is necessary to widen the carriageway to provide for safe
passage of vehicles. Extra widening required for single and two-lane roads is given in
IRC: 73-1980, Table 18. For multi-lane roads, the pavement widening may be
calculated by adding half the widening for two-lane roads to each lane. The Extra
width of Pavement and Roadway in each carriageway of Road (shall be as per IRC:
SP: 87-2019 Table 2.5) is provided in Table 8.6.
The Vertical Alignment should provide for a smooth longitudinal profile. Grade
changes should not be too frequent as to cause kinks and visual discontinuities in the
profile. Recommended Gradients (from IRC: SP: 87-2019 Table 2.8) are given in
Table 8.8.
Table 8-8: Recommended Gradients (from IRC: SP: 87-2019 Table 2.8)
As far as possible, for the project road passing through Plain terrain, Gradients up to
the value corresponding to Ruling Gradient have been adopted. A minimum
longitudinal gradient of 0.3% is adopted to secure satisfactory drainage.
In general, Vertical Curves shall be provided at all changes in gradient. The Curvature
shall be large enough to provide for comfort and, where appropriate, Sight Distance
for safe stopping at Design Speed. Curvature shall be derived from the appropriate ‘K’
value (is length of the curve divided by algebraic change of gradient expressed as a
percentage) in Table 6.9. The minimum vertical curve lengths can be determined by
multiplying the ‘K’ values shown by the algebraic change of gradient expressed as a
percentage (as shown in IRC: SP: 23-1983 Table 6). For satisfactory appearance the
minimum length of vertical curve should be as shown in IRC: SP: 23- 1983 Table 7.
Vertical Curves
As Square Parabolas. Vertical curves are provided at all grade changes exceeding
those indicated in IRC: SP: 23-1983 Table 7. The Design of Summit / Crest Curves is
based on Visibility; whereas design of Valley / Sag Curves is based on Comfort
criteria and Head light sight distance.
A. Summit Curves
When the length of curve (L) exceeds the required sight distance (S)
I.e. L > S
L = NS2 / 4.4
When the length of curve (L) is less than the required sight distance (S)
i.e. L < S
L = 2S – 4.4 / N
B. Valley Curves
Valley curves are designed for head light sight distance. The length of valley curves
shall be calculated by the following two criteria:
When the length of curve (L) exceeds the required sight distance (S)
i.e. L > S
When the length of curve (L) is less than the required sight distance (S)
i.e. L < S
C. K Value
Guard rails/crash barriers shall be provided for protection of vehicles from colliding
with the abutments and piers and the deck of the structures.
Vertical and horizontal clearances at underpasses shall not be less than the values
given in Table 8.10.
Vertical Horizontal
Type of Underpass
Clearance (m) Clearance (m)
Vehicular Underpass (VUP) 5.5 20.0
Light Vehicular Underpass
4.0 12.0
(LVUP)
Smaller Vehicular Underpass
4.0 7.0
(SVUP)
Wherever existing slab/box culverts and bridges allow a vertical clearance of more
than 2 m, these can be used in dry season for pedestrian and cattle crossing by
providing necessary flooring. However, these will not be a substitute for normal
requirements of LVUP/SVUP.
Wherever any structure is provided over the Project Road; the minimum clearances at
overpasses shall be as follows:
Lateral clearance
Right-of-Way (ROW) is the total land width required for the Project Road, to
accommodate the Roadway (Carriageway and Shoulders), Side Drains and Utilities
etc. In general, minimum ROW for non-urban and urban areas should be as per IRC:
73-1980 and IRC: 86-1983 respectively. As per IRC: SP: 87-2019 Clause 2.3”A
minimum ROW of 60m should be available for development of the 6 lane highway..
Roadway Width depends upon width of Carriageway, Shoulders etc. The standard
Lane Width of Project Road is 3.5m.
Median Width
The median shall be either raised or depressed. The width of median is the distance
between inside edges of carriageway. The type of median shall depend upon the
availability of Right of Way. The minimum width of median, subject to availability of
Right of Way, for various locations shall be as in Table 8.11.
Shoulders
A roadside shoulder is a reserved area by the verge of a road or motorway. Generally
it is kept clear of all traffic. In the event of an emergency or breakdown, a motorist
can pull into the hard/paved shoulder to get out of the flow of traffic and obtain an
element of safety. Shoulders are a critical element of the roadway cross section.
Shoulders can also provide an opportunity to improve sight distance through large cut
sections. This will provide better and safer traffic operational conditions and a facility
of directly using these as part of carriageway when the road will be widened.
The shoulder width on the outer side (left side of carriageway) shall be as given in
table 8.12 & table 8.13.
Table 8-13: Width of Shoulders in Mountainous and Steep Terrain (Hilly Area)
Access
Access to the Project Road shall be on the principle of left-in/left out arrangement and
interconnected through underpasses, overpasses or grade separators.
Service road
The carriageway width of service road shall be minimum 10 m. In built-up areas
where separator, between main carriageway and service road; and RCC/Cement
Concrete lined drain-cum-footpath on ROW side are provided, no earthen shoulder
shall be provided for service road. The minimum width of paved portion of the
service road shall be 10 m. wherever required provision for Parking Bays of length 20
m and width 3.0 m may be made along the service road.
Depending on the traffic volume and speed and other factors, the type of various
grade separated structures (VUP, LVUP, SVUP, and VOP) shall be decided.
Vehicular underpass/overpass
The vehicular under/overpass structures shall be provided at the intersection of the
Project Road with all the National Highways and State Highways. Such under/over
passes shall also be provided across other categories of roads as per site requirements
for crossing of traffic. The structure may be either an underpass or an overpass
depending upon the nature of terrain, vertical profile of road and availability of
adequate right of way, drainage, land acquisition, provision of ramps for the grade
separated facility, height of embankment and project economy etc.
SVUP and foot over bridge
i) A SVUP/Foot Over Bridge may not be necessary within a distance of 2 km
from Vehicular underpasses/overpasses and Light Vehicular Underpasses.
Median openings shall not be spaced closer than 2 km in open country. Additional
controlled openings shall also be provided for inspection and diversion of traffic
during repair and rehabilitation. In built up area, median opening shall be provided as
per site requirement and the spacing between two medians opening in built up area
shall not be less than 500 m.
Median opening shall not be provided in front of the service road entry. The distance
between the service road entry and the median opening shall be at least equal to the
sum of length of acceleration lane, weaving length, and deceleration length. This
distance shall however be not less than 150 m. Location of opening shall be so
decided as to minimize contraflow.
All median openings shall be provided with additional 3.0 m wide shelter lane by the
side of median in both directions for waiting of vehicles to take U-turn. Wherever
required, horizontal geometries of the road shall be suitably adjusted.
Length of median opening shall be 18 to 20 m only. Length of median openings can
be more than 20 m in case of median opening without storage lane, to serve as neutral
place for small vehicles to wait. All plantations and objects in the median for at least
120 m from median tip shall be removed to ensure the visibility between approaching
vehicle and that waiting/turning at median openings.
A separator between main carriageway and service road of the following type shall be
provided to prevent the pedestrians, local vehicles and animals entering the highway.
Raised Footpath of minimum 1.5 m width with kerb on either side (200 mm above
Flexible Pavement:
Designs for new pavement have been dealt in accordance with Indian and
international practice. The Preliminary Designs will be carried out on the basis of sub-
grade 4 day soaked CBR at 97% MDD. Flexible pavement for new carriageways will
be designed in accordance with the guidelines of IRC: 37-2018. The structural
coefficients of various layers shall suitably modified to suit the Indian conditions. The
resulting pavement compositions from both the methods along with suggested future
overlays have compared based on their performance as reflected in life cycle cost
analysis.
The new flexible pavement structure will comprise of Bituminous Concrete wearing
course on bituminous base course of Dense Bituminous Macadam (DBM) and
Bituminous Course. Below the bituminous layers, a Granular base with well-graded
aggregates in the form of Wet Mix Macadam (WMM) base will be laid on top of GSB
layer. All these layers shall be constructed to the requirements of MORTH
specifications. The drainage layer, which is a part of the Granular Sub Base (GSB)
layer, shall be provided extending over the full width of formation to the embankment
slope, which will also act as drainage layer both for surface and capillary water that
Would affect the structural performance of the pavement. Flexible Pavement shall be
designed for a minimum design period of 15 years or operation period, whichever is
more. Stage construction will be permissible subject to condition that the thickness of
sub-base and base is designed for a minimum design period of 15 years and the
bituminous surfacing for a minimum design period of 10 years.
Rigid Pavement:
New rigid pavement will be plain-jointed type and shall be designed in accordance
with the method prescribed in IRC: 58 -2015, “Guidelines for the Design of Plain
Jointed Rigid Pavements for Highways Rigid pavement shall be designed for a
minimum design period of 30 years. Stage construction shall not be permitted.
The Pavement Quality Concrete (PQC) shall rest over Dry Lean concrete (DLC) and
Granular sub-base of 150mm thickness.
Roadside Drainage
An effective drainage system shall be planned for the drainage of roadway as per
stipulations of IRC SP: 42-2014 and IRC SP: 50-2013 for maintaining structural
soundness and functionality of the project road. The following types of drains shall be
provided for surface drainage of roadway and ROW:
Longitudinal unlined / lined drains with outfalls at cross-drainage structure in
rural sections. The drain size shape and material shall be adequate to take design
run off and prevent soil erosion and stagnation of water.
8.9 Embankment
Side Slopes:
For earthen embankments the side slopes recommended from consideration of safety
of traffic as per IRC: 36-2010.
There shall be no direct access to the main highway and all access shall be from
service roads which shall be provided on both sides of the main highway and
interconnected through underpasses, overpasses or grade separators. The existing
v) Type and radius of curve of intersection: The type and radii of curves would
depend upon the types of vehicles turning at the intersection and shall be decided
based on the traffic data.
Visibility at intersection: A minimum twice safe stopping sight distance, appropriate
for the approach speeds, shall be available for the traffic on the Project Road.
For safety and operational reasons, it will be necessary to provide suitable safety
features, road furniture, and other facilities along the project road. These features will
include safety barriers, road signs, road markings, road lighting, route markers,
kilometer and hectometer stones, road delineators, ROW pillars, parking areas & rest
areas, bus stops/bays, and landscaping. Where possible these features will provided in
accordance with relevant IRC or other standard, as detailed below. If no IRC, Codes
or the MORTH Specifications are available, international standards such as BIS
/AASHTO / ASTM /British Standards should use in detail design.
Road Signs - The color, configuration, size and location of road signs shall be in
accordance with IRC: 67-2012.
Road Markings – Road markings shall be as per IRC: 35-2015. These markings shall
applied to road center lines, edge line, continuity line, stop lines, give-way lines,
diagonal/chevron markings, zebra crossing and at parking areas by means of an
approved self-propelled machine which has a satisfactory cut-off value capable of
applying broken lines automatically. The approach noses of the traffic islands will be
Bus-Bays & Shelter -The layout, design and location of the bus stops in rural areas
shall be as per IRC: 80-1981. In urban/semi-urban areas the recommendations given
in IRC: 70-1977 will considered, taking into account land availability. Typical
Layouts given in IRC: SP: 87- 2013 will also be consider while developing the
Layout. The bus stop layout shall provide safe entry and exit of buses from the service
road and safe movement of passengers.
All structures shall be designed in accordance with the relevant Codes, Standards and
Specifications, Special Publications and Guidelines of the IRC.
8.14.1 Bridges
8.14.1.1 Superstructure
8.14.1.2 Bearings
All the bearings are proposed with spherical type bearing made up of cast steel.
The design vertical forces on Spherical bearings will be arrived from STAAD analysis
used for analysis of superstructure. The lateral forces due to braking, wind and
seismic will be arrived manually. The bearing movement will be considered with
8.14.1.3 Foundation
Type of foundation proposed for piers & abutment shall be decided as per the detailed
geotechnical investigations.
If open foundations are proposed. While checking the stresses at the base of
foundations, it shall be ensured that under worst combination of forces there are no
uplift pressures except when founded on hard rock.
If pile foundations are proposed with cast in situ piles. The diameter of pile shall be
1000/1200mm for abutments and piers. Pile cap with minimum thickness of 1.5 times
the dia of pile shall be provided over the piles. The bottom of pile cap shall be above
the low water level. The design forces in piles will be considered from Pile – pile cap
space frame analysis. The pile cap will be designed based on the reactions from piles
for bending and shear. The adequacy of thickness of pile cap will be verified for
punching shear also. The entire design will be as per IRC: 112 for appropriate limit
states with corresponding partial safety load factors.
8.14.1.4 Substructure
The abutments are with RCC solid wall supported on open foundation/Pile
foundation.
Abutment cap will be in RCC and supporting pedestals and dirt wall.
Scope for accessibility for inspection of bearings and arrangement for lifting
of the superstructure for future replacement of bearings shall be provided for
in the design of substructure and superstructure. The positions of flat jacks
shall be distinctly marked on the drawing.
100mm dia weep holes with filter media will be provided entire length and
height of abutment as per IRC: 78 & MORT&H Specifications.
The approach slab shall be resting on brackets at top of dirt wall as per
MORT&H standard details.
Abutment is checked for stability as per clause 706.3.2 of IRC 78.
The entire design will be as per IRC: 112 for appropriate limit states with
corresponding partial safety load factors.
The structure is analyzed as a Closed Box resting on spring supports to idealize the
soil below. Weep holes are provided on side walls to relieve hydrostatic forces. The
lateral earth pressure due to rest condition and live load surcharge will be considered
on sides of the vertical walls. The skew crossing bridges will be analysed considering
the span in skew direction. The IRC live loads will considered as a moving load with
movement increments. The dispersion width of live load at every position from the
support will be arrived as per Annexure B-3 of IRC 112. The soil below the base slab
will be considered as an elastic mat with stiffness based on SBC and modulus of sub
grade reactions of soil. The entire design will be as per IRC: 112 for appropriate limit
states with corresponding partial safety load factors.
The design of various structural components in the project shall conform to the
criteria laid down in the latest revisions and editions of the following codes of
Practice.
The retaining walls will be analyzed as a vertical cantilever fixed at top of foundation.
The lateral active earth pressure and live load surcharge will be considered on sides of
the vertical walls. Weep holes are provided to relive lateral hydrostatic pressure. The
Toe slab is analyzed as cantilever slab which is fixed at stem. The net bearing pressure
is acting on toe slab from bottom. This will tend to bend the slab upwards. The Heel
slab is analyzed as a cantilever slab which is fixed at stem. The earth pressure acting
downwards on the slab. This will tend to bend the slab downwards. Retaining walls
are checked for stability as per clause 706.3.2 of IRC 78.The entire design will be as
per IRC: 112 for appropriate limit states with corresponding partial safety load
factors.
8.16.1 Loads
Dead load includes self-weight of structure and super imposed dead is due to weight
of wearing coat, crash barriers, footpath etc. The weight of wearing coat as 200
kg/sqm, the construction Live Load as 360 kg/sqm and crash barrier as 1T/m will be
considered in design.
Design live loads will be considered as per Table 6 of IRC: 6, based on 3 lanes. Each
carriageway of the bridges will be designed for 1/2/3 lanes of Class A , one lane of
70R , one lane of 70R + one lane of Class A whichever produces the critical design
forces.
Bridges will be designed for appropriate seismic forces as per Clause 219 of IRC: 6.
The soil properties for earth pressure behind abutments will be in accordance with
MORT&H specification. The properties of embankment soil like Dry density of soil
as 1.85 T/cum and saturated density as 2.0 T/cum, ø= 30 degree & C=0 will be
considered. The earth pressure in seismic / Non seismic condition and live load
surcharge will be considered as per Cl 214 of IRC 6.
8.16.1.6 Temperature
8.16.1.7 Buoyancy
The longitudinal forces from superstructure due to braking effect of live load and
induced forces due to temperature variation, shrinkage and creep will be considered as
per cl 211 of IRC: 6.
The horizontal water current forces will be considered as per Cl 210 of IRC: 6
For Checking the Base Pressure under Foundation the Partial safety factors as per
Table B.4 of IRC 6.
9.1 General
Traffic surveys, analysis and demand forecast are an important element of any
feasibility /detailed project report preparation. An accurate estimate of the traffic that
is likely to use the project road is very important as it forms the basic input in
planning, design, operation and financing. A thorough knowledge of the travel
characteristics of the traffic likely to use the project road as well as other major roads
in the influence area of the study corridor is essential for future traffic estimation.
Traffic analysis and demand forecasting are directly related to several important
aspect of project road planning and design i.e. capacity augmentation proposals,
geometric design features, planning and design of toll plaza, pavement design,
economic and financial analysis etc. Thus, accurate assessment of the existing traffic
and forecasting attains utmost importance in the project planning phase. Hence,
detailed traffic surveys were carried out to assess the baseline traffic characteristics on
the project road. This chapter deals with the traffic studies undertaken and the analysis
conducted thereafter.
The traffic homogeneous sections have been identified based on the major traffic
generators and diversion locations along the project corridor. The passenger traffic has
been observed to vary with respect to the influence of village/towns falling along the
project corridor.
Traffic survey stations for carrying out CTVC, OD surveys were selected considering
the following parameters.
The station should represent homogeneous traffic section
The station should be free from urban and local traffic influence
The station should be located in a reasonably level terrain with good visibility
CTVC surveys were conducted using Pneumatic Tube ATCC system & Video based
counter and Classification (VTCC) and all the other surveys were carried out
manually by employing sufficient number of trained enumerators recording
information in the pre-designed formats. The enumerators were selected from locally
available educated people familiar with traffic characteristics and condition of the
project road. They were properly briefed and trained about the survey work before
putting them on actual survey work in field. An experienced supervisor was kept in-
charge for all the locations.
The locations for the various surveys were so selected that all vehicles can be viewed
and interpreted easily without endangering the safety of enumerators and drivers. The
most important part of all traffic survey was to exercise adequate quality control.
The quality assurance was achieved through:
Proper briefing and demonstration to enumerators before the start of work;
Continuous independent checking by Traffic engineers / supervisor in the field
during the survey work;
Checking of filled in survey formats by Traffic engineer; and
Validation of computer data entry with raw surveyed data
Figure 9-2: Project road and traffic survey locations are shown in key plan
The objective of classified traffic volume count survey is to estimate traffic intensity
on the project road. The CTVC surveys at 1 strategic location along Project Highway
was conducted continuously for 7 consecutive days and for 24 hours, through
Automatic Traffic Counter and Classifier (ATCC) method.
The counts location is representing mid block count station for each homogeneous
section of existing roads. The surveys were as per guidelines illustrated in IRC: SP: 19
– 2001, ‘Manual for Survey, Investigation and Preparation of Road Projects’. For
carrying out the counts, the vehicles were grouped under the following categories
(Table 9-4).
Automatic Traffic Counter and Classifier (ATCC) is capable of counting vehicles
according to their class with help of different non intrusive technologies such as
infrared sensors, Pneumatic tubes etc. Pneumatic Tube Technology and Video based
Figure 9-8: Snapshot of Sample Hourly Summary of Data Output – Chronological &
grouped into vehicle classes
The count data was recorded for 60 minute intervals for each vehicle group for each
direction of travel separately. This traffic data is used for working out traffic
characteristics analysis and forecast, capacity augmentation and toll analysis.
The Intersection Turning Movement count was carried out with primary objective for
identifying the type of control measures required for the junction improvement.
Manual turning volume counts of classified vehicles are made separately for
direction-wise movements including left turning and right turning traffic at all the
major intersections.
In order to assess the current traffic flows at the Major and Minor junctions along the
project corridors, various Traffic surveys have been carried out at identified NH / SH /
MDR / ODR / VDR crossings per field reconnaissance surveys and in consultation
with NHAI. Intersection Volume count Survey has been carried out at 10 major /
minor intersections for a continuous period of 24 hours along the project road. Each
turning movement at the intersection was recorded by Videography or by manual
count deploying sufficient trained enumerators on each arm traffic intensity.
The origin-destination survey was carried out with the primary objective of studying
the travel pattern of goods and passenger traffic along the Project Highway. In a
transportation study, it is necessary to estimate the number of trips with respect to
origin and destination. These calculations help in studying travel trends of passenger
and commercial vehicles. The trend pattern determines the basis for adopting
techniques for estimating traffic growth projections.
Roadside interview method was adopted for the survey, in accordance with guidelines
given by IRC: SP 19-2001. A sample proportion of vehicles were interviewed from
the total traffic. The road users were interviewed by trained enumerators to obtain the
required data under the guidance of traffic engineer and supervisor. Variable sampling
flow requires a classified hourly count of all vehicles that pass in the direction being
studied while interview is in progress. A volume count survey was carried out
simultaneously to get the number of vehicles passing in both the directions. The O-D
survey was limited to cars (private and taxi cars) and buses in passenger vehicles.
Similarly, LMVs, LCVs, 2-axle trucks, 3- axle trucks, 4 to 6-axle trucks and more
than 6-axle trucks were considered as goods vehicles. The information collected
contained trip origin and trip destination. In addition, type of commodity for goods
vehicles and purpose and occupancy for passenger vehicles were also collected.
Further, trip length, trip frequency are also elicited during O-D surveys.
The survey was conducted at one location for a day (24 hours).
Axle Load survey has been carried out in order to estimate the intensity of traffic
loading and vehicle damage factor (VDF) for using in design of overlay on existing
pavement and new pavement design for additional lanes. The axle load surveys are
carried out to determine the load pattern and the trend of overloading, at selected
locations on the project roads. This survey is carried out in both directions for two
days (24 hours) on a random sample basis normally for trucks only.
The Moving Car Observer method is most commonly used for measuring running
speed and journey speed of the road. The test vehicle was run at the perceptible
average speed of the traffic stream along the road. The observers inside the test
vehicles recorded travel time and stopping delay timings along with the causes of
delays. The test vehicle was made to travel on both directions of travel covering
different peak and off peak traffic flow conditions. The delays and corresponding
contributory factors at intersections / major activity centres, etc. are collected to
identify major bottlenecks on the road. The survey was conducted for the total length
of the project corridor.
9.5.1 General
The base year traffic pattern is the primary input for checking existing level of service
and determination of future traffic demand of project influence area. The consultant
has conducted Classified Volume Count Surveys, Intersection Volume Count, O-D
and commodity, Axle load and speed & delay surveys to examine the base year traffic
intensity, travel characteristics, loading patterns and travel speed on project road. For
the purpose of traffic estimation and projection the year 2020-2021 has been taken as
base year.
The following section provides detailed traffic analysis and important observations
about traffic pattern along the project corridor. The data collected during traffic
surveys was entered in to the computer for further analysis and to obtain information
about traffic characteristics and travel pattern along the project road. The results of
the analysis can be further used for designing the pavement crust, road cross-section,
planning and designing the toll plaza & way side amenities, and for economic and
financial analysis. The traffic analysis was carried out as per the guidelines given in
IRC: SP 19-2001, IRC: 108-2015, IRC: 64-1990, IRC SP: 41-1994.
The classified traffic volume survey data for count locations is analysed in order to
obtain the following traffic characteristics:
Daily variation of traffic volume
Average hourly variation of traffic volume
Average Composition of traffic
Average Daily Traffic (ADT) volume
Annual Average Daily Traffic (AADT) volume
The analysis of data brings out the hourly, daily, and weekly variations in traffic.
The traffic plying on any road generally varies over different periods of the year
depending on the cycle of different socio-economic activities in the regions through
which it generates or terminates. Therefore, in order to have a more realistic picture of
the traffic on the project road, it is required to assess its seasonal variation to estimate
the annual average daily traffic (AADT). The ADT observed during the survey
duration has been multiplied by a seasonal correction factor (SCF) to arrive at AADT.
Due to the COVID – 19 a certain uncertainty is perceived in the travel behaviour
pattern of road users in the year. To assess the realistic AADT, the seasonal correction
factors have been derived for the month of October from past monthly toll plaza
traffic as we had available the classified monthly number of vehicles from Aug 2018
to July 2019 collected from PIU, NHAI. The following tables show the number of
vehicles for the above period at Hattargi toll plaza:
Since the survey has been carried out for seven days and 24 hours continuously, the
traffic flow on all the days in a week differs. Daily variation of traffic during different
days of week at each survey location in terms of number of vehicle and PCUs are
graphically shown in Figure 9.9.
Day wise CTVC summary of category wise traffic is presented in Appendix 9.1 in
Volume IA: Appendix to Main Report.
As seen, the directional split for up and down traffic is almost equal along the Project
Highway.
The traffic volumes at each of the locations are expected to vary over the day. The
hour variation graphs for the traffic shall give an understanding of the peak hour
The percentage share of different category of vehicles in the total traffic stream in
terms of number of vehicles at the survey location has been analysed. Predominantly
car and two-wheeler traffic has been observed on the project road. It is observed that
two wheelers are having highest share of composition i.e. 33.20% and next by cars i.e.
26.35%. In terms of freight traffic LMVs & LCVs share are more. MAVs share is
more followed by 2-Axle trucks and 3-Axle trucks. The traffic composition observed
in these survey locations are plotted graphically and presented in Figure 9-11.
In order to understand the existing travel pattern, turning movement survey data
collected at various major and minor intersections have been analysed to study the
directional flows.
The data generated on turning movements are in respect of stream composition,
direction wise and category wise vehicle volumes. The survey data have been
analysed to obtain the morning and evening peak hours with flow of vehicles in each
direction. The analysis of the data will suggest the improvement proposal i.e. at-grade
controlled/uncontrolled improvement or construction of grade separator, and shall
help in suggesting any modifications required in the at-grade junction that would
make the traffic flow smooth.
The PCU values as suggested in the IRC-SP: 41 – 1994 “Guideline for the Design of
At-Grade Intersections in Rural and Urban areas” has been adopted and are shown in
Table 9.11.
Table 9.11: PCU Factors adopted for Turning movement analysis
The summary of turning movement data analysis for each of the locations on NH-48
is presented in Appendix 9.2 in Volume IA: Appendix to Main Report.
The Peak hour junction flows charts are presented in the figures below and peak hour
traffic at junctions is presented in table 9.12.
9.8.1 General
Origin-Destination surveys (24 hrs continuous) have been conducted at one location
on the project corridor to establish the travel desire pattern and area of influence that
would have an impact on the traffic growth on the corridor.
The collected data were entered into the computer and for inconsistencies. The
checked and corrected data were used for final analysis. Table 9.13 presents the
percentage sample size collected.
Table 9.13: Sample Size
Sample % at
S.No. Type of Vehicle
Hattargi Toll plaza
1 Car/Jeep/Taxi 12.35%
2 Mini Bus 27.91%
3 Buses 11.14%
4 LCV 13.74%
5 2-Axle Truck 29.41%
6 3-Axle Truck 27.39%
7 MAV 13.21%
The data collected has been analysed to obtain the travel characteristics of the road
users of different categories. The desire pattern of the road users has been established
on the basis of the O-D survey data and the traffic zones formulated for the same.
The location of Origin and Destination zones has determined in relation to each
individual traffic survey station and the possibility of traffic diversion to the project
road from/to other routes. The analysis of O-D data starts with coding of zones, i.e.
categorizing the traffic with respect to its origin and destination. These origin and
destinations, depending on their distance from the project road, are assigned to a
region in terms of local/taluk, district, and state. These regions are designated with a
unique code. These codes are termed as O-D Traffic analysis Zones (TAZ), called as
It is important to analyse the trip characteristics with respect to the project road and its
surroundings by development of vehicle category wise trip matrices and desire lines.
After coding of Origin and Destination from the raw data, expansion factors were
calculated by comparing sample size of each vehicle type with the traffic classified
volume count data of the same day at the same location of O-D Survey. These
expansion factors were applied to O-D Data and vehicle wise O-D matrices were
developed.
O-D matrices for passenger and goods vehicles at each survey station on the project
road are presented in Appendix 9.3 in Volume IA: Appendix to Main Report.
The influence of various states among the samples collected from OD survey has been
analysed and the influence of different states is presented in table 9.15.
Table 9.15: Zone influence in %
Hattargi Toll Plaza
S.No. State Name
Passenger Goods
1 Karnataka 63.83% 43.83%
2 Maharashtra 27.13% 32.25%
3 Goa 2.73% 1.25%
4 Tamilnadu 1.58% 6.47%
5 Kerala 1.24% 6.22%
6 Gujarat 1.00% 5.27%
7 Rest of India 2.49% 4.71%
Passenger trips at Hattargi toll plaza is having predominant trips 63.83% within
Karnataka followed by 27.13% in Maharashtra state.
Goods trips at Hattargi toll plaza is having predominant influence of Karnataka
43.83% followed by 32.25% in Maharashtra state. In goods, other states of
Tamilnadu, Kerala, Gujarat, Goa also have notable influence as the project corridor is
a National corridor catering to long travel trips.
Different commodities recorded during the O-D survey were classified into different
categories and due consideration has been given to include all possible commodities
moving along the project road. After coding of Origin – Destination data, commodity
movements found on corridor has been analyzed commodity wise vehicle category
wise. The analysis results are presented in Table 9.16 shown below. Composition of
commodity movement on the corridor has been presented in Figure 9-14.
Table 9.16: Vehicle wise Commodity Distribution (%) at Hattargi Toll Plaza
2-Axle 3-Axle
S.No. Goods Carried LCV MAV Total
Truck Truck
1 Empty 18.9% 13.9% 7.4% 4.5% 11.7%
2 Agricultural products 11.6% 7.4% 4.8% 5.1% 7.3%
3 Perishable products 6.9% 7.1% 4.4% 5.1% 6.0%
4 Goods 10.3% 3.3% 7.0% 9.6% 7.0%
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 294 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
2-Axle 3-Axle
S.No. Goods Carried LCV MAV Total
Truck Truck
5 Building materials 3.4% 7.4% 10.0% 13.6% 8.3%
Manufacturing
6 7.3% 10.7% 12.2% 21.2% 12.3%
products
7 Petroleum products 2.1% 11.9% 6.6% 18.7% 9.7%
8 Consumer Items 18.9% 12.8% 21.8% 5.6% 14.8%
9 Milk 3.4% 3.0% 1.3% 1.0% 2.3%
10 Paper & Parcel 10.3% 16.3% 14.4% 7.6% 12.7%
11 Plastic 5.6% 3.6% 8.3% 4.5% 5.3%
12 Chemicals 0.9% 2.1% 0.9% 3.5% 1.8%
13 Miscellaneous 0.4% 0.6% 0.9% 0.0% 0.5%
The trip frequencies of passenger and goods vehicles as observed during the time of
survey from the collected sample are shown in tables below.
Table 9.17: Trip Frequency distribution (Passenger) in %
Location / Trip Hattargi Toll
Frequency Plaza
Daily 33.27%
Weekly 27.42%
Monthly 36.05%
Occasional 3.26%
Trip purpose for Passengers Vehicles (Cars, Jeeps, Vans, Mini Bus and Bus) have
been collected during O-D survey and tabulated in Table 9.19.
Table 9.19: Trip Purpose for Passengers Vehicles in Percentage
Distribution at
S.No. Trip Purpose
Hattargi Toll plaza
1 Work 62.0%
2 Business 23.4%
3 Education 2.9%
4 Social 4.5%
5 Shopping 1.0%
6 Religious/ Tourism 1.6%
7 Others 4.6%
The survey data was analyzed to assess the lead distribution for commercial vehicles.
Trip length frequency distribution for goods vehicles is shown in table below.
Table 9.20: Trip Length Frequency Distribution at Hattargi Toll Plaza (%)
9.9.1 General
The intensity of traffic loading and the corresponding damaging power of different
categories of vehicles is an important parameter for the design of pavements. The
main objective of the axle load survey is to determine a Vehicle Damaging Factor
(VDF) of each category of commercial vehicle and their axle load spectrum/
distribution and expected damage on pavement.
9.9.2 Location
Axle load survey was conducted for the duration of 24-hours at 1 location in the
project area, to assess the axle load spectrum and in turn to determine the vehicle
damage factor for commercial vehicles. The survey was done using portable weigh
pad. Axle load survey was conducted to cover both directional traffic for both empty
and loaded commercial vehicles i.e. LCV, 2-axle trucks, 3-axle tracks, multi-axle
trucks and buses.
The vehicle damaging factor is an important indexing factor for characterizing the
traffic loading on the road. The VDF can be computed from the axle load data by the
following formula.
VDF = Total EAL/Number of vehicles weighed
The vehicle damage factor is a multiplier to convert the number of commercial
vehicles of different axle loads and axle configuration to the number of standard axle
load repetitions. It is defined as equivalent number of standard axle per commercial
For design purpose, the variation in axle loads is usually handled through reducing the
actual axle load to “Equivalent Axle Load (EAL)”. An equivalency is simply
convenient means for indexing the wide spectrum of actual loads to one selected
value. One of the most important and useful products of AASHTO Road Test was the
development of a relationship characterizing the relative damaging effect of varying
axle load on pavements in terms of equivalent 80 kN single axle load. This
relationship sometimes referred the “Fourth Power” rule has subsequently been
verified by studies reported by several agencies in different countries.
Single axle with single wheel on either side = (Axle load in kN / 65)^4
Single axle with dual wheels on either side = (Axle load in kN / 80)^4
Tandem axle with dual wheels on either side = (Axle load in kN / 148)^4
Tridem axle with dual wheels on either side = (Axle load in kN / 224)^4
The rule states that damaging power of an axle load increases roughly as fourth power
with the weight of an axle. Any single axle load less than 8o kN is some fractional
EAL, where any greater single load is some multiple of EAL. In order to convert axle
loads, from axle load surveys into EAL, these are usually grouped into the intervals of
2 kN and the frequency of each vehicle intervals is found out. Equivalencies factors
are obtained for each category from “Fourth Power” rule. Product of frequency factors
gives the EAL for that weight class of the sample.
Total EAL = Σ (Number of Vehicles in each weight class × Load
Equivalency Factor of weight Class)
The vehicle damage factor values were calculated for each vehicle type at each survey
location in direction wise and are presented in Table 9.21. The details of axle load
computations are given in Appendix 9.4 Volume IA: Appendix to Main Report.
The surveys were performed near at-grade median openings of junctions and similar
high – pedestrian activity areas. The estimated peak hour pedestrian crossing volumes
at various survey locations are presented in Table 9.22. The pedestrian volume count
survey data is given in Appendix 9.5 in Volume IA: Appendix to Main Report.
Table 9.22: Pedestrian Volume
Peak Hr Pedestrian
S.No. Location Peak Hour
crossing vol.
1 519+600 9.00 to 10.00 53
2 524+000 13.15 to 14.15 110
3 527+400 8.00 to 9.00 34
4 535+870 11.00 to 12.00 291
5 538+261 13.45 to 14.45 8
6 544+200 13.15 to 14.15 78
7 545+835 11.15 to 12.15 70
Speed is one of the most important characteristics of traffic and its measurements are
a frequent necessity in traffic engineering studies. A speed and delay survey using the
moving car method was carried out during peak and off peak hours for existing road.
This survey provides data for assessing running speed, journey speeds and congestion
levels. Journey speed is the effective speed of a vehicle between two points. It is
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 300 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
determined by the distance between two points divided by the total time taken by the
vehicle to complete the journey, including all delays incurred en-route. Running speed
is the average speed maintained by a vehicle over given course while the vehicle is in
motion. The length of course divided by running time determines it.
The Speed and Delay data collected from site at various locations have been analysed
to observe the reasons of delay, speed characteristics on the project corridor. The
results of the analysis are presented in tables and figures below in Table 9.23.
Table 9.23: Travel Speeds & Journey Speeds
Start End Average Journey Average Travel
S.No.
Chainage Chainage Speed (Kmph) Speed (Kmph)
1 515.000 519.600 69.60 69.60
2 519.600 527.390 72.35 72.35
3 527.390 535.870 72.99 72.99
4 535.870 537.770 66.86 67.41
5 537.770 538.261 23.52 40.13
6 538.261 544.200 75.17 78.93
7 544.200 545.835 77.36 77.36
8 545.835 555.378 76.59 76.59
Avg. Speed on Project Highway 72.94 73.72
Average journey speed on Project Highway is 72.94 kmph. Average running speed on
Project Highway is 73.72 kmph. The Toll Plaza on the corridor is taking some time for
toll collection and delay is observed at toll plaza.
9.12.1 Approach
This section presents estimates of traffic growth rates. Traffic growth rates for the
study, to be used subsequently for forecasting traffic on the Project Stretch, have been
estimated by adopting the Elasticity of Transport Demand method as stipulated in
IRC: 108, which is a proven and therefore most commonly used technique in India.
The method relies on the correlation between:
Past trends in traffic growth on the Project Stretch / Traffic passing through
Toll Plazas.
Past trends in traffic growth (Vehicle registration Method).
Econometric Model Method : IRC-108:2015.
For Cars & 2 Wheelers, Buses, LCV and Goods respective independent variables have
been considered as PCI, Population, NSDP and GDP and elasticity estimates
associated with PCI, Population, NDSP & GDP have been considered for estimating
traffic growth. Regression analysis has been carried out using vehicles registration and
economic indicators, to estimate elasticity for each type of vehicle. The time series
data of state income NSDP at constant (2011-12) prices, state population, per-capita
income and GDP at constant (2011-12) prices as published by Central Statistical
Organization have been collected and used for regression analysis.
The projected growth rates worked out for major vehicle groups, namely, Car, LCV,
Bus / Trucks, MAV and Oversized vehicles. The likely future shift among the vehicle
categories, like, the probable shift of vehicle ownership from 2-axle trucks to 3-axle
trucks, 3-axle trucks to MAVs and 2/3 wheeler market to car, etc., have also been
taken into account while adjusting the elasticity values.
Following table presents the actual traffic growth registered at census location along
the Project Road for period between 2008 to 2018 as provided by PIU NHAI. The
traffic numbers are presented in below table.
Traffic is observed to have significant variations between 2008 to 2014. Due to that
actual traffic growth trends could not be analyzed properly. To estimate the likely
growth rates from past census data, the original traffic data is smoothened using
moving average technique and accordingly the traffic growth rates are worked out.
The vehicle registration growth also gives an indication of the traffic growth. Vehicle
Registration data of Karnataka State has been extracted from Annual Reports of
Transport Department of Karnataka for period 2008-09 to 2018-19. Growth rates for
the different vehicle categories have been derived and the same has been shown in the
table below.
Table 9.25: Growth Rate based on Vehicle Registration Method
Vehicle Type/ Car/Jeep/
2wheelers Buses LCV Trucks MAV
Year Van
2008-09 4796587 1079318 44308 161100 171905 33592
2009-10 6404905 1160926 53874 177179 163674 36642
2010-11 7033045 1301702 58012 198378 176223 40890
2011-12 7737366 1454309 62501 221160 187939 45483
2012-13 8575104 1626924 69718 258701 198224 49415
2013-14 9533892 1798035 75529 294266 206973 54016
2014-15 10644368 1992262 80911 331381 215027 59944
2015-16 11768570 2207852 86544 367572 223552 66863
2016-17 12955113 2449146 93684 400335 232095 74195
Project influencing area (PIA) has been outlined based on location and traffic patterns
observed. The socio-economic indicators of the project influence area affect the traffic
growth on the Project Stretch. The passenger traffic on project road is observed to
have mostly Karnataka state influence only. For goods traffic since this is part of
National Corridor, the National influence is considered into the analysis.
Regression analysis has been carried out between PCI, Per Capita income, NSDP &
GSDP, Vehicles Registration in the PIA using the econometric model methodology
specified in IRC 108 as detailed below.
Log (P) = Ao + A1Log (EI)
Where,
P=Number of vehicles
EI= Economic indicator
Ao= Regression Constant
Ai= Regression coefficient (elasticity value)
The value of Ai is known as the Elasticity Coefficient. The Elasticity coefficient is the
factor by which the Economic indicator growth rate has to be multiplied to arrive at
the growth rate of traffic. The following table summarizes the results of the regression
analysis for transport demand elasticity. The estimated ‘e’ values have been multiplied
with economic indicators to arrive at the traffic growth rates. For estimating the
growth rates for Passenger vehicles i.e. for two wheelers and cars, the estimated ‘e’
values are multiplied with PCI growth and for buses, the estimated ‘e’ values are
multiplied with Population growth. For LCV, the estimated ‘e’ values are multiplied
with NSDP growth. For Trucks & MAV, ‘e’ values worked out from GDP regression
is multiplied with GDP growth from past trends.
The demand elasticity values estimated from regression analysis are presented in table
below.
Table 9.27: Estimated ‘e’ values by Econometric Method
2Whe
Vehicles Cars Bus LCV Truck MAV
elers
‘e’ value 1.32 1.32 5.24 1.17 0.58 1.44
In order to arrive at realistic future elasticity for the project road, various factors
relating to vehicle technology changes, in addition to character of traffic and travel
pattern on the project road, have been considered.
High elasticity of cars and two wheelers being witnessed now is because of large
demand facilitated by financing schemes and loans. Factors like growth of household
incomes (particularly in urban areas), reduction in the prices of entry-level cars,
growth of the used car market, changes in life-style, growing personal incomes, desire
to own a vehicle, facilitated by availability of loans/financing schemes on easy terms
etc., have all contributed to the rapid growth in ownership of cars. However, such
trend would slow down and elasticity can be expected to decline.
Over the years, there has been a change in passenger movement with more and more
people shifting towards personalized modes. Moreover, buses are usually plying on
Against the discussed background, any agenda for future growth of the economies has
to take into account past trends, future prospects, and the emerging challenges. The
growth prospects for the GDP have been developed taking into consideration the past
performance of the economy and the economic growth envisaged for the future.
From the past trends it is observed that the GDP has followed a declining trend and
has come to 5.02% in year 2019 and is likely to come down further in current year due
to lockdown impact for major economic activities in India with Covid-19. It is
expected that the GDP shall gradually increase in longer term for future years in view
of the unlock happening all over the world and economy of India shall have a
progressive growth as per predictions. Accordingly, the assumed projection of GDP
for horizon years is depicted in the table below:
The future growth rates should neither be under nor over targeted. The complexities
involved and sensitive dimensions of economy are many, so it is important that its
larger issues are to be addressed by constructing different scenarios.
For the purpose of traffic forecasts, keeping in mind various uncertainties, like, slow
down or accelerated growth of PIA, alternative roads/modes, etc., the traffic growth
rates have estimated under three scenarios of varying growth rates of economic
indicators as under:
Realistic scenario – based on the recommended socio-economic
variables and elasticity estimates.
Pessimistic scenario – growth rates 20% less than realistic scenario.
Optimistic scenario – growth rates 5% more than realistic scenario.
Estimates of traffic growth rates under the above three scenarios are given in the
tables below.
According to IRC: 37-2018 Clause 4.2.2, a minimum annual growth rate of 5% shall
be adopted for estimating designs traffic for pavement design purpose. Considering
the above, a min growth rate of 5% is considered for all commercial traffic in the
initial 5 year block. The slow moving vehicles essentially cater to short haul traffic,
meeting localised demand for transportation of individual passenger and goods to
market centres and urban centres. Non–motorised traffic, especially pedal cycles,
cycle rickshaws and animal drawn vehicles will be gradually replaced by motorised
The traffic that is likely to use the project road is estimated on the basis of the traffic
and travel characteristics data recorded through primary surveys and secondary data
collection. The traffic on the project road would normally consist of the following
components:
Normal Traffic
Diverted Traffic
Induced/ New Generated Traffic
Normal Traffic
Normal traffic is the traffic which is already plying on the project road, which has
been assessed on the basis of the traffic surveys carried out.
Diverted Traffic
Diverted traffic is generally directed by the presence of an alternative route at a
cheaper generalised cost. Since the project highway is a National Corridor without
any competing facility in the vicinity, the diverted traffic is not considered.
Generated Traffic
Induced/new generated traffic is the one which would be generated, over and above
normal growth, because of lowering of transport costs or new developments in the
immediate influence area of the project road. Since the project highway is a National
Corridor with existing 4 lane configuration, the generated traffic is not considered due
to implementation of augmentation proposals. The following tables present the
estimated traffic based on AADT traffic for the project stretch and its Traffic demand
projections for the horizon year (2054) as per adopted realistic growth rates on
homogeneous sections.
(vehicles/day)
Total vehicles
Total vehicles
7 or
(PCU's/day)
Car / Car / Min Tract Anim Han
Two Auto Mini 4 to 6 more LCV Cla Cla Cla Cycle
Jeep / Jeep / Bus- Bus i 2 Axle 3 Axle LCV 6 Trac or Cyc al d Othe
Year Wheele Ricks LCV Axle Axle 4 ss - ss - ss - Ricks
Van Van 2A -3A Bus Trucks Trucks Tyre tor +Trail le Draw Dra rs
r haw Goods Trucks Truck Tyre A B C haw
YB WB es er n wn
s
2020-2021 7773 106 1697 6785 699 24 45 962 1418 913 1414 4 167 1769 11 35 22 7 24 30 1 0 0 0 23906 32209
2021-2022 8439 108 1842 7365 743 26 48 1047 1489 959 1556 4 182 1924 11 39 24 7 24 31 1 0 0 0 25869 34762
2022-2023 9162 110 2000 7995 790 28 51 1139 1563 1007 1713 4 198 2093 11 43 26 7 24 32 1 0 0 0 27997 37528
2023-2024 9868 112 2154 8610 835 30 54 1229 1633 1052 1868 4 214 2259 11 47 28 7 24 33 1 0 0 0 30073 40223
2024-2025 10628 114 2320 9273 882 32 57 1326 1706 1099 2037 4 231 2438 11 51 30 7 24 34 1 0 0 0 32305 43118
2025-2026 11447 116 2499 9987 932 34 60 1431 1783 1148 2221 4 249 2631 11 56 32 7 24 35 1 0 0 0 34708 46235
2026-2027 12329 118 2691 10756 985 36 63 1544 1863 1200 2422 4 269 2839 11 61 34 7 24 36 1 0 0 0 37293 49589
2027-2028 13279 120 2898 11584 1041 38 67 1666 1947 1254 2641 4 290 3064 11 67 37 7 24 37 1 0 0 0 40077 53202
2028-2029 14200 122 3099 12386 1094 40 70 1785 2026 1305 2856 4 311 3282 11 72 40 7 24 38 1 0 0 0 42773 56698
2029-2030 15185 124 3314 13244 1150 42 74 1912 2108 1358 3089 4 333 3516 11 78 43 7 24 39 1 0 0 0 45656 60441
2030-2031 16238 126 3544 14161 1209 44 78 2048 2193 1413 3341 4 357 3766 11 84 46 7 24 40 1 0 0 0 48735 64437
2031-2032 17364 129 3789 15142 1271 46 82 2194 2282 1470 3613 4 382 4034 11 91 49 7 24 41 1 0 0 0 52026 68709
2032-2033 18568 132 4051 16191 1336 48 86 2350 2374 1530 3907 4 409 4321 11 98 52 7 24 42 1 0 0 0 55542 73273
2033-2034 19727 135 4304 17200 1397 50 90 2501 2461 1586 4194 4 435 4598 11 105 55 7 24 43 1 0 0 0 58928 77674
2034-2035 20958 138 4572 18272 1461 52 94 2661 2551 1644 4502 4 463 4893 11 113 58 7 24 44 1 0 0 0 62523 82350
2035-2036 22266 141 4857 19411 1528 54 98 2831 2644 1704 4832 4 493 5206 11 121 62 7 24 45 1 0 0 0 66340 87313
2036-2037 23656 144 5160 20621 1598 56 102 3012 2740 1766 5186 4 525 5540 11 130 66 7 24 46 1 0 0 0 70395 92588
2037-2038 25133 147 5482 21907 1671 59 107 3205 2840 1830 5566 4 559 5895 11 140 70 7 24 47 1 0 0 0 74705 98201
2038-2039 26545 150 5790 23136 1740 61 111 3390 2933 1890 5933 4 591 6235 11 149 74 7 24 48 1 0 0 0 78823 103565
2039-2040 28036 153 6115 24434 1812 64 116 3585 3029 1952 6325 4 625 6595 11 159 78 7 24 49 1 0 0 0 83174 109242
2040-2041 29611 156 6458 25805 1887 67 121 3792 3128 2016 6743 4 661 6975 11 169 82 7 24 50 1 0 0 0 87768 115239
2041-2042 31275 159 6820 27253 1965 70 126 4011 3231 2082 7188 4 699 7377 11 180 87 7 24 51 1 0 0 0 92621 121578
2042-2043 33032 162 7203 28782 2046 73 131 4242 3337 2150 7663 4 739 7802 11 192 92 7 24 52 1 0 0 0 97745 128278
(vehicles/day)
Total vehicles
Total vehicles
7 or
(PCU's/day)
Car / Car / Min Tract Anim Han
Two Auto Mini 4 to 6 more LCV Cla Cla Cla Cycle
Jeep / Jeep / Bus- Bus i 2 Axle 3 Axle LCV 6 Trac or Cyc al d Othe
Year Wheele Ricks LCV Axle Axle 4 ss - ss - ss - Ricks
Van Van 2A -3A Bus Trucks Trucks Tyre tor +Trail le Draw Dra rs
r haw Goods Trucks Truck Tyre A B C haw
YB WB es er n wn
s
2043-2044 34702 165 7567 30235 2122 76 136 4462 3436 2213 8118 4 777 8207 11 203 97 7 24 53 1 0 0 0 102616 134651
2044-2045 36457 168 7949 31762 2201 79 141 4694 3537 2278 8600 4 817 8633 11 215 102 7 24 54 1 0 0 0 107734 141351
2045-2046 38300 171 8350 33366 2283 82 146 4938 3641 2345 9111 4 859 9081 11 228 107 7 24 55 1 0 0 0 113110 148399
2046-2047 40236 174 8772 35051 2368 85 151 5194 3748 2414 9652 4 904 9552 11 242 112 7 24 56 1 0 0 0 118758 155809
2047-2048 42270 177 9215 36821 2456 88 157 5464 3859 2485 10226 4 951 10048 11 256 118 7 24 57 1 0 0 0 124695 163607
2048-2049 44193 181 9634 38494 2538 91 162 5719 3962 2551 10773 4 995 10517 11 270 123 7 24 58 1 0 0 0 130308 170989
2049-2050 46204 185 10072 40243 2623 94 167 5986 4067 2619 11349 4 1041 11008 11 284 129 7 24 59 1 0 0 0 136177 178710
2050-2051 48307 189 10530 42072 2711 97 173 6266 4175 2689 11956 4 1090 11522 11 299 135 7 24 60 1 0 0 0 142318 186798
2051-2052 50505 193 11009 43984 2802 100 179 6559 4286 2760 12595 4 1141 12060 11 315 141 7 24 61 1 0 0 0 148737 195260
2052-2053 52803 197 11509 45983 2896 103 185 6865 4400 2833 13269 4 1194 12623 11 332 147 7 24 62 1 0 0 0 155448 204119
2053-2054 55206 201 12032 48073 2993 106 191 7186 4517 2908 13979 4 1250 13213 11 350 154 7 24 63 1 0 0 0 162469 213396
As per IRC SP 84-2019, the Project Highway shall be widened if the total traffic
reaches design service volume corresponding to Level of Service ‘C’. The capacity
augmentation of the Project Stretch to 6/8-lane configuration can be taken up once the
average daily traffic in any accounting year exceeds the designed capacity of 40,000
PCUs for Project Stretch and until the Level of Service C of the highway is reached
60,000 PCU. According to the estimated traffic projections, the Authority could
undertake the process for capacity augmentation of this project stretch at anytime
from 2024 to 2030, when the level of service C is reached.
10.1 Introduction
Under the gamut of the project, various engineering surveys and investigations have
been carried out and have been detailed under Chapters 5 and 7. As part of the scope
of Feasibility Study, the analyses of these surveys have been carried out to develop
and recommend the various design alternatives.
As per IRC: SP: 87-2019 (Manual of Specifications and Standards for Six laning of
Highways), minimum Right of Way (RoW) of 60m should be available for
development of a 6-lane highway which is adopted mostly in the project except ghat
stretche where the right of way is available 35m only at Vantamuri ghat section.
The improvement proposal has been generally contained within the PROW of 60.0m.
In addition to the improvement proposals, extra land area would be required for Bus
Bay, Truck Lay Bye, Junction improvement, Wayside Amenity & Toll Plaza area.
National Highway 48 (NH 48) is a National Highway of India that starts at Delhi and
terminates at Chennai and goes through Jaipur, Udaipur, Ahmedabad, Surat, Mumbai,
Pune, Tumakuru, Bangalore and Vellore traversing through six states of India. It has a
total length of 2807 km (1744 miles). Its stretch from Delhi to Mumbai was earlier
designated NH 8 and the stretch between Mumbai and Chennai was designated NH 4
before all the national highways were renumbered in the year 2010. NH 48 passes
through the states of Haryana, Rajasthan, Gujarat, Maharashtra, Karnataka and Tamil
Nadu.
NH-48 acting as a National Corridor having Major Connectivity between North, West
and South India and carrying major traffic from North to West and South and vice
versa. This link from Maharashtra/Karnataka border (Kagal) to Belgaum is acting as
main link between Karnataka and Maharashtra traffic. The present traffic also
Length
Chainage From To Remarks
(km)
555+000
Existing Km 515+000
(Sankeshwara 40.000
Chainage (Honaga Town) Plain/Hilly
Bypass)
Terrain
Design
CH 515+000 CH 555+017 40.017
Chainage
The project alignment starts from km 515+000 of NH-48 near Honaga Industrial Area
in Belgavi District in the state of Karnataka and and ends at km 555.000 (Design
Chainage Km 555.017) at Sankeshwar Bypass (upto End of Bypass towards Kagal)
on Mumbai Chennai Highway in the District of Belgavi for the length of 40.0 km in
the state of Karnataka. During the site visit it was observed that most of the horizontal
geometry appears to be in line with the standards except at one location i.e. km
527+000 to km 527+900 (Vantamur/Suthagatti Ghat section) for the length of 0.9 km
as shown in below Figure 10.1
Existing Chainage
Km Design speed kmph Remarks
From To
515+000 522+800 80
Vantamuri
522+800 529+600 50
Ghat
529+600 555+000 80
Geometric design involves the design of the visible elements such as horizontal
alignment, vertical alignment and the cross-section of the proposed Bypass. The
design is governed by the design speed fixed up taking into account site conditions
including the terrain in which the highway traverses.
Out of 40.0 km length of the project road, maximum length traverses through plain
terrain and 6.8 km length traverses through hilly terrain. Effort has been made to
achieve the design speed given in design standards with respect to type of terrain.
However the minimum values have been applied only where serious restrictions are
placed by technical or economic considerations. General effort has been made to
exceed the minimum values on safer side.
The entire geometric design has been based on the ground modeling by highway
design software MOSS/ MX. The design of proposed alignment for 6-lane divided
Bypass has been carried out by the consultants using various design modules
contained in “MX”.
The proposed design of all curves has been made as per the desired design standards
and specifications given in Table 10.3. The super elevation and the length of
transition curves have been finalized with maximum super-elevation of 5%.
The complete details of horizontal curves are presented in Alignment / Strip Plan
drawing no 14/14088/E/HWY/RD-1041(R0). The summary of proposed horizontal
curves is given below in Table 10.3.
The gradients upto ruling gradient has been used as a matter of course of design.
Vertical curves have been designed to allow smooth transition between grades. The
vertical summit curves have been designed for stopping sight distance and
Intermediate sight distance. General effort has been made to exceed the minimum
values on safer side. In order to match the deck of cross structures (i.e. major bridges,
minor bridges, vehicular underpasses, pedestrian crossings, cattle crossings, animal
driven vehicle underpass and culverts) has been tried to follow the same profile. At
some locations in order to maintain the sight distances some of the culverts has to be
reconstructed.
As explained in the above paragraphs about the Horizontal and Vertical geometric
design the diffident geometry is improved and summarized in the Table 10.4.
Table 10.5 shows the improved horizontal geometric details for the project road
during the preparation of feasibility report for the project road.
10.7 Basic Considerations made before improving the Geometric Design of existing
Alignment
Before finalization of the design standards, following basic considerations have been
made for the project road.
As per ToR, the scope of proposed project is upgrading the existing 4 lane divided
highway to 6 lane divided highway. As an initial proposal, the Alignment Options
Study for the Project Road was submitted on 13th. May 2020.
1. Proposed PROW considered 60m for entire stretch except Ghat sections where the
PROW is 35.0m only.
The summary of widening scheme with chainage wise TCS schedule is given below
in Table 10.6.
530+581 530+850 0.269 4.500 B2 Main carriageway & SR( at same lvl ).
15 Open country / Main carriageway & SR (at same lvl). Retaining wall
530+850 531+360 0.510 4.500 A1/A2
rural between MCW and SR wherever difference in level
531+360 531+540 0.180 4.500 A5 LVUP approaches (NEW)
16 Built up
531+540 531+680 0.140 4.500 B8 LVUP approaches (NEW)
section
17 Open country /
531+680 532+230 0.550 4.500 A5 LVUP approaches (NEW)
rural
Main carriageway & SR (at same lvl ). Retaining wall
532+230 532+310 0.080 4.500 A1/A2
between MCW and SR wherever difference in level
Main carriageway & SR (at same lvl). Retaining wall
532+310 533+670 1.360 4.500 A1/A2
between MCW and SR wherever difference in level
Based on the traffic projection, capacity and the design standards enumerated in
Chapter-8 Design Standards the typical cross-sections applicable for various sections
of the project road have been prepared and given in Figure 10.2. Since the entire
project road passed through urban/semi urban area, service roads are proposed for
almost the entire project corridor.
Typical Cross Section details of Trumpet Interchange Viaduct, Approaches etc., shall be as
given below:
Typical Cross Section of 4 lane of RE wall approach with service roads towards al Cross
road.
(Extra widening shall be provided for carriageway at curves)
Typical Cross Section of 4 lane of RE wall approach for Trumpet Interchange on LHS (Extra
widening shall be provided for carriageway at curves)
Typical Cross Section of 2 lane of RE wall approach in Loops for Trumpet Interchange on
LHS
(Extra widening shall be provided for carriageway at curves)
Pavement designs for widening / new construction of flexible pavement for main road
are made in accordance with the latest guidelines given in IRC: 37-2018. Overlay
design for flexible pavements is carried out in accordance with IRC: 115-2014.
Design of CRCP pavements are made in accordance with IRC: 118-2015 “Guidelines
for Design and Construction of Continuously Reinforced Concrete Pavement
(CRCP)”.
Design of White topping on bituminous pavements are made in accordance with IRC:
SP-76-2015 “Guidelines for Conventional and Thin Whitetopping”.
The following pavement types are explored and various pavement options are studied:
The methodology adopted for pavement design (both new and rehabilitation) is
presented in a flowchart (Fig 10.3 and Fig 10.4) indicating the various steps involved
in the design process, their interaction with one another and the input parameter
required in each step.
Rehabilitation of Pavement
Overlay Design as per IRC Code
Pavement Design for reconstruction Sections
Design life is defined in terms of the cumulative number of standard axles in msa that
can be carried before a major strengthening, rehabilitation or capacity augmentation of
the pavement is necessary.
IRC-37:2018 Clause 4.3.1 recommended the design life of 20 years for National
Highways and State Highways and Urban roads. Stage construction shall not be
permitted as per clause 5.4.1 (ii) of IRC: SP: 87-2019.
IRC-58:2015 Clause 5.4 recommended the design life of 30 years for rigid pavement.
The project road has dual 3-lane carriageway in Section-1. Hence, lane distribution
factor of 60 percent is considered as per clause 4.5.1.5 of IRC-37:2018.
The Annual Average Daily Traffic (AADT) obtained from applying seasonal variation
factor is considered in computation of pavement traffic loading expressed in terms of
Million Standard Axles. AADT considered in estimation of CSA is given in Table
10.7.
Past trends in the growth rate of traffic intensity along the project corridor provide a
valuable clue to the likely future traffic growth rate. But in most cases, the past traffic
data are inconsistent and cannot be taken as a basis for future traffic growth rate.
Alternatively, the motor vehicle registration data at the state level over the recent past
provide more consistent information on the trends in their growth and thus presents a
better tool for estimating future growth rates in different categories of vehicles, as a
proxy for the traffic growth. A more rational method is to establish a relationship
between the socio-economic variables such as population, Net State Domestic Product
and Per-capita income on one hand and the past registration data of different
Table 10-9: Traffic Growth rates for calculation of MSA – Hattargi Toll Plaza
The vehicle damage factor is a multiplier for converting the number of commercial
vehicles of different axle loads to the number of standard axle load repetitions. Design
of new pavement is based upon the cumulative number of 8.16 tonne equivalent
standard axles (ESA) that will pass over during the design period.
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 340 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
Axle load surveys were carried out for commercial vehicles to determine Vehicle
Damage Factor (VDF) in project section. Vehicle damage factors are calculated in
accordance with the guidelines provided in IRC: 37-2018. Vehicle Damage Factor
used in the analysis is given in Table 10.10 and the graphical representation of VDF
on both sides are given below in Figure 10.5
Mini 7 or >7
Standard 2 Axle 3 Axle 4-6 Axle
Location Side Bus Axle LCV
Bus Trucks Trucks Trucks
Trucks
Belgaum-
At 537+770 0.724 0.724 1.686 2.351 8.853 8.853 0.561
Kagal
- Hattargi
Toll plaza Kagal-
0.484 0.484 2.563 5.708 7.691 7.691 0.541
belgaum
The cumulative standard axles (CSA) estimation is prepared in Excel spreadsheet year
wise. Computation of CSA is given in Table 10.11.
The design considerations for pavement design are governed by applicable clauses of
IRC: SP: 87-2019 and IRC-37-2018. Accordingly, following considerations are made
in choosing pavement design loading in estimation of pavement crust for the project
road.
Design life for pavement is taken as 20 years as per clause 4.3.1 of IRC: 37-2018.
Stage construction shall not be permitted as per clause 5.4.1 (ii) of IRC: SP: 87-
2019.
Pavement design loading for the project road are computed and the summary of
pavement loading adopted is given in Table 10.12.
Corrected deflection value (corrected for leg correction, moisture content and
temperature) is tabulated against chainage.
The distance between the deflections points are computed (Di).
Average deflection values between two measurement points are computed (DVi).
Deflection interval area (DIAi) is computed by multiplying Di and DVi.
The cumulative deflection interval area (Ai) is computed.
Cumulative differential variable (Zx) is computed as the difference between actual
and average lines and is given by the formula, Zx = Ai – (Ai / Di) x Di.
The project road is divided into different homogeneous sections based on the CBR
values by Cumulative Differential Approach method and the sections are given below.
The consultant has carried out soil investigations for existing road (subgrade). Since,
the proposed road is widened w.r.t existing road centre and predominantly from
central median. Hence, the soil properties on adjoining ground will be the main
consideration in choosing appropriate CBR value for design. Clause 6.2.2, IRC: 37-
2018 specifies 90th percentile (i.e., 90% of the average CBR values are equal to or
more than design CBR in its design life) of CBR values to be adopted as design CBR
for high volume roads such as Expressways / NH / SH. Graph is plotted between CBR
values on X-axis and % equal to or greater than the value on Y axis for different
Homogeneous
Sl.No CBR
Section
1 Section I 7%
2 Section II 10.40%
3 Section III 6.10%
4 Section VI 10.80%
5 Section V 5%
From the graph, it is inferred that 90% correspond to CBR value is less than 10% at
some sections. The corresponding pavement thickness, especially bituminous
thickness would be very high which results in increased project cost when compared
with getting borrow soil for increased CBR of subgrade which would reduce the
pavement thickness. Hence, the design CBR for pavement is considered as 10%.
Pavement composition for effective subgrade CBR of 10% is considered and the
abstract of pavement composition for the project road stertch is given in Table 10.13.
Pavement design check is carried out using the stress analysis software IITPAVE for
the computation of stresses and strains in the flexible pavements. Tensile strain at the
bottom of the bituminous layers and the vertical compressive strain on the top of the
Pavement compositions for Section-1 are given in Table 1.6. As per the IRC: 37-2018,
selected pavement composition should be checked for stress and strains at critical
locations below the pavement. Pavement is checked for the following conditions:
Maximum tensile strain at the bottom of the bituminous layer as per equation
3.4 of IRC:37-2018 (at 90% reliability level as per Cl. 3.7) is as follows.
Where,
Nf = Fatigue life in number of standard axles
Where,
Va (air voids) = 3.5%
Vb (volume of the bitumen) = 11.5%.
Maximum vertical strain at top of sub-grade as per equation 3.2 of IRC: 37-
2018 (at 90% reliability level), which is given by.
Where,
N = Number of cumulative standard axles.
The pavement crust proposed as per the design traffic loading is found safe as per the
design check. Considering the possibility of delay in start of implementation of the
project, the thickness of pavement layers are slightly increased. The proposed
pavement composition for each section of the project road is given in Table 10.15.
The widening of Service roads is proposed on both sides of the project road. Design of
pavement for service road has been carried out in accordance with IRC: 37-2018. The
design traffic loading is considered as 10 msa and the sub-grade CBR is worked out is
given below.
10.12.1Design CBR
The consultant has carried out soil investigations for existing road (subgrade) on
either side of service roads. Since, the proposed road is widened w.r.t existing road.
Hence, the soil properties on adjoining ground will be the main consideration in
choosing appropriate CBR value for design. Graph is plotted between chainage on X-
axis and CBR value on Y axis for different homogeneous sections and given below.
As per Clause 6.2.2, IRC: 37-2018 specifies 80th percentile CBR value for the design
traffic is less than 20 msa to be adopted for other category of roads. Graph is plotted
between CBR values on X-axis and % equal to or greater than the value on Y axis for
different homogeneous sections. From the graph, it is inferred that 80% correspond to
CBR value is less than 10% at some sections. Hence, the design CBR for pavement is
considered as actual sub grade CBR values and the sections are given in above table.
The pavement crust proposed as per the design traffic loading is found safe as per the
design check. The proposed pavement composition for each section of the service
road is given in Table 10.16
10.13.1General
The structural evaluation and analysis of remaining life of project was carried out in
conformity with IRC: 115-2014 “Guidelines for Structural Evaluation and
Strengthening of Flexible Road Pavements Using Falling Weight Deflectometer
(FWD) Technique” and subsequent analysis was carried out to ascertain the relative
performance of the pavement for entire Project Stretch, in the context of evaluating its
residual life, overlay and other maintenance requirements.
Field modulie is calculated after temperature and Seasonal variations corrections. The
graphs plotted of cumulative difference Vs chainage that should be considered as a
possible delineator for identifying homogeneous sections. The graphical
representation of delineation of homogeneous sections for both main carriageway in
Figure 10.7 to 10.8 and service roads is given in Figure 10.9 to Figure 10.10
The delineation of homogeneous sections for Main carriageway and service road is
given in table below in Table 10.17 to 10.18.
Existing Crust
Chainage 15th Percentile E Value
Side Thickness (mm)
Length
S.no (LHS/
(Km) Bituminous Granular Bituminous Granular
From To RHS) Subgrade
Layer Layer Layers Layer
The in-service three layer pavement system has been analyzed with the back-
calculated corrected layer moduli and layer thicknesses. The critical strains have been
calculated by IITPAVE program. From the performance criteria equations, the
residual/remaining rutting and fatigue life have been estimated.
Performance Criteria
The layer moduli of in-service pavement back calculated from FWD deflection data
are used to analyze the pavement for critical strains which are indicators of pavement
performance in terms of rutting and fatigue cracking. The following approach is
proposed for design of bituminous overlays for existing flexible pavements. The
mechanistic criteria (fatigue and rutting) adopted in the Indian Roads Congress
guidelines for design of flexible pavements form the basis for the overlay design
method. Performance models adopted in these guidelines are given below.
As it specified in IRC: 115-2014, the fatigue model for 90 percent reliability was used
as below
As it specified in IRC: 37-2012, the fatigue model for 80 percent reliability was used
as below
Where,
Rutting model for 90 percent reliability level as specified in IRC: 115-2014 was used
as below;
As the remaining life for the Existing crust thickness of MCW is too high, so we have
assumed the appropriate thickness for MCW. the obtained Direction wise remaining
life for MCW and SR from 90 percent reliability equation of IRC: 115-2014 are
presented in Figure 10.11 to 10.12 and Figure 10.13 to 10.14 below and the remaining
life for main carriageway and service road are presented in Table 10.19 to 10.20.
Rutting Strain
Fatigue Strain
(mm)
Design msa
Side (mm)
(Eqn I-4)
LHS Length Total
S.no
Bituminous
Bituminous
Bituminous
Sub grade
/RHS (Km) Crust
Granular
Granular
Granular
Layers
Layers
Layer
Layer
Layer
Layer
)
From To
1 514.750 516.000 LHS 1.250 1992.8086 380.87 179.07 318 530 848 200 450 0.00012 166.42 517.28 0.0001258 6793.55 166.42 517.28 130
2 516.000 520.001 LHS 4.001 2201.1494 492.86 143.90 312 485 797 200 450 0.0001 300.64 934.47 0.0001291 6041.06 300.64 934.47 130
3 520.001 520.403 LHS 0.402 2289.6750 486.80 123.79 300 500 800 200 450 0.0001 301.73 937.86 0.0001381 4450.65 301.73 937.86 130
Table 10-20 : Remaining Life of Existing Flexible Pavement for Service Road
Rutting Residual
Fatigue Residual
Fatigue Residual
Side (LHS/RHS)
Thickness (mm)
Remaining Life
Remaining Life
Fatigue Strain
Rutting Strain
Life (Eqn I-4)
Length (Km)
Total Crust
Design msa
Reliability
Reliability
Bituminous
Bituminous
Subgrade
Life
Life
Granular
Granular
S.no
Layers
Layer
Layer
Layer
From To
1 514.750 517.754 LHS 3.004 1818.406 101.280 169.480 130 487 617 0.000347 3.36 10.45 0.0001968 893.30 3.36 10.453 10
2 518.000 520.250 LHS 2.25 881.787 100.000 173.850 130 450 580 0.000537 1.14 3.54 0.0002386 373.06 1.14 3.539 10
3 520.485 524.004 LHS 3.519 1586.372 134.970 186.860 133 450 583 0.00033 4.58 14.25 0.0001985 859.14 4.58 14.247 10
4 527.490 534.001 LHS 6.511 1161.061 143.080 187.990 178 450 628 0.000289 10.04 31.20 0.0001686 1801.01 10.04 31.197 10
5 534.250 540.231 LHS 5.981 1275.886 107.150 167.950 145 484 629 0.000378 3.26 10.13 0.0001976 877.02 3.26 10.129 10
6 540.495 542.501 LHS 2.006 2089.834 102.620 144.240 140 500 640 0.000295 5.63 17.50 0.0001993 843.61 5.63 17.504 10
7 542.735 553.492 LHS 10.757 615.479 102.840 145.900 202 507 708 0.000418 4.09 12.72 0.0001899 1050.20 4.09 12.718 10
8 553.758 555.000 LHS 1.242 2219.995 181.950 102.000 146 437 583 0.000224 15.65 48.66 0.0002618 244.95 15.65 48.659 10
The flexible pavements are designed as a three layered system consisting of typical component layers, namely sub-grade, sub-base & base
course (granular) and binder & surface course (bituminous).
The Proposed overlay requirements are obtained from the calculated Remaining Rutting life and Fatigue Life of the pavement, based on
elastic modulus of bituminous layer as determine by back calculations. IITPAVE is used to calculate the strain values (vertical/horizontal)
based on elastic modulus of all pavement layers, and assists to evaluate the remaining life of pavement in accordance to the thickness of
overlay design in structural and functional requirement. The overlay requirement has been estimated in accordance with IRC: 115-2014 and
IRC: 37-2018. The summary of the results for both Main Carriageway and Service Road is given below in Table 10.21 & Table 10.22
Thickness Overlay,
Rutting Strain
Fatigue Strain
Length (Km)
(mm)
Total Crust
Design msa
(mm) mm
(Eqn I-4)
S.no
Bituminous
Bituminous
Bituminous
Subgrade
Granular
Granular
Granular
Layers
Layers
Layer
Layer
Layer
Layer
DBM
BC
From To
1 514.750 516.000 LHS 1.250 1992.809 380.865 179.070 318 530 848 200 450 0.000125 166.42 517.28 0.000126 6793.55 166.42 517.28 130 - -
2 516.000 520.001 LHS 4.001 2201.149 492.860 143.900 312 485 797 200 450 0.000105 300.64 934.47 0.000129 6041.06 300.64 934.47 130 - -
3 520.001 520.403 LHS 0.402 2289.675 486.800 123.790 300 500 800 200 450 0.000104 301.73 937.86 0.000138 4450.65 301.73 937.86 130 - -
2 527.379 535.000 RHS 7.621 1588.018 487.300 150.000 327 476 803 200 450 0.000122 220.69 685.97 0.000135 4966.43 220.69 685.97 130 - -
3 535.010 535.951 RHS 0.941 1254.684 492.280 175.700 310 450 760 200 450 0.000133 191.16 594.19 0.000129 6105.11 191.16 594.19 130 - -
4 536.000 536.996 RHS 0.996 2516.567 496.640 175.770 290 450 740 200 450 0.000098 353.12 1097.61 0.000113 10874.77 353.12 1097.61 130 - -
Side (LHS/RHS)
Thickness Overlay,
Rutting Strain
Fatigue Strain
Length (Km)
(mm)
Total Crust
Design msa
(mm) mm
(Eqn I-4)
S.no
Bituminous
Bituminous
Bituminous
Subgrade
Granular
Granular
Granular
Layers
Layers
Layer
Layer
Layer
Layer
DBM
BC
From To
5 537.000 539.971 RHS 2.971 1261.255 492.600 176.000 306 548 854 200 450 0.000133 191.99 596.75 0.000129 6170.00 191.99 596.75 130 - -
6 540.013 549.212 RHS 9.199 1346.871 488.240 102.000 327 501 828 200 450 0.000130 198.97 618.46 0.000166 1932.48 198.97 618.46 130 - -
Fatigue Strain
Rutting Strain
Length (Km)
Total Crust
(mm) (mm)
Design msa
(Eqn I-4)
S.no
Thickness(Ov
Mpa(Overlay
Bituminous
Bituminous
Bituminous
Granular
Subgrade
Granular
Granular
Moduli,
Layers
Layers
Layer
Layer
Layer
Layer
erlay)
From
DBM
BC
To
1 514.750 517.754 LHS 3.004 80 2000 1818.4061 101.280 169.480 130 487 690 130 480 2.04E-04 26.32 81.82 1.29E-04 6083.67 26.32 81.82 10 30 50
2 518.000 520.250 LHS 2.250 80 2000 881.7869 100.000 173.850 130 450 660 130 450 2.97E-04 11.45 35.58 1.50E-04 3032.08 11.45 35.58 10 30 50
3 520.485 524.004 LHS 3.519 80 2000 1586.3718 134.970 186.860 133 450 660 130 450 2.00E-04 31.94 99.28 1.32E-04 5518.91 31.94 99.28 10 30 50
4 527.490 534.001 LHS 6.511 80 2000 1161.0611 143.080 187.990 178 450 700 170 450 1.84E-04 58.00 180.28 1.18E-04 9221.75 58.00 180.28 10 30 50
5 534.250 540.231 LHS 5.981 80 2000 1275.8861 107.150 167.950 145 484 700 140 480 2.29E-04 22.93 71.29 1.32E-04 5406.34 22.93 71.29 10 30 50
6 540.495 542.501 LHS 2.006 80 2000 2089.8338 102.620 144.240 140 500 720 140 500 1.78E-04 39.77 123.61 1.32E-04 5462.27 39.77 123.61 10 30 50
7 542.735 553.492 LHS 10.757 80 2000 615.47852 102.840 145.900 202 507 780 200 500 2.47E-04 31.89 99.12 1.31E-04 5653.88 31.89 99.12 10 30 50
8 553.758 555.000 LHS 1.242 120 2000 2219.9951 181.950 102.000 146 437 690 140 430 1.21E-04 171.18 532.07 1.56E-04 2583.69 171.18 532.07 10 40 80
Fatigue Strain
Rutting Strain
Length (Km)
Total Crust
(mm) (mm)
Design msa
(Eqn I-4)
S.no
Thickness(Ov
Mpa(Overlay
Bituminous
Bituminous
Bituminous
Granular
Subgrade
Granular
Granular
Moduli,
Layers
Layers
Layer
Layer
Layer
Layer
erlay)
From
DBM
BC
To
)
2 523.249 536.000 RHS 12.751 80 2000 2116.0212 166.460 98.000 168 436 670 160 430 1.40E-04 101.64 315.93 1.76E-04 1474.69 101.64 315.93 10 30 50
3 536.251 541.995 RHS 5.744 120 2000 816.20107 118.395 111.945 190 423 730 190 420 1.71E-04 105.15 326.84 1.51E-04 2942.28 105.15 326.84 10 40 80
21105.7
287.89 894.84
4 542.243 546.767 RHS 4.524 120 2000 2356.4117 112.320 150.830 187 437 730 180 430 1.04E-04 9.80E-05 3 287.89 894.84 10 40 80
5 546.999 552.996 RHS 5.997 80 2000 1276.773 100.800 124.000 169 450 690 160 450 2.11E-04 31.75 98.70 1.60E-04 2277.04 31.75 98.70 10 30 50
6 553.193 555.000 RHS 1.807 110 2000 836.89925 103.360 124.000 171 429 700 170 420 2.04E-04 51.65 160.56 1.55E-04 2621.64 51.65 160.56 10 40 70
The following options are studies and worked out unit rate per sq.mand the alternate
options are given below.
10.15.1General
The existing project highway consists of flexible and rigid pavements and is proposed
to be strengthened and widened from 4 lane to 6 lane with rigid pavement as a part of
6 laning of road considering the advantages of rigid pavement over flexible pavement
in the long run including approaches to new grade separators. The advantage of Rigid
Pavement is that the pavement will be designed for 30 years and there is no need for
any periodic renewal courses and overlay during this period unlike flexible pavement
and routine maintenance activities are also minimum. The height of crash barrier will
remain unchanged during its design life and particularly along the elevated roads,
grade separators etc.,
The following types of Rigid Pavements are generally adopted in the Highways:
Continuously Reinforced Concrete Pavements with Elastic Joints as per IRC: 101-
1988
CRCP Pavement without Joints as per latest IRC 118-2015 has considerable
advantages over conventional PJCP and details of advantages are as under:
Slab Thickness is same as per IRC 58 – 2015 and no reduction in slab thickness
Main Steel Deformed Bars in the longitudinal direction is placed at a depth of 1/3
depth of slab
Longitudinal Joints @ 4.5m c/c wherever concrete slab with is more than 4.5m.
Transverse Reinforcement continues across LJ and tie roads also will provide at
LJ.
In view of the above advantages CRCP pavement has been considered in the project
for all new grade separator approaches and also as white topping (overlay) on the
The Objective is to determine the total thickness of the PJCP and CRCP slab as well
as thickness of individual structural layer components. Design strength of CRCP must
be adequate to support the projected traffic loading throughout the design period.
The applicable IRC codes for the design of rigid pavement and CRCP are as under:
Pavement composition of existing pavement has been measured along the Project
Road and the details of existing pavement crust are given in table 10.23:
Pavement investigation has been carried out on existing concrete pavement using
Falling Weight Deflect meter (FWD) as per the procedure given in IRC: 117-2015.
Falling weight is an impulse-loading device in which s transient load is applied to the
pavement and the deflected shape of the pavement surface is measured at a radial
distances of 0mm, 300mm, 600mm, 900mm for the determination of pavement design
parameters. The target peak load in the range of 40kN to 60 kN or higher may be
applied on concrete pavement to get a reasonable deflection of the order of 0.15mm.
However it is observed that peak loads of 80 kN to 90kN are recorded on the existing
CC road to get the deflection in the order of 0.15mm. FWD deflection data has been
collected at interiors, corners, transverse and longitudinal joints in the inner, outer
lanes in 4 lane road and in extra lane in case of 6 lane road in Ghat sections at an
interval of 500m in a staggered manner.
The procedure as per IRC 117-2015 has been followed for the estimation of E value
and strength of concrete which include estimation of deflection bowl area, radius of
1000h3
Where,
From the above equations, the flexural strength of concrete of pavement is estimated
based on the estimated Ec values and Flexural strength of existing concrete pavement
in MPa are presented along the Project Highway in the figure below:
The details of deflections of FWD survey data and analysis results are presented in
Appendix 10.1 in Volume IA: Appendix to Main Report.
Further in order to ascertain the strength of existing concrete pavement core test have
been conducted all along the project highway. The location for core test on the
existing concrete pavement has been selected considering the proposed grade
separator sections, homogeneous sections, LHS, RHS, lane position, location within
the slab etc., and details of location of core test and flexural strength are presented in
Appendix 10.2 in Volume IA: Appendix to Main Report. The detailed lab test results
of the core test are given in the Appendix 10.4 in Volume IA: Appendix to Main
Report.
10.18.4Homogeneous Sections
Based on the FWD data analysis, deflection bowl area, modulus of subgrade reaction
k (MPa/m) , modulus of Elastic Modulus of Concrete at each of the test location and
further delineation of homogeneous sections are identified based on the deflection
bowl area using Cumulative differential approach as suggested in AASHTO code .
The details of homogeneous sections of Rigid Pavement along LHS and RHS sides
are presented below.
Transverse as well as longitudinal joints deteriorate with the traffic due to continuous
loading and the proper load transfer has to be maintained for a good functioning of
pavements. For a new pavement, the load transfer efficiency (LTE) will be 100% and
deflection of loaded slab and unloaded slab at the joint will be same. When the ratio
of loaded to unloaded slab reaches 0.5 and 0.4 for transverse and longitudinal joints,
the same are said to be in critical condition and requires retrofitting of dowel and tie
bars at joints. The details of LTE are estimated based on the FWD survey data carried
out at the joint locations. The details % Load Transfer Efficiency for all the lanes on
LHS and RHS sides at Transverse Joints are presented in Appendix 10.3 in Volume
IA: Appendix to Main Report.
Based on the analysis, it is found that % LTE is more than 70% and the joints are
structurally in good condition and transferring the loads efficiently except at very few
locations.
The details of surface roughness and Rut depth along the pavement are presented in
the table below.
Figure 10-23: Pie Chart showing Roughness Survey details (Inner Lane – LHS)
Figure 10-24: Pie Chart showing Roughness Survey details (Outer Lane – LHS)
Figure 10-25: Pie Chart showing Roughness Survey details (Inner Lane – RHS)
Figure 10-26: Pie Chart showing Roughness Survey details (Outer Lane – RHS)
From the above the roughness values indicate the riding condition of the pavement is
good for more than 80% in all lanes ( Inner and Outer ) and around 6% in Kagal to
Belgaum on Inner Lane ( In one Km i.e. Km 551 to 552) is in poor condition and
balance all lanes are in fair condition. Wherever the pavement has shown more
roughness but structurally in sound condition, removing of bumps and re-profiling of
surface of concrete by means of Diamond Grinding is recommended as per IRC SP:
83-2018. Further from NSV data, the rut depth has been recorded as less than 10mm
for both LHS and RHS carriageway indicating the pavement structurally in good
condition.
Number of grade separators have been proposed in the project based on the 6 laning
project requirements, black spot location studies, review of proposals of stakeholder
requirements, road network connectivity, accessibility etc., The summary of proposed
grade separators, elevated roads etc.,are given below in Table 10.25.
Additional Proposed
Sl.No Type of Structure Grade separator Remarks
Structures
i) Flattening of steep Gradients is
proposed at Vantamuri Ghat section by
providing Viaduct and RE wall
approaches for RHS traffic.
10.18.8Re-Construction Sections
The sections other than proposed grade separators, re-alignment sections have been
analysed with respect to results of the FWD analysis, visual and condition survey
data such as roughness, rut depth, texture, continuous distress parameters such as
multiple , alligator cracking cracking etc., carried out through Net work survey
vehicle and after duly considering various parameters, following reconstruction
sections are identified and details of reconstruction stitches are given below in the
Table 10.26 to Table 10.27:
Chainage Total
S.No. length
From To (km)
1 524+100 524+480 0.38
2 525+600 527+740 2.14
3 529+120 529+663 0.543
4 529+855 530+100 0.245
5 536+650 536+850 0.2
6 554+490 555+017 0.527
Chainage Total
Sl.No length
From To (km)
1 516+010 516+560 0.55
Total Length (m) 0.55
Even though these sections were identified having less flexural strength and
distress the same have been further reviewed based on the detailed condition
analysis, distress analysis, overlay design etc ., in the subsequent part of the
design requirements and restricting the rehabilitation to the extent of slab
replacement of cracked sections of concrete panels alone and with overlay
provisions.
The remaining life of existing CC pavement has been assessed as per IRC: 117-2015
i.e. “Guidelines for the Structural Evaluation of Rigid Pavement by Falling Weight
Deflectometer “guidelines and based on FWD data analysis for flexural strength of
existing CC pavement. Further there are no. of grade separators and elevated corridors
are proposed and hence remaining life analysis is carried out as per IRC: 117-2015
and IRC: 58-2015 for the remaining length of CC pavement excluding for the sections
falling in the approaches of proposed grade separator structures. Detailed analysis of
FWD and NSV data of existing CC Pavement has been carried out and presented in
Appendix 10.4 in Volume IA: Appendix to Main Report. The details of summary of
remaining life of existing CC pavement are given in Table 10.28 and Table 10.29
separately for LHS & RHS.
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 374 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of
NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
Table 10-28 : Details of Remaining Life of Existing Concrete Pavement on LHS excluding proposed GS structure approaches
Average
Average
Flexural
Average Flexural Modulus of
Strength of 50% of K Traffic
Type of Proposed Grade Strength of Subgrade Remaining Life from Total
From To Existing Value for in
S.No. Existing separator Existing Concrete Reaction 2020 ( Based FWD test Length
Chainage Chainage Concrete Design in CVPD
Pavement Structure Pavement as per based on results) in Km
Pavement as per Mpa in 2020
FWD , Mpa FWD,
Core Tests ,
Mpa/m
Mpa
Average
Average
Flexural
Average Flexural Modulus of
Strength of 50% of K Traffic
Type of Proposed Grade Strength of Subgrade Remaining Life from Total
From To Existing Value for in
S.No. Existing separator Existing Concrete Reaction 2020 ( Based FWD test Length
Chainage Chainage Concrete Design in CVPD
Pavement Structure Pavement as per based on results) in Km
Pavement as per Mpa in 2020
FWD , Mpa FWD,
Core Tests ,
Mpa/m
Mpa
Proposed VUP
14 540.43 541.28 Rigid 540.430 to 7415 0.85
541.280
15 541.28 543.58 Rigid 4.32 5.17 93.99 46.99 7415 > 30 years 2.3
Proposed VUP
16 543.58 544.73 Rigid 543.580 to 7415 1.15
544.730
17 544.73 545.4 Rigid 3.72 141.87 70.93 7415 0 0.67
Proposed LVUP
18 545.4 546.32 Rigid from 545.400 to 7415 0.92
546.320
19 546.32 547.45 Rigid 4.67 84.87 42.44 7415 > 30 years 1.13
Proposed Profile
correction from
20 547.45 547.61 Rigid 7415 0.16
547.45 to
547.610
21 547.61 549 Rigid 4.19 125.31 62.66 7415 4 1.39
22 549 553 Rigid 3.65 141.67 70.83 7415 0 4
23 553 555.017 Rigid 3.77 2.54 257.02 128.51 7415 0 2.017
40.017
Average Average
Flexural Flexural Average
Proposed Strength of Strength of Modulus of 50% of K Traffic Remaining Life
Type of
From To Grade Existing Existing Subgrade Value for in from 2020 ( Length in
S.No. Existing
Chainage Chainage separator Concrete Concrete Reaction based Design in CVPD Based FWD test Km
Pavement
Structure Pavement as Pavement as on FWD, Mpa in 2020 results)
per Core per FWD , Mpa/m
Tests , Mpa Mpa
Average Average
Flexural Flexural Average
Proposed Strength of Strength of Modulus of 50% of K Traffic Remaining Life
Type of
From To Grade Existing Existing Subgrade Value for in from 2020 ( Length in
S.No. Existing
Chainage Chainage separator Concrete Concrete Reaction based Design in CVPD Based FWD test Km
Pavement
Structure Pavement as Pavement as on FWD, Mpa in 2020 results)
per Core per FWD , Mpa/m
Tests , Mpa Mpa
11 549.22 552 Rigid 4.37 4.95 109.86 54.93 7415 >30 2.78
12 552 553 Rigid 3.92 81.85 40.92 7415 0 1
13 553 554 Rigid 5.68 65.13 32.57 7415 >30 1
14 554 555.017 Rigid 4.71 3.72 115.12 57.56 7415 0 1.017
Total 40.017
The summary of remaining life of existing CC pavement are given Table 10-30 and
Table 10-31 below for both LHS and RHS sides.
Table 10-30 : Remaining Life of LHS Rigid Pavement excluding GS approaches as per
FWD Analysis
Remaining Life in Years from 2020 Length in Km %
>= 30 and above 10.680 38.38%
20 to 30 0.00%
10 to 20 0.00%
<10 0.00%
<5 17.149 61.62%
Total 27.829
Table 10-31 : Remaining Life of RHS Rigid Pavement excluding GS approaches as per FWD
Analysis
The existing rigid pavement, other than the sections of proposed grade separator
locations, has shown flexural strength ranging from 1.54 to 5.52 based on FWD data
analysis and core test results of concrete slab have shown ranging from 3.71 to 4.54.
With the FWD data analysis results, remaining design life of pavement ranges from 0
to 30 years in difference sections. The length of existing pavement considered for
widening of existing rigid pavement other than realignment sections, grade separator
locations etc., is approx 15.56 km (both LHS and RHS) from Sankeshwar Bypass to
Kagal section. Based on the remaining life of existing CC pavement, overlays have
been proposed over a length of 23.546 km and the detailed of overlays are presented
in the subsequent paragraphs in this report.
10.19 Design of New Rigid Pavement as per IRC 58-2015 in the widening portion of
existing 4 lane road to 6 lane road
Roads connecting major roads are sometimes required to carry diverted traffic which
may damage the concrete pavement slabs. Such factors may be considered while
arriving at thickness of concrete pavements. It is well established that the concrete
pavements demand a high degree of professional expertise at the design stage as the
defective design may lead to concrete failure even if the construction is done with
great care.
The rigid pavement design is carried out as per IRC 58-2015. The main factors
governing design of rigid concrete pavement are:
Design period
Design commercial traffic volume
Axle load spectrum
Tyre pressure
Lateral placement characteristics
Directional distribution
Strength of foundation &
Climatic considerations
Cement concrete pavements are slabs laid directly over soil subgrade or over sub base
course. The sub-base of rigid pavement structure consists of one or more compacted
layers of granular or stabilized material placed between the subgrade and the rigid
slab for the following purposes:
Based on the 7 day classified traffic volume survey carried out at Ch: 537+770 in the
month of October 2020, AADT has been estimated and details of commercial traffic
considered for the design are as under:
Total
Multi axle
Commercial
Trucks Trucks trucks,
S.No. Location Buses LCV Vehicles/day
2 axle 3 axle HCM and
for Pavement
EME
Design
Total
Traffic
1 768 1418 913 1418 2898 7415
Volume
AADT
As per IRC: SP: 87, annual growth rate of commercial vehicles shall be taken to be a
minimum of 5%. The traffic counts and the corresponding traffic estimates should
indicate the day and night traffic trends as the traffic during the day hours is generally
responsible for bottom-up cracking whereas the night time traffic may lead to top-
down cracking. Based on the above recommendations, Traffic Growth rate is
considered as 5% as per clause 5.5.2.1 of IRC: 58.
The cumulative number of commercial vehicles during the design period estimated
from the following expression.
The following design factors are considered in the design of rigid pavement.
The details of axle load spectrum as per the axle load survey carried out at Ch:
537+770 and details of axle load spectrum are as under:
Axle Loads Range Frequ Axle Loads Freq Axle Loads Frequ
% % %
in KN ency Range in KN uency Range in KN ency
Axle Loads Range Frequ Axle Loads Freq Axle Loads Frequ
% % %
in KN ency Range in KN uency Range in KN ency
105 - 115 79 6.0 220 - 240 105 13.2 290 - 320 22 15.71
95 - 105 175 13.4 200 - 220 139 17.5 260 - 290 12 8.57
< 85 756 57.8 < 180 350 44.1 < 230 32 22.86
The details of standard axle loads as per cl 5.2 of IRC 58-2015 are as under:
c) Temperature Differential:
According to Table-1 of IRC: 58-2015, the temperature differential is a function of
geographical location of the project road and the recommended maximum temperature
differentials for concrete slabs to be adopted for the project area (Karnataka) is given
below:
Embankment:
CBR of embankment soil placed below the 500 mm select subgrade should be
determined for estimating the effective CBR of subgrade and its “k” value for design
as per IRC: 58-2015.
Subgrade:
The strength of subgrade is expressed in terms of modulus of subgrade reaction, k,
which is defined as the pressure per unit deflection of the foundation. As per Clause
5.7.3.4 of IRC: 58-2015, the design k-value is often estimated from soaked CBR
value.
Effective Sub grade CBR = 10% is considered in the project considering the
borrow material for all new pavement along the main carriageway
Modulus of subgrade reaction k-value (MPa/m) = 300 (As per Table 2,3 and 4 of
IRC:58-2015 for a GSB of 250mm and DLC of 100 / 150mm)
Subbase:
Subgrade needs to be protected by providing separation and drainage layer of GSB
above it. Further the main purpose of subbase is to provide a uniform, stable and
permanent support for the concrete slab laid over it. It must have sufficient strength so
that it is not subjected to disintegration and erosion under heavy traffic and adverse
environment conditions.
Dry Lean Concrete (DLC) Subbase of M10 is recommended for the construction of
concrete pavement. As per clause 5.7.4.1 of IRC: 58 minimum recommended
thickness of DLC for major highways is 150mm and same is considered for widening
of existing pavement and CRCP pavement in the widening portion and new Grade
e) Concrete Strength
Flexural strength of concrete is required for the purpose of design of concrete slab.
Concrete mix design is usually based on 28-days strength.
For cement concrete pavement, 90 days strength for thickness design is permitted and
can safely be used as per Clause 6.9.3.
The flexural stress due to the simultaneous application of traffic loads and temperature
differentials between the top and bottom fibers of a concrete slab is considered for
design of pavement thickness.
For a trial slab thickness and other design parameters, the pavement will be checked
for cumulative bottom-up and top-down fatigue damage. Cumulative fatigue damage
(CFD) for bottom-up cracking is significant only during 10 AM to 4 PM because of
higher stresses. Whereas CFD for top-down cracking is significant only during 0 AM
to 6 AM, hence the six hour traffic (i.e. 25% of daily traffic) is considered for top-
down cracking analysis.
In order to convert 4 lane to 6 lane, one lane has to be widened and the details of
widening of new lane can be achieved as per the fig shown below:
The newly added lane should be tied to shoulder of existing pavement. Tie bars can be
placed by drilling holes along the longitudinal edge of the shoulder of existing
pavement and epoxy grouting. The side faces may be chipped by mechanical
equipment before concreting.
The details of summary of various types of pavement crusts of rigid pavement and
CRCP are as under Table 10.34:
Table 10-34 : Details of New Rigid Pavement Crust in widening portion in case of
existing rigid pavement
Widening of existing Rigid Pavement
S.No. Adopted Remarks
Layer Type Thickness
(mm)
Though design thickness requirement
is 280mm including 10mm for future
compensating wear and tear and depth
Pavement Quality Concrete
1 300 of texture, 300 mm is recommended
(PQC)
considering the thickness of existing
PQC slab and the same layers can be
extended in the widening portion also.
Design Aspects:
The volume changes stresses in CRCP will be taken care by providing sufficient
reinforcement to keep the cracks tightly closed while maintaining adequate pavement
thickness to counteract the stresses produced by wheel loads.
CRCP allows the concrete to develop very fine transverse cracks that seem to be
uncontrolled and random. The spacing’s of transverse cracks that occur in CRCP is an
important variable that directly affect the behavior of the pavement. Relatively large
distances between cracks result in high steel stresses at the crack and in excessive
crack widths. A decrease in crack spacing reduces the steel stresses and crack widths.
Steel Reinforcement:
The amount and depth of longitudinal reinforcing steel are the most important aspects
of steel reinforcement in CRCP as it affects transverse crack spacing and the width of
the cracks. The longitudinal reinforcement in CRCP is used to control the fine
transverse cracks that form due to volume changes in the concrete. The function of
steel is to hold the random cracks tightly closed, to provide structural continuity and
to minimize the penetration of potentially damaging surface water and
incompressible.
These are the main reinforcement in CRCP. The total area of longitudinal reinforcing
bars required usually is stated as a percentage of the cross-sectional area of the
pavement. The amount of longitudinal reinforcing bars is generally between 0.5% and
0.7% and it may be more where weather conditions are severe and also the
temperature differentials are more. Transverse reinforcements are useful to support
the longitudinal steel when the steel is preset prior to concrete placement. Transverse
reinforcement may be lesser grade.
Table 10-36 : Details of Existing Pavement Crust and Assessment of Modified k value
on top of BT surface
Existing Flexible Layer Thickness in mm Remarks
Pavement Crust
50mm + 3 nos of overlays of Total asphalt surface is
40mm each during concession 235 mm after deducting
Bituminous Concrete period scarification of 100mm
DBM 165 thick BC layer
WMM 250
GSB 250
Subgrade 500
CBR value of Subgrade
(Min assumed) 8%
Modulus of Subgrade
Reaction k for 8% CBR 50 MPa
Modified k value on top 85 MPa (From Chart Given
of BT surface below)
Chart for Determination of Modified ‘k’ Value on top of Bituminous Pavement atop
of Granular Base
The same slab thickness worked out for the new pavement is applicable for this white
topping over existing flexible pavement as the effective k value over 100 mm DLC is
300 MPa similar to that new pavement and 150mm DLC is proposed in the widening
portion of 3rd lane in 6 laning project.
For conventional white topping, no special efforts are made to encourage bonding
between the overlay and the underlying bituminous surface; however, some steps for
surface preparations may be made to address the distresses in the existing bituminous
pavement or to correct surface profile. The methods include direct placement, Milling,
Placement of Levelling course and DLC/PCC Leveling Course. However considering
the importance of the Highway, it is suggested to provide leveling course with DLC
(M10) with a minimum thickness of 100mm in the Project Highway along with a
separation layer of LDPE or Geotextile shall be provided between DLC and Concrete
As per IRC 118-2015, no reduction in the slab thickness has been considered in the
slab thickness on account of reinforcement in CRCP pavement.
10.22 Life Cycle Cost Analysis (LCC) for Various Pavement Type (Based on entire
Project Highway from Belgaum to Kagal)
The existing 4 lane road has 2/3 length of concrete pavement and 1/3 length of
flexible pavement. New carriageway was constructed with concrete pavement at the
time of 4 laning of the project and existing flexible pavement was widened with
flexible pavement. Periodic maintenance of BC has been carried out 3 times during
annuity period of 15 years by the concessionaire with last periodic maintenance in the
year 2019 before handing over of the project.
New GS approaches
I 49.018 182.78 102.8 285.58 L3
Flexible Pavement
New GS approaches
II 49.018 194.93 43.66 238.59 L1
with PQC
New GS approaches L2
III 49.018 274.33 8.732 283.06
with CRCP
Table 10-39 : Comparison of Life Cycle Cost Analysis of Flexible Pavement, White
topping with PQC and White topping with CRCP Pavement Options over existing
Flexible Pavement in 6 laning of Project Highway
(Design life considered 30 years and refers Appendix – 10.5 for Unit Rates)
Cost of PQC is cheaper than flexible pavement in LCC analysis. Even though LCC of
CRCP is less than flexible pavement and higher than normal PQC white topping,
considering additional advantages of CRCP over normal PQC particularly in filling or
approaches to structures ,intangible benefits, the indirect cost associated with road
maintenance disturbances to traffic, associated environmental effects etc.,
Considering importance of road as a National Corridor, heavy truck movement,
filling in approaches at all proposed structures approaches such as VUPs,
LVUPs, Elevated roads etc., CRCP is recommended for grade separator
approaches in this project.
B) Comparison of Life Cycle Cost Analysis of Flexible Pavement, White topping
with PQC and White topping with CRCP Pavement Options over existing
Flexible Pavement in 6 laning of Project Highway:
Cost of White topping with PQC is cheaper than flexible pavement in LCC analysis.
Even though LCC of CRCP white topping is higher than flexible pavement and
normal PQC white topping and however considering additional advantages of CRCP
over normal PQC, intangible benefits, the indirect cost associated with road
maintenance disturbances to traffic, associated environmental effects etc.,
Considering importance of road as a National Corridor, heavy truck movement
no of fill areas at all existing structures approaches such as VUPs, CUPs, PUPs,
Initial cost of CRCP is higher on account of use of steel reinforcement. But whole –
life cycle cost will be lower in spite of higher initial cost owing to lower maintenance
cost especially in case of poor natural soil condition or filled up areas. But cost of
steel dowels, joint grooving, and joint sealing materials required in conventional
pavement partly offsets the higher initial cost.
Total
Sl.No Type of Section length Proposed Pavement Type
(km)
Strengthening and Widening from 4
Section with Existing Flexible
1 4.063 lane to 6 lane with CRCP as per IRC
Pavement
SP:76-2015
Section with Existing Rigid Widening from 4 lane to 6 lane with
2 21.241
Pavement Rigid Pavement IRC : 58-2015
Proposed Grade Separators CRCP Pavement for all proposed
3 Section with Existing Flexible/ 9.912 Grade Separator approaches as per
Rigid Pavement IRC 118-2015
Reconstruction Stretches with All Reconstruction Stretches with
4 4.034
Existing Rigid Pavement CRCP as per IRC 118-2015
However, the reconstruction stretches are further reviewed considering the slab
replacement to the extent of cracked portions based on the distress analysis and as part
of long term periodic maintenance instead of Reconstruction stretches.
Based on the fact that the road was constructed in the year 2004 and for a design
period of 30 years, the expected maximum life end in year 2034 and beyond the there
would be a need for overlay even on the sound concrete as on date which has a
remaining life more than 30 years as per remaining life analysis carried out based on
FWD test and core test results and presented in the above table. In view of the above,
overlay analysis has been carried out as and presented below:
For the purpose of these recommendations, the following classifications of traffic and
rainfall intensities have been adopted:
Traffic
Rainfall
The mean rainfall received for inland districts of Karnataka during SW monsoon is in
the range of 55-269 mm in June, 54-319 mm in July, 71-257 mm in August 90-155 in
September 289-1014 in SW monsoon and 530-1319 for the annual respectively. In
Belgaum District, SW Mansoon mean and Annual Rain Fall are observed as 872.8
and 1091.8mm respectively ( Source: Observed Rainfall Variability and Changes over
Karnataka State, CLIMATE RESEARCH AND SERVICES INDIA
METEOROLOGICAL DEPARTMENT MINISTRY OF EARTH SCIENCES PUNE.
The report brings the result of the analysis based on the recent 30 years of data (1989-
2018) on the mean spatial rainfall pattern as well as mean spatial pattern of different
rainfall events, trends and variability as well as extreme rainfall events during the
monsoon months and annual for the state.
For the purpose of strengthening of concrete pavement with an overlay, the condition
of concrete pavement may be categorized in terms of total length of crack per unit
area of the pavement. For this purpose, the following criteria given in Table 10-41
may be used for the guidance as per IRC SP-17-1977:
Category of Value of
Length of crack in
S.No. Existing Condition Recommendations
m per 10 sqm
Pavement Factor, c
1 0 to 1.0 Sound 1.0 Fully Bonded Rigid Overlay
Slightly Partially Bonded Rigid Overlay.
2 Exceeding 1.0 to 2.5 1.0
cracked
3 Exceeding 2.5 to 5.5 Fairly Cracked 0.75 Partially Bonded Rigid Overlay
4 Exceeding 5.5 to 8.5 Moderately 0.55 Partially Bonded Rigid Overlay or
Note: In case of Partially Bonded Rigid Overlay, the concrete pavement should
generally be cleaned of any loose or extraneous matter, given a detergent wash locally
(using powdered soap @ 1kg/10 sqm o fthe pavement surface) along with scrubbing
with wire brushes to remove oily and greasy material and subsequently the whole
surface flushed with water to remove all traces of the solution and other dust particles.
In all cases, before the overlays work is undertaken, the locations of the rocking slabs
and slabs affected by mud-pumping should first be identified and the same rectified
using appropriate means. If rectification cannot be carried out, they should be
removed, the exposed sub-base properly compacted and the gap filled with coated
Two alternate treatments, viz., rigid and flexible overlays are possible for
strengthening existing cement concrete pavements. In some cases, complete removal
of slab and reconstruction might be found warranted. Different alternatives are
available for each of the two main overlay types, viz.,fully bonded, partially bonded
and unbound in case of rigid overlays; and all bituminous and composite ( i.e. partly
granular and partly bituminous) in case of flexible overlays. Before making a choice
in each case, relative economics of various alternatives should be studied in detail
taking into account their total costs i.e. the initial as well as the recurring maintenance
costs over the design life.
In case of fully bonded rigid overlay, the thickness of the overlay may be taken as that
required to make up the difference between the monolithic thickness of CC Pavement
needed for the present traffic and the existing pavement thickness and monolithic
In case of high rainfall areas, particularly where the drainage is not satisfactory and
/or on pavements carrying very heavy traffic of more than 1500 CVPD, mild steel
reinforcement @ 3kg/sqm should be provided in the overlay across cracks in the
existing pavements, the width of the mesh being determined from the consideration of
bond length required on either side of the crack. Such reinforcement may be provided
as a general practice for fully bonded and partially bonded rigid overlay irrespective
of rainfall, subgrade and climatic conditions.
Joints in the fully bonded and partially bonded rigid overlays should be matched with
those in the existing cement concrete pavement both in regard to location and type.
If the existing rigid pavement is structurally weak based on the prevailing traffic or
the wearing surface needs improvements in the riding quality, as overlay over rigid
pavements is generally laid as per IRC:SP:17-1977 “ Recommendations for Concrete
Overlays on Concrete Pavements.”
For partially bonded overlay, the concrete pavement should be cleaned of any loose or
extraneous matter , given a detergent wash @ 1kg/10 sqm along with scrubbing with
wire brush to remove oily and greasy materials. Subsequently the whole surface is
flushed with water to remove all traces of the solution and other dust particles.
Partially binded overlay over rigid pavement is designed as per the formula given
below, with matching the joints in top PQC with those in existing PQC layer:
ho = (1.4 hm –C he 1.4)1/1.4
An un- bonded overlay over rigid pavement is designed as per the formula is given
below:
ho = (hm2 –C he 2)0.5
Where ho = thickness of Overlay in cm,
hm = thickness required for the monolithic slab needed for the projected traffic as per
IRC 58, in cm
he = thickness of existing concrete pavement in cm,
C= Pavement Condition factor as per 11.2
Bonded overlays are suitable over sound uncracked concrete pavement. Typical
applications for a bonded overlay are:
All treatments for the preparation of the existing slabs as specified for partially
bonded overlay are also applicable to fully bonded overlays. Besides this all bond-
preventing materials such as joint sealing compound, bituminous materials used for
repair, paint marking, greasy and oily marks etc. should be meticulously removed.
Where ever necessary, light chiseling to scarify the surface for effective bond and to
remove loose materials at the surface may be done. The surface is initially flushed
with water to remove all traces of spilled oil or bitumen driplings. On the saturated
surface dry slabs, bonded rigid overlay should be laid immediately after applying a
thin layer (about 1 mm) of 1:1 cement sand paste/slurry as bonding medium. Shot
blasting the existing surface without using grouts reportedly gives the best results
(Ref: Research University of Texas, USA). For more details separate guidelines are
referred. It has been the experience that fully overlays with passage of time end up
with partial bond. Fully bonded over lay may be designed as per the formula given
below:
ho = (hm – he)
Where, hm = thickness required for the monolithic slab needed for the projected
traffic as per IRC 58, in cm
As per clause 6.3, method of equivalent flexural stiffness can be used for bonded rigid
pavements. Total slab thickness over the granular layers can be worked out for a given
traffic and other design parameters. Overlay thickness can be work out such the
combined flexural stiffness of Pavement slab layer ( h1) and existing slab layer ( h2)
is equal to or more than the flexural stiffness of slab layer of thickness (h) over
granular layer.
The concept used for obtaining the combined flexural stress is as under:
The flexural stiffness of two layers can be determined using following equations:
The procedure described in IRC 58-2015 for bonded rigid pavement has been
adopted for the design of overlay thickness on the existing concrete pavement.
The results of the analysis are presented below in the Table 10-42 and Table 10-43:
Rigid Overlay On
Length of Cracks Condition factor Length of Cracks Condition factor % of Length of Cracks Condition factor
From To Type of Existing Proposed Grade Total Length % of Cracked % of Cracked Proposed Type of Length of Existing Rigid existing Rigid
S.No. in m /10 sqm as per IRC SP-17 in m /10 sqm as per IRC SP-17 Cracked in m /10 sqm as per IRC SP-17 Remarks
Chainage Chainage Pavement separator Structure in Km Area Area Overlay Pavement in Km Pavement upto 2054 in
area and IRC SP-83 area and IRC SP-83 Area area and IRC SP-83
mm
To be decided on a
5 523 524 Rigid 1 1
later date
Proposed Profile
20 547.45 547.61 Rigid correction from 547.45 0.16
to 547.610
Fully Bonded Along with 6
21 547.61 549 Rigid 1.39 1.39 110.0
Overlay laning
0.39 1.00 1.63% 0.74 1.00 2.83%
Fully Bonded Along with 6
22 549 553 Rigid 4 4 110.0
Overlay laning
Fully Bonded Along with 6
23 553 555.017 Rigid 2.017 0.42 1.00 1.76% 0.67 1.00 2.36% 2.017 110.0
Overlay laning
40.017 Total 27.83
Table 10-43 : Overlay Analysis as per IRC SP-17 and IRC SP-83 (Kagal- Belgaum direction i.e. RHS)
From the above table, the summary of CC overlay on existing CC pavement on LHS
and RHS and overlay year are presented in the tables 10-44 and Table 10-45 below:
10.24.2 Flexible Overlay over Rigid Pavement (As per IRC SP-17-1977)
For Very heavy traffic ( For Very heavy traffic ( For Very heavy traffic
exceeding 1500 CVPD) and exceeding 1500 CVPD) and (exceeding 1500
annual rainfall of medium annual rainfall of high intensity
CVPD) and annual
intensity (Exceeding 40cm upto (Exceeding 125 cm) drainage
rainfall of high intensity
125 cm), drainage conditions conditions unfavorable,
(Exceeding 200 cm)
favorable, subgrade soil of low subgrade soil of high plasticity (
drainage conditions
plasticity ( PI not exceeding PI 20 and above) unfavorable, subgrade
14) soil of high plasticity
1) 75mm BM + 40mm AC 1) 100mm BM + 40mm AC 1) 110mm BM +
or 150mm Granular Layer ( 75 40mm AC
mm WBM + 75mm BUSG) + Or 50mm coated
40mm AC macadam consisting of
more or less 40mm
single size aggregate
mixed with 2.5- 3 %
bitumen + 75mm BM +
40mm AC as wearing
course
From the above, the following overlay composition can be adopted over the
existing CC pavement:
Before overlay work is undertaken, the locations of rocking slabs and slabs affected
by mud-pumping should first be identified and the same rectified using appropriate
means. If rectification cannot be carried out, they should be removed, the exposed
As per analysis carried out based on FWD results and equivalent flexural stiffness
method, 110mm max as overlay thickness is required i.e 23.55 km in Package - 1 out
39.1 km (LHS and RHS together) . The pavement condition factor and % of cracked
area are showing the concrete in sound condition and core test results also showing
good strength even though the strength of concrete is less as per FWD analysis.
As per clause 4.3.2, IRC SP-17-1977 " As far as possible, existing cement concrete
pavements, requiring strengthening should be overlaid at first signs of distress, while
the condition of slab is still slightly cracked".
The following Overlay options have been studied based on the life cycle cost analysis:
The summary of overlay options with Life Cycle Cost Analysis is given below in
Table 10-46:
Table 10-46 : Cost of Life Cycle Cost Analysis for Overlay Options (With Base Cost)
Package – I
Area per Cost
O&M
Lane Km per Initial Total
Cost Rema
S.No Option Description of 3.5m Lane Cost in Cost in
in rks
each in Km in Crores Crores
Crores
Km Crores
1 I Routine and Periodic
Maintenance of
Concrete Road
including initial slab 64 4.87 57.04 61.91 L1
replacements and and
retexturing but
without any Overlay
2 II Flexible Overlay with
100mm DBM and
50mm BC with SAMI 64 0.4773 30.6 93.47 124.07 L4
layer on top of
Existing CC Pavement
3 III Unbonded Overlay
with 280mm PQC
including providing
mild steel
reinforcement
@3kg/sqm in cracked 64 41.4 47.87 89.27 L3
area to prevent
reflection cracking
and without slab
replacements
Details of y Life Cycle Cost Analysis for Overlay Options are presented in Appendix
10.6 in Volume IA: Appendix to Main Report.
However, as per present technology available with the industry in the country,
we have neither any machinery for preparing roughening of existing concrete
pavement surface to receive new concrete pavement as overlay for good bonding
with proven technology nor mechanism to achieve and ensure the monolithic
action in flexure with two different concrete layers laid at different times. The
various issues connected to rigid overlays are presented in Appendix 10.7 in
Volume IA: Appendix to Main Report.
Further, from the above, Option – I i.e. Routine and Periodic Maintenance of
Concrete Road including initial slab replacements and without Overlay is most
economical considering the present cracked condition of the existing CC
pavement and hence may be recommended.
As part of 6 laning of the project, Repair and rehabilitation of the existing rigid
pavement as identified in NSV survey at other isolated sections, shall be carried out as
per IRC SP: 83-2018 i.e Guidelines for Maintenance, Repairs & Rehabilitation of
Cement Concrete Pavements (First Revision).
Similarly, wherever IRI values are more than prescribed limits as per IRC SP:16-
2019, the same shall be rectified by Diamond Grinding so as to bring the same within
the limits as per IRC SP : 83-2018.
Similarly wherever load transfer efficiency is less than 0.5 in transverse joints at per
FWD analysis, all such joints shall be retrofitted with Dowel bars.
Concrete pavement has been proposed in the entire Project Highway as a part of 6 laning of
the Highway with Continuously Reinforced Concrete Pavement except widening of existing
rigid pavement from 4 lane to 6 laning. Routine maintenance of pavement shall be carried out
in the entire Project Highway during construction period and O&M period in conformity with
the maintenance requirements as per relevant IRC codes for both flexible and rigid
pavements. In CRCP the routine maintenance would be minimum as there are no transverse
joints unlike JPCP and except longitudinal, construction joints, expansion joints at structure
locations etc., and no major maintenance is envisaged other than Diamond Grooving and
Diamond Grinding to improve the skid characteristics and riding comfort of Project Highway
as a part of O&M respectively.
Note: The overall lengths and widths of the structure proposed above are minimum
requirements. Any change in length on higher side owing to site conditions shall not
be considered as Change of Scope.
Length
S.No Chainage Span/Vent Size Remarks
( In m)
Minor Bridge - Proposed
2 Vents x 8.500 (W) x Existing Culvert to be
1 527+171
1.60(H) 35 dismantled
The FRL of bridge and its
approaches shall be finalized
2 551+000 2 Vent x 5.000 (W) x 1.60(H) based on the HFL for the main
47.25
bridges across Hiranya Keshi
River.
Notes:
(1) The span mentioned above is clear span measured in square direction only.
The locations, orientation of the above mentioned structures are tentative and
may vary as per the actual site condition. For cross road in skew the proposed
structure shall be provided in skew only
(2) No. of expansion joints shall be reduced by provision of continuous spans, as
directed by IE. The exact location of structures shall be finalized in consultation
with the IE and a n y change in location shall not be construed as change in the
scope of work.
Length
S.No Chainage Span/Vent Size Remarks
( In m)
Minor Bridge - Proposed
2 Vents x 8.500 (W) x Existing Culvert to be
1 527+171
1.60(H) 35 dismantled
The FRL of bridge and its
approaches shall be finalized
2 551+000 2 Vent x 5.000 (W) x 1.60(H) based on the HFL for the main
47.25
bridges across Hiranya Keshi
River.
Span
Arrangement
Proposed
(No. of Spans x Proposed width Carriageway and
S.N type of
Chainage Width x Height of widening Deck Width ( In Remarks
o structure
in m) (Clear (MCW and SR) m)
dimension) (m)
Minimum SR bridges to be
1x20.55+1x21.9
1 515+826 1x10.5x6.85 Box Carriageway dismantled and
1 ( Skew)
and Deck width reconstructed.
LHS – 21.87m of all new
SR bridges to be
RHS – 21.40m bridges to be
2 536+445 2x5.85x7.2 Box dismantled and
( Entry and Exit constructed
reconstructed.
Ramps) shall be as
LHS – 21.63m below:
RHS – 22m a) 9m and 12m SR bridges to be
3 547+032 5x8x6.9 Box ( Entry and Exit in Rural dismantled and
Ramps) Areas reconstructed.
Skew b) 10m and 13m
Existing - in Built up
75.92m areas
4 549+960 1x8x6 Box Proposed – Note: Width of Widening only.
79.36m structure shall
Skew be based on
alignment plan
1x19.08m+ SR bridges to be
requirements
5 552+140 2x6.8x7.225 Box 1x19.15m dismantled and
given Annex-III
( Skew) reconstructed.
to Schedule-A.
Note:
a) All existing Causeways on service roads shall be replaced with High Level Bridges.
Accordingly service road profiles are to be modified (for a design speed of 40kmph)
b) The above mentioned rehabilitation and repair schemes are based on information
gathered at DPR stage, Contractor to re-evaluate and design the improvement
proposals based on actual site conditions. No Change of Scope shall be applicable for
any change in the methodology of rehabilitation. No Change of Scope shall be
considered if these structures are to be reconstructed as per proposal of the
Concessionaire during construction.
(1) The span mentioned above is clear span measured in square direction only. The
locations, Orientation of the above mentioned structures are tentative and may
vary as per the actual site condition. For cross road in skew the proposed structure
shall be provided in skew only
(2) No. of expansion joints shall be reduced by provision of continuous spans, as
directed by IE.
(3) The exact location of structures shall be finalized in consultation with the IE and
any change in location shall not be construed as change in the scope of work.
(4) The Deck level of the above culverts shall be governed by guidelines of
Concerned Authorities
(5) The required length shall also be provided considering the skew of the structure in
consultation with IE and shall not be construed as change of scope.
(6) The span and length/Width mentioned are minimum and any Change in
length/Width of culverts shall not be construed as change of scope.
(7) The construction of structures shall be carried out in phasing manner as per
direction of Authority/AE.
(i) The following narrow bridges shall be widened:
All the existing narrow minor bridges for main carriageway shall be widened as
indicted 7(iii) (i) above along with proposed reconstruction/widening existing minor
bridges for service roads.
The overall lengths and widths of the structure proposed above are minimum requirements. Any change in length on higher side owing to
site conditions shall not be considered as Change of Scope.
The Highway shall be provided with elevated road at the following sections are given below in Table 10.50:
Table 10-50 : Details of Elevated Sections
Total Length
From Length of including RCC
To Ch: Type of structure and Span Deck Width
S.No. Ch: Viaduct, (In Retaining wall / Remarks
(In km) Arrangement (In m) (In m)
(km) m) RE Wall
approach, (In m)
64 Nos. of 25m span each Flattening of steep
(Ch: 524.710 to Ch: 526.310) Gradients proposed at
1x14.1
1 524+100 526+900 With 4/3 span continuous structure with 1600 2800 Vantamuri Ghat section
diaphragm continuity (4 span structures (RHS). Refer note
preferable). below table.
Note: 1) One side main carriageway with approaches and viaduct shall be constructed first and traffic will be diverted onto that for taking up the
construction of other main carriageway as there are no service roads in Ghat section.
2) The overall lengths and widths of the structure proposed above are minimum requirements. Any change in length on higher side owing to
site conditions shall not be considered as Change of Scope.
10.27.5 Interchanges
Trumpet Interchange shall be provided at the following location and the details are given below in Table 10.51:
Note: a) Approach gradients are to be referred from alignment drawings attached in Annex-III of Schedule-A.
The overall lengths and widths of the structure proposed above are minimum requirements. Any change in length on higher side owing to site
conditions shall not be considered as Change of Scope.
10.27.6 Underpasses
The vehicular under/overpass structures shall be provided at the intersection of the Project Road with all the National Highways and State
Highways. Such under/overpasses shall also be provided across other categories of roads as per site requirements of crossing of traffic and
the details are given below in Table 10.52.
Chainage of Crossing
Length of Viaduct, m
Chainage of Approaches
Retaining wall / RE
Span Arrangement
Length x Height in
Wall approach, m
Total Deck Width
Type of Structure
including RCC
(No. of Spans x
in Km
Total Length
Proposal
(In Km)
Sl. No.
(m)
m)
From
To
Additional Box cell is
1 VUP 515+5806 515+245 515+835 2x10x5.5 31.4 590 proposed and existing Box
cell need to be widened.
Proposed Girder Type Bridge
with diaphragm continuity
2 Nos. of 55
2 VUP 519+604 518+850 520+180 2X14.1 1330 (Continuous span) for VUP at
27.5x5.5
Rani Chennamma University
Junction.
Additional Box cell is
3 VUP 523+7023 523+32 523+919 2x10x5.5 28.4 599 proposed and existing Box
cell need to be widened.
4 VUP 527+485 Upto 527+675 U-shaped 435 m including Proposed At Sutagatti
Chainage of Crossing
Length of Viaduct, m
Chainage of Approaches
Retaining wall / RE
Span Arrangement
Length x Height in
Wall approach, m
Total Deck Width
Type of Structure
including RCC
(No. of Spans x
in Km
Total Length
Proposal
(In Km)
Sl. No.
(m)
m)
From
To
(with 2 Lane crossing approach along approach in open covered box Crossing. The underpass
Underpass for Main Highway portion ( 10.4+ length approaches shall be connected
cross road) extra widening) smoothly to existing roads
and Covered Box with necessary at-grade roads
length of 90m with required taper as per
(10.5m + extra Manual.
widening)
Proposed Girder Type Bridge
with diaphragm continuity (
2 Nos. of
5 VUP 528+145 527+93 528+826 2x14.1 55 896 Continuous span) for VUP for
27.5x5.5
Belgaum bound traffic from
Sutagatti Road crossing
Additional Box cell is
6 VUP 536+9245 536+719 537+410 2x10x5.5 691
28.4 proposed and existing Box
Chainage of Crossing
Length of Viaduct, m
Chainage of Approaches
Retaining wall / RE
Span Arrangement
Length x Height in
Wall approach, m
Total Deck Width
Type of Structure
including RCC
(No. of Spans x
in Km
Total Length
Proposal
(In Km)
Sl. No.
(m)
m)
From
To
cell need to be widened.
Proposed Girder Type Bridge
with diaphragm continuity
2 Nos. of 55
7 VUP 540+67 540+43 541+280 2x14.1 850 (Continuous span) for VUP
27.5x5.5
for Ullagaddi Khanapur
crossing.
Proposed PSC solid slab
bridge with continuous spans
8 Nos. of 120
8 VUP 544+21 543+58 544+730 2x14.1 1150 at Chikkalgud
15x5.5
(covering Staggered
Junctions)
Note: a) Approach gradients are to be referred from alignment drawings attached in Annex-III of Schedule-A.
The overall lengths and widths of the structure proposed above are minimum requirements. Any change in length on higher side owing to site
conditions shall not be considered as Change of Scope.
Chainage of Total h
Approaches in Km including
Total RCC
Type of Chainage of Span Arrangement (No. of
Sl. Deck Retaining
Structu Crossing From To Spans x Length x Height in Proposal
No. Width wall / RE
re (In Km) Chainage Chainage m)
(m) Wall
( In km) ( In km)
approach,
m
Combined VOP with 3 Nos.
of Twin Cell RCC Box
Cross road
each 19.0m long and 5.5m Proposed VOP
chainages :
height (Vertical Clearance) covers SEZ
1) 534+401
at cross road chainages crossing, SH-78
1 VOP (SEZ), 534+061 536+392 34 2331
(Note : 19m included 14m and
2) 534+984 (SH-
carriageway +2x1.5 m Yamakanmarradi
78) and
footpath on either side of Cross road
3) 535+891
carriageway )
Note: a) Approach gradients are to be referred from alignment drawings attached in Annex-III of Schedule-A.
c) The overall lengths and widths of the structure proposed above are minimum requirements. Any change in length on higher side owing to
site conditions shall not be considered as Change of Scope.
d) Proper Drainage arrangements have to be made in the Underpasses such that there shall be no flooding. For the VUPs( underpasses for cross
road) at Sutagatti Crossing, 1.2m dia NP4 class RCC pipe line drain shall be provided for the discharge of storm water from the valley
portion of underpass to the nearest cross drainage structure with the manholes at regular intervals as per Manual.
e) Light Vehicle Underpass (LVUP)
The pedestrian underpass shall be provided along the Project Road and the details are
given below in Table 10.53.
Table 10-53 : Improvement proposals for Pedestrian Underpasses
Span
Chainage Total
Arrangement
of Deck
Sl. No. (No. of Spans Proposal
Crossing Width
x Length x
(In Km) (m)
Height in m)
1 522+102 1x6.6x3.8 28.4 Existing PUP Box to be widened
2 536+824 1x4.5x3.1 31.4 Existing PUP Box to be widened
3 539+719 1x6.5x3.8 31.4 Existing PUP Box to be widened
4 550+421 1x4.5x3.1 31.4 Existing PUP Box to be widened
5 552+140 2 x 6.8 x 3.0 34.4 Existing PUP Box to be widened
6 553+615 1 x 9 x 3.5 31.4 Existing PUP Box to be widened
Note: 531.889 1x6.6x3.8 Existing PUP Box to be dismantled
The overall lengths and widths of the structure proposed above are minimum
requirements. Any change in length on higher side owing to site conditions shall not
be considered as Change of Scope.
The Cattle underpass shall be provided along the Project Road and the details are
given below in Table 10.54.
Table 10-54 : Improvement proposals for Catle Underpasses
Span
Chainage
Arrangement
Sl. of Total Deck
(No. of Spans x Proposal
No. Crossing Width (m)
Length x Height
(In Km)
in m)
Widening including MCW and
1 517+730 1x3mx3m 39.63
Service road on RHS
Existing CUP to be dismantled
2 519+255 1x3mx3m
2x14.1 and reconstructed
Note: The overall lengths and widths of the structure proposed above are minimum
requirements. Any change in length on higher side owing to site conditions shall not
be considered as Change of Scope.
10.27.9 Culverts
Details of Proposed Scheme for Culverts are given below in Table 10.55
Proposed
SL Design Proposed Span Proposed
type of Remarks
No Chainage Km arrangement width (m)
structure
Note: All existing box culverts falling within the approaches of new grade separator
(solid fill portion) to be dismantled and reconstructed.
The overall lengths and widths of the structure proposed above are minimum
requirements. Any change in length on higher side owing to site conditions shall not
be considered as Change of Scope,
Design Proposed
SL Proposed Dia/Span Proposed
Chainage type of Remark
No arrangement width (m)
Km structure
1 515+265 Pipe 1x1.2dia 72.26 Widening
2 515+515 Pipe 1x1.2dia 64.67 Widening
Note: The overall lengths and widths of the structure proposed above are minimum
requirements. Any change in length on higher side owing to site conditions shall not
be considered as Change of Scope.
The Hydraulics of Box type and Pipe structure analysis are done based on Article -19
of IRC: SP-13-2014.
1) With the help of cross sections taken at upstream and downstream the bed slope of
the nala is calculated using equivalent slope method.
2) Analysis of the cross section at U/S and D/S of structure using Area-velocity
calculations are done for the discharge obtained from the Design Peak calculation.
Once the Discharge, Area of cross section, Rugosity co-efficient, Bed slope is
known, it is substituted in the Mannings formula to get the velocity.
3) Design Calculations are done based on the equation
Q = A x 4.43 (H / (1+Ke +Kf) 1/2 Equation as per IRC: 13:2015,
The Hydraulics calculation for Working out High flood level (H.F.L) for slab type
bridges
a) Water profile calculations are worked out on the basis of Standard step method in
order to ascertain HFL.
b) 3 No’s Cross sections of stream at 50m interval at Upstream and Downstream for
a length of 150m on either side of bridge are considered i.e. up to the confluence
of stream from East side for water surface profile calculations.
c) Longitudinal slope is calculated based on Equivalent slope method based on the
lowest levels of stream the same is considered for HFL calculation.
d) Manning’s coefficient is considered depending nature of stream. If the nala section
does not vary and the flow regime is also not erratic, a constant Manning’s
coefficient of 0.020 is considered. Based on Area velocity Method calculation for
Design Peak Discharge, Area and Perimeter are calculated from the cross sections
obtained along the stream.
e) Standard step method uses the fundamental Hydraulic equations to iteratively
calculate water profile and energy grade lines. The conservation of energy states
that with in some problem domain the amount of the energy remains constant.
Standard step method applies the conservation of energy by using energy equation
to calculate the water surface profiles.
Afflux Calculation
When the waterway area of the opening of a bridge is less than the unobstructed
natural waterway area of the stream, i.e. when bridge contracts the stream, afflux
occurs. The afflux will be calculated using Molesworth’s formula.
Recommendations / Findings
During site Inspection it was observed & through local enquiry it was found out
during heavy rains, rain water would stagnant around half kilometer on either side of
As per topo survey, Existing Longitudinal Drains are of earthen drain type which
avails more space hence it is proposed to provide Rectangular RCC drain. It is
proposed to provide different types of Drains as shown in the figure below based on
the site condition, typical cross sections.
Hydrologic analysis for the proposed planning for surface road drainage has been
carried out and following considerations made:
Location of drainage area, outfalls, ditches, pond, other surface drainage facilities,
ground surface condition, rainfall and flood frequencies. Factors affecting size and
shape of drainage area slope of ground, soil type, surface filtration and storage. For
estimation of amount of runoff requiring disposal at a given instant the following
points have been considered.
Maximum rainfall intensity of project influence area and its frequency Catch area
contributing to the run off passing through the proposed drain
There are several methods to predict the future run off but for simplicity I.R.C. has
recommended the use of “Rational Method” which has been used for the estimation of
the probable run off to be used for the design of surface drainage sections.
Storm duration and time of concentration are essential for arriving at critical intensity
of rain. The storm duration for design purpose is time of concentration which has two
components (I) entry time and (ii) time of flow. This has been arrived as per I.R.C.
SP-42. Considering the time of concentration, intensity of rain fall and frequency
chosen for design, the design run off has been arrived at. Design frequency has been
taken 25 years as per I.R.C.- SP-42
Runoff quantity is being ascertained, side drains in urban, semi-urban, road side
drains on approaches to bridges and open drain in rural area have been designed using
Manning’s Formula. Q = 1/n x A x R 2/3 x S ½
In the design of road side open channels, flow of water has been assumed to be as
critical flow. Critical depth of flow being the depth at which the specific energy is
minimum. Generally on mild slope flow is sub-critical and normal flow of depth more
than critical depth. For rectangular channel critical depth flow is (Q2/b 2g) 1/3
where, b = width of channel & g = acceleration due to gravity. A value of “n” has
been taken as per I.R.C. standards for different surfaces. The other criteria chosen
have been the maximum permissible velocity values for different relevant surface of
Sl LHS RHS
Drain Type
No Length (m) Length (m)
1 D1 24026 24026
2 D2 10942 10942
3 D3 2331 2331
4 BD-1 1197 1197
5 BD-2 148 148
6 MD-1 2059
7 MD-2 5411
DRAIN
8 3260 3260
DUCT
CHUTE-
9 216
DRAIN
Project facilities shall be planned and provided as wayside amenities for users of the
highway to enable them to stop, take rest and refresh themselves so as to ease their
fatigue. These Areas also cover facilities for providing fuel for vehicle and emergency
Exist ing Toll Plaza shall be augmented including Toll Plaza Complex, Toll
Management system installation etc., at the following location as per provision
given in the Manual. However, minimum 16 (sixteen) number of toll lanes shall be
provided at toll plaza location:
1. At Km. 537+790 (Hatargi Toll Plaza) - Augmentation of existing toll lanes and
facilities and as per Manual and minimum no. Of toll lanes shall be 16.
Specifications and other requirements of the toll plaza's shall be strictly as per
schedule “D”.
Based on the minimum toll lane requirement as given above, toll plaza with all other
facilities mentioned in manual shall be constructed with approval from NHAI.
Minimum requirements of the facilities and equipment for Hybrid ETC System
shall be as per NHAI Policy Circular No. NHAI/13013/2016-17/CO/Hybrid
ETC/112716 dated 08.02.2018, including amendments/addendum, if any.
A separate toilet facility for road users shall be provided on both sides of the toll plaza
location along with parking facility. One toilet block on each direction shall be
provided as per drawing at Annex-I of Schedule-C. These toilet facilities shall follow
CPWD specifications for sanitary ware items and fittings such as EWC, Wash Basin,
Wash basin- Under counter, Urinal flat back, PVC Cistern, IWC Orissa Pan, Flush
Valve –CP, Wash Basin pillar cock – CP, Bib Cock –CP, Health Faucet, W/c Bib
cock, Wash Basin angle cock.
Toilet complexes with separate toilets for Men, Women & Physically Handicapped
shall be provided on both sides, as per the directions of NHAI. The toilets shall be
well maintained and have continuous water supply.
Reverse Osmosis plant with continuous water supply shall be provided for supply of
safe drinking water to Road Users. Point of Sale for Fast Tag shall be provided at the
Toll Plaza
Entry approach to each lane of toll plaza shall be having Medium Speed Weigh in
Motion equipment as per the latest guidelines.
A Static Weigh Bridge (SWB) shall be installed in each direction of traffic, after
the toll plaza, in a separate area having facility of parking of overloaded vehicles.
This is to ensure that an overloaded vehicle does not ply on National Highways.
The SWB system shall be able to capture Toll Transaction Number with Date and
Time, Vehicle Registration Number, Category of Vehicle, Permissible Weight, and
Gross Vehicle Weight along with date/ time of weighing, and the receipt printed by
the SWB system shall contain all these information. This system shall also be
integrated with the toll system and generate a closure report.
The SWB station shall have a CCTV camera for capturing image of vehicle while
weighing.
Monthly MIS reports shall be available for the Authority, such as Actual Over
loaded vehicles, Total Overweight Vehicles (WIM) vs Actual Overweight vehicles
(SWB) etc.
Adequate space shall be allocated for handling the parking, unloading, etc. of
overloaded vehicles. The handling of overloaded vehicles shall be governed by terms
of directives issued by the Authority.
Bus Bays and Bus Shelter shall be provided at following locations in accordance with
the Manual of Specifications and Standards and the details are given below in table
10.56:
Truck lay-bye is proposed to be constructed one or either side of road as per locations
given below in the table. It shall be constructed in accordance with the Manual of
Specifications and Standards and the details are given below in Table 10.57
1) Traffic Signs:
Traffic Signs include roadside signs, overhead signs and kerb mounted signs etc.
shall be provided along the entire Project Highway. The detailed signage plan
indicating places, direction, distances and other features marked on the plan shall
be prepared as per the manual requirements and the same shall be finalised in
consultation with Independent Engineer/ NHAI as per site requirement.
2) Overhead Signs:
Overhead sign boards, excluding those provided at Toll Plaza location, are to be
provided as per Manual of Specifications and Standards as referred in Schedule
Pedestrian Facilities shall be provided in accordance with the clause 9.8 of IRC:
SP: 87-2019 and Standards as referred in Schedule D.
Pedestrian Facilities include the provision of:
1) Pedestrian Guard Rail:
Pedestrian guard rails shall be provided on separator between main carriageway
and service road other than structure approaches and retaining wall sections on
both sides along the entire length of the Project Road, each bus bay & bus shelter
location, built-up sections and intersections as specified in the manual.
2) Pedestrian Crossing:
Pedestrian crossings facilities shall be provided on built-up sections and
intersections as specified in the manual
The pedestrian facilities in the form of guard rails, footpath, zebra crossings, etc.
shall be provided wherever required in accordance with Section 9.8 of the
Manual of Specifications and Standards.
c) Landscaping and Tree Plantation
I. Avenue Plantation: Avenue Plantation shall be carried out at the rate of 666
nos. per km and maintained for 10 years as per prevailing guidelines/norms in
Manual and IRC: SP-21-2009 and Guidelines for National Green Highways
Policy 2015 depending upon the availability of ROW.
d) Rest Areas:
Nil
e) Cattle Crossings
- Nil -
Nil
g) Traffic Aid Posts
Traffic aid post shall be constructed at the toll plaza in consultation with the
Independent Engineer/ NHAI, not exceeding 25 (twenty-five) square meter of
plinth area and 1nos of patrolling vehicles to be provided at these posts to carry
out the obligations. Specification and requirements shall be strictly as per
concession agreement and schedule “D”.
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 449 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
Patrolling should be conducted through Mobile Patrol Team in accordance with
Section 12.10 of the Manual of Specifications and Standards.
h) Medical Aid Posts
The Concessionaire shall, at its cost and in accordance with the type designs
prescribed for such buildings by the State Medical Department (or a substitute
thereof to be designated by the Authority), construct an aid post building and 2
(two) residential quarters and hand them over to the Authority, no later than 30
(thirty) days prior to COD. The Medical Aid Post(s) shall be deemed to be part of
the Site and shall vest in the Authority. Medical Aid Post shall be set up at Toll
Plaza with 1 nos of Ambulance with round-the-clock services for victims of
accidents on the Project Road.
Rescue Ambulances shall be in accordance with Section 12.11 of the Manual of
Specifications and Standards.
i) Vehicle Rescue Posts
Vehicle Rescue post shall be constructed at the toll plaza in consultation with the
Independent Engineer/ NHAI and 1nos of crane services to tow away the
disabled vehicles to be provided at these locations along with necessary
manpower/ driver/ operator. Specification and requirements shall be strictly as
per concession agreement and schedule “D”
j) Telecom System
11.1 Introduction
National Highways are the arterial roads of the country for inter-state movement of
passengers and goods. They traverse the length and width of the country connecting
the National and State capitals, major ports and rail junctions and link up with border
roads and foreign highways.
As per Clause 7(f) of the EIA Notification 2006 and its subsequent amendments-
“Expansion of National High ways greater than 100 Km, involving additional right of
way or land acquisition greater than 40 m on existing alignment and 60m on re-
alignment or by-passes”.
However, the EIA/EMP report is being prepared as per the guidelines and generic
structure provided in the EIA Notification, 2006 and its subsequent amendments.
Further, the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is being prepared as part of the
Detailed Project Report in order to identify the existing and anticipated impacts on the
environment and proposing suitable mitigation measures during construction and
operation phase along with essential management plan; thereby, minimizing the
impact on environment.
The Project Road is 78Km long from Km 515.000 to Km 592.705 on NH-4 (NH-48)
from Belgaum to Karnataka/Maharashtra border near Kagal, in the state of Karnataka.
Out of total length the project stretch, the existing alignment passes through
Maharashtra for a short length of ~ 400m, now the Project is undertaken for up
gradation of existing 4 lane to 6 lane National Highway.
During NHAI & LA committee meetings, NHAI suggested to split the Project Road
into 2 packages considering the existing two toll plazas, cost of project, to attract
more competitiveness etc., for the purpose of Project Implementation.
Accordingly, the project road is divided in to two packages:
1. Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from Km. 515+000
to Km. 555+017 of NH-48 in the state of Karnataka on Engineering, Procurement
& Construction (EPC) Mode under Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I).
The following sections describes the details of Package-1 Section of NH-48 from
Design Ch.515+000 to Design Ch.555+017 (Existing Ch 515+000 i.e Belgaum -
Sankeshwar Bypass (upto End of Bypass towards Kagal). The Site of the Project
Road is a brown field alignment and passes through 17 Villages in 3 Taluks i.e
Belagavi, Hukkeri Taluks in Belgaum District, Karnataka State and 1 Village in
Gadhinglaj Taluk in Kolhapura District, Maharashtra State. Latitude and longitude of
the project corridor lies between 15°57'30.678"N, 74°30'51.636"E and
16°16'18.314"N, 74°27'37.787"E.
I. Details of existing project alignment
Starting point: Near Honaga 15°57'31.06" N,
74°30'51.18" E
Location of the project (CH 515+000
1 Ending point: Sankeshwar Bypass (upto End of
to CH 555+017)
Bypass towards Kagal) 16°16'18.314"N,
74°27'37.787"E.
2 Length of the alignment 40 Km
3 Width of the alignment 60 m
4 No. of grade separators 4
5 No. of Pedestrian Underpasses (PUPs) 7
6 No. of Vehicular Underpasses (VUPs) 3
No. of Cattle walk cum cart track
7 9
(CUPs)
8 No. of Minor bridges 5
9 No. of Major Bridges 4
10 No. of Major junctions 19
II. Environmental settings
Ghataprabha River: CH: 529+700Km
11 Water bodies along alignment Hiranyakeshi River: CH: 544+800 Km & CH:
551+900 Km
Northern Dry Zone, Dry climate with an average
12 Climate & Rainfall
annual rainfall of 770 mm
Mixed Land use: Open scrub and mixed jungle.
The Land use along the alignment included
Agricultural land, Human Settlements,
13 Type of land use
Commercial building and religious monuments.
Crops like Tobacco, Rice, Ragi, Maize, Jowar,
Cotton, Horse gram, green gram, Pigeon pea,
Net sown area in the Belgaum district is 8,41,900 Hectares, which is 62% of the total
geographical area of 13,44,382 hectares of the district. About 31.4% of the ‘Net sown’
area i.e. 2,31,300 hectares is sown more than once. Major crops grown in the area are
The Belgaum district shows semi-arid climatic conditions, there is a distinct climatic
pattern summer season, Rainy season and winter season.
2. Rainy Season: The South-West monsoon brings the district with heavy
showers, during the month of June, and continue up to October. Highest
rainfall 2134.6 mm is recorded in Khanapur taluka, the lowest 514 mm in
Raibag taluka.
Karnataka is situated on the western edge of the Deccan Peninsular region of India.
The Karnataka state is divided into four physiographic landforms – the Northern
Karnataka Plateau, the Central Karnataka Plateau, the Southern Karnataka Plateau and
the Coastal Karnataka Region. Belgaum falls under Northern Karnataka Plateau; the
area is mainly composed of the Deccan Trap. It represents an extensive deforested
plateau landscape. It has an elevation of 300 meters to 600 meters from the sea level.
The plateau slopes towards the east.
The soils of Belgaum district can broadly be classified into red soils and black soils.
These soils in turn can be grouped into seven categories as given below, out of which
the first five cover large tracks of land while the last two are local in nature.
1. Shallow black soils: They are greyish to dark greyish-brown in colour, with
clayey texture. These soils have poor to moderate infiltration characteristics.
2. Medium black soils: These soils are predominantly derived from Deccan
traps and occupy large parts of the district. They are dark greyish-brown to very dark
greyish-brown with clayey texture.
3. Deep to Very deep black soils: These soils are dark greyish-brown to very
dark greyish-brown in colour and have clayey texture.
4. Mixed red and black soils: These soils occur in the northern parts of the
district. They are dark reddish-brown to dark greyish-brown in colour with silty-clay
to clayey-loam textures.
5. Red loamy soils: These soils occur as small strips in the valleys adjacent to
the Western Ghats. They are generally transported and are loamy to siltyloam in
texture.
6. Lateritic soils: are red in colour and occur as pockets. They occur at high-
levels as insitu in Deccan Trap terrain and at low-levels as transported in Malnad
region.
7. Alluvial soils: are developed over the alluvium deposited by the Krishna
River and its tributaries.
11.5.5 Drainage
The entire district falls in the Krishna river basin except small catchments of
Khanapur, Belgaum and Bailhongal taluks that fall in the catchments of Mahadayi and
Kalinadi rivers that flow towards the west. The river Krishna, along with its tributaries
Ghataprabha and Malaprabha are perennial and effluent in nature and flow in easterly
direction. The drainage density varies from 0.80 to 3.4km/sq.km.
The Belgaum District belongs to the Northern Dry zone and Northern Transition
Zone. The annual rainfall ranges from 464.5 - 785.7 mm and about 52 % of the annual
rainfall is received during Rabi season. Belgaum is located at 15.87°N 74.5° E. It has
an average elevation of 751 meters (2463 feet). The city is situated in the north-
western parts of Karnataka and lies at the border of two states, Maharashtra and Goa
on the Western Ghats (50 km from the Goa state border) The elevation is between
450-900 m.
According to the new map, the state of Karnataka lies in Zones II and III. The coastal
district as well as the northern interior districts along the border with Maharashtra, lie
in Zone III.
In view of the above, the preliminary site visit for proposed project alignment and
study area was carried out on 20.10.2020 by EHSCPL Team to existing roads,
intersection roads, toll plazas, Rivers, etc.
A. Flora observed in the Preliminary site visit: Tree species located between main
carriageway and service road along with tree species within ERoW is listed below.
Trees: Delonix regia, Dalbergia sisso, Eucalyptus, Tabebuia rosea, Militia pinnata,
Acacia nilotica, Muntingia calabura, Pongamia pinnata, Terminalia catappa,
Holoptelea integrifolia, Grevillea robusta, Alstonia scholaris, Callistemon viminalis,
Azadirachta indica, Spathodea companulata, Terminalia arjuna, Mangifera indica,
Bauhinia purpurea, Tectona grandis, Ficus racemosa, Syzygium cumini, Thespesia
populnea, Swietenia mahagoni, Lagerstroemia parviflora, Acacia auriculiformis, &
Peltophorum pterocarpum.
Avifauna: Brahminy kite, River tern, Pond heron, Red vented bulbul, Rock dove,
Common myna, White breasted kingfisher, Common crow etc.,
B. Land Use & Land Cover: The Land use along the alignment were Open scrub and
mixed jungle. The Land use along the alignment included Agricultural land, Human
Settlements, Commercial building and religious monuments. Crops like Tobacco,
Rice, Ragi, Maize, Jowar, Cotton, Horse gram, green gram, Pigeon pea, Banana,
Papaya, Cucumber etc., were observed. The project alignment passes through Reserve
Forests/ Protected Forests namely Managutti Reserve Forest, Benkanholi Reserve
Forest, Katabali Reserve Forest, saindi Halla Reserve Forest, Daddi Reserve Forest,
Islampura Reserve Forest, Kumbarikolla Reserve Forest, Halbhavi Reserve Forest,
Sutkatti Reserve Forest. (Figure 11.4)
D. Project alignment: The preliminary Site visit for the Proposed Project was carried
out throughout the alignment. The EHPC team came across Service roads, Reserve
forest, Human settlement, Bridges, Toll plaza and Water bodies. Above mentioned
detail Photographs (Figure 6) are shown below such as Service roads at Chainage
515+000 Km, Chainage 515+000 Km, Intersect to Rani Channamma University,
Service road, Karnataka Power Transmission Corporation Limited, Hukkeri District,
Belagavi, Bridge Over Hirenyakeshi River (CH: 544+800 Km), Existing Road,
Interaction with STUP Consultancy.
11.8 Methodology
EIA systematically examines both beneficial and adverse consequences of the project
and ensures that these effects are taken into account during project design. It helps to
identify possible environmental effects of the proposed project, proposes measures to
mitigate adverse effects and predicts whether there will be significant adverse
environmental effects, even after the mitigation is implemented. By considering the
environmental effects of the project and their mitigation early in the project planning
cycle, environmental assessment has many benefits, such as protection of
environment, optimum utilization of resources and saving of time and cost of the
project. Benefits of integrating EIA have been observed in all stages of a project, from
exploration and planning, through construction, operations, decommissioning, and
beyond site closure.
Road factors:
1. Project Description
2. Relevance of the project in the light of the existing development plans of the
region /state/Nation
4. Procedures and criteria adopted for selection of the alignment of right of way,
alternative alignments considered, if any, details of land acquisition involved,
rehabilitation of villages/ Communities if any, proposed methods there of etc.
5. Overall suitability of the identified alignment and the proposed activity in the light
of the Existing environmental acts and serious deviations, if any.
2. Alignment plan, with details such as nature of terrain (plain, rolling, hilly), details
of villages, tehsil, districts and states, latitude and longitude for important
locations falling on the alignment shall be submitted.
The primary baseline data collection in the RoW and the area falling within 500
meters on the either side of the RoW along with secondary data collection within an
aerial distance of 15 km.
Ambient Air Quality monitoring: Preliminary site visit will be made by the FAE.
Site specific meteorological data will be collected for parameters such as Solar
Radiation (Watt / sq. m), Relative Humidity (%), Temperature (°C), Rainfall (mm),
Wind Direction (Deg), Wind Gust (km/hr), Wind Speed (km/hr) and Dew Point (°C)
by installing Micro-meteorological station at site. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
Locations/Stations will be decided by the FAE (AQ) in consultation with FAE (AP)
and monitoring will be undertaken by Laboratory by considering the following
aspects:
Recommended Criteria for Siting Monitoring Stations as per: IS: 5182 (Part
14), 2000 will be followed.
The stations will be selected at a place where interferences are not present or
anticipated.
The sampling stations will be identified and located such that, it is away from
nearby major pollution sources.
• Random checks will be carried out by the FAE during the AAQM in the study
period to ascertain the effectiveness of the work by the Lab.
Ambient Noise Levels: Preliminary site visit will be made by the FAE. Preliminary
Ambient Noise Level Monitoring stations/locations will be demarcated by the FAE
(Noise) on Google map/Top sheet. Selection of sampling locations within the study
area will be based on areas covering Residential/Commercial/ Industrial or any other
important areas. For every one minute interval, the readings will be recorded
continuously for 24 hours (Day and Night) and Leq Day dB (A) and Leq Night dB (A)
will be calculated.
Geology, Minerals and Hydrology: Preliminary site visit will be made by the FAE.
Data on Geology and Minerals will be collected from the study area by the FAE.
Hydrogeological study through surveys will be carried out by FAE for inventory of
existing bore wells in the study area to examine geology, groundwater conditions,
depth to water levels, water table elevation, and water quality and drainage pattern.
Water Quality Sampling and Analysis: Preliminary site visit will be made by the
FAE. Water Quality Sampling locations (ground water and surface water) will be
demarcated by the FAE on Toposheet based on the Upstream & downstream of the
Biological Environment: Preliminary site visit will be made by the FAE. Biological
environment data (flora & fauna) will be collected by the through field surveys
covering different land uses within the study area. Stratified random sampling
methods will be adopted for selection of various ecological parameters to study flora
and fauna. All reserve forests, protected areas and ecologically sensitive areas will be
recorded within the study area during the study period.
A. Objectives
6. Based on the baseline information and ecological setting suggest the plant species
specific to different land use patterns (industrial & residential types).
B. Field sampling
Field visits shall be conducted to all the land use categories coming within the project
area to document the plant and animal species. Information such as location, its
habitat and associated faunal species for each land use category is also collected along
with plant name. The ecology team will also record birds, butterflies, insects, reptiles
and other associated faunal species thriving in the region. The unidentified species on
the field will be collected and then will be identified using local flora and then
typified specimen will be cross checked with the herbarium repository of Botanical
Survey of India / IISc. etc. Quadrate, transect and point count method will be followed
for flora and fauna in the study area.
Taking note of the topography and the prevailing riverine conditions, at the site and
connected strategic points, sampling stations for carrying-out the limnological and
Fisheries investigations were fixed.
The seasonality and timing for collection of data for herbs, climbers, shrubs and fauna
will be based on secondary data and discussion with the local people. Following
procedure will be carried out;
2. Discussions will be held with Forest and Wildlife personnel to validate the
authenticity of secondary data and the availability of the species.
4. Actual field observations will be made to ensure the habitat availability for the
species in a particular season.
Socioeconomic Environment: Preliminary site visit will be made by the FAE. Socio-
Economic data will be collected by FAE (SE) through project specific questionnaires,
focal group discussions and stakeholder consultations with in the study area. The
selection of sampling villages / households will be decided after frequent site visits
and review of relevant documents such as census data and other secondary data
sources. The criteria for selection of each sampling unit will be decided based on the
socio-economic land use and its relevance in the project site.
Environmental impacts invariably lead to social, health and human right impacts.
Therefore, having a good understanding of the other studies being conducted and
ensuring integration and complementarily with them is necessary to ensure efficiency,
effectiveness and to reduce the burden on local communities.
R&R plan with data on the existing socio-economic status of the population in
the study area and broad plan for resettlement of the displaced population, site
for the resettlement colony and rehabilitation of the displaced people, civil and
housing amenities being offered, etc and the schedule of the implementation of
the project specific R&R Plan
Details of budget provisions (capital & recurring) for the project specific R&R
Plan
The management of the social issues of projects and therefore the full span of SIA
includes the following activities. However, these tasks are not done at the same time,
but depend on specific case and particular context.
1. Liaise with the EMP team (and any other assessment teams) to ensure that the
social aspects of environmental and biodiversity impacts and the environmental
and biodiversity impacts of social changes are considered in the impact
assessments and management plans.
4. Identify and implement changes to the project and undertake other actions to
mitigate social impacts
Due to the activities of the project, there will be potential impacts on the environment
of varying magnitude. Most of the impacts are likely to occur during the construction
phase of the project. Impacts will be assessed based on the information collected from
the primary and secondary data. Environmental screening method using World Bank
scoring system will be used for impact magnitude assessment.
Integrated approach during project planning, design, construction and operation work
acts as a better tool for implementation of Environmental Management Plan. The
EMP measures include mitigation or enhancement measures as appropriate to the
nature of impacts and are explained in the following sections. These include:
Summary matrix for EMP and budget provision for EMP during pre-
construction, construction and operation stage.
Road safety
Assessment of the baseline environmental status was made based on the primary
baseline data collection in the RoW and the area falling within 500 meters on the
either side of the RoW along with secondary data collection within an aerial distance
of 15 km. The baseline data was collected during October, 2020 to December, 2020.
Further, field inspection in the study area, primary and secondary data collection,
discussions of experts with Government officials and general public. The presented
status of baseline environment comprises of Physical environment, Land use
assessment of study area, Biological (Terrestrial) Environment, Aquatic Environment
and Socio – economic Environment.
Environmental Total
Scoring Criteria Score
Attribute Weight
Plains - 1
Topography 4 Rolling terrain - 2
Flood plains/coastal belt - 3
Hilly/mountainous terrain - 4
Vulnerability to Not prone at all - 1
natural hazards
4 Rare occurrence - 2
(such as floods,
cyclones, cloud Prone to natural disasters/risks - 3
Environmental Total
Scoring Criteria Score
Attribute Weight
Designated Presence of designated Yes 10
protected area protected areas within 15 km No
10 from the proposed sub
project location boundary 0
Environmental Total
Scoring Criteria Score
Attribute Weight
Settlement Total length of settlement 10 km or less 1
(both town and villages 10 to 20 km 2
5 abutting the road corridors 20 to 30 km 3
30 to 40 km 4
> 40 km 5
Drinking water Total number of drinking 10 or less 1
sources water sources (wells, hand
11 to 20 2
pumps, community water
4
ponds, /taps etc.) within the 21 to 30 3
ROW
31 or more 4
Sensitive Receptors Number of sensitive 10 or less 1
5 receptors with in 50 mts on
11 to 20 2
either of the alignment such
E. Construction
The mining act notifies safe mining activities.
Sand, minerals and construction materials
16 The Mining Act, 1952 required for construction activities shall be
procured from Government authorized approved
quarry sites.
The present Project has been proposed by the NHAI, established as an authority, as
part of the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways (MORT&H), Government of
India.
The mandate for the planning, design, implementation and maintenance of the
30,000km National Highway network in India rests with the Ministry of Road
Transport and Highways (MORT&H), Government of India.
To plan and implement projects on a fast track and to expedite the improvements of
the important National Highways, the Government of India has established the
National Highways Authority of India (NHAI). Ministry of Road Transport &
Highways, Government of India has decided to take up various National Highway
Corridors for augmentation of capacity for safe and efficient movement of traffic by
strengthening and upgrading to required width. National Highways Authority of India
(NHAI) has been entrusted to implement the development Projects for these selected
stretches/ corridors either through public-private partnership (PPP) basis or its own
budgetary sources or financial aid from ADB or World Bank etc.
These are separate NHAI units established at the project locations for each of the
project packages, with a Project Director (PD) as its head. The Project Director is
assisted on all technical issues by three managers, which include a manager
(technical), a manager (Environment) and a manager (R&R). This PlUs would play a
key role in implementation of the project including the overall control of construction
activities and implementation of contracts. The various Project Directors, in turn
report to the General Manager, who is responsible for the co-ordination of the project
preparation activities of the various project packages.
The review of the preparation of the Environmental assessments for the project and
ensuring the effective implementation of the Environmental Management Plan will be
The project preparation, the designs and the estimates have duly incorporated the
relevant environmental concerns as reflected in this document as well as the
individual EIA reports and the EMPs prepared for the package. It is reasonably
expected, on the strength of these documents that these provisions will be enforced
and that the PIU and the Construction Supervision Consultants working under the
direction of NHAI will have the commitment and the necessary resources to do so.
To assess advice and monitor the environmental performance of the various projects
being planned, designed and implemented by the NHAI, an Environmental and Social
Development Unit (ESDU) has been established at the Corporate Office of the NHAI.
The Environmental Unit is headed by the General Manager (Environment), and is
assisted by Dy. General Manager (Environment) along with two managers - one each
for the Environmental and Resettlement aspects. For land acquisition, a separate
general manager looks into it.
The Environmental and Social Development Unit is responsible for the co-ordination
of the environmental and social issues of the various project packages and shall work
in close interaction with the environmental managers at the various PlUs.
The supervision consultant will assume the powers and responsibilities of the
Engineer for the project road and assist the PIU in implementation of the project. It is
expected that the supervision consultant will have the necessary capability to
supervise the implementation of the environmental measures proposed in the EMP.
The CSC is expected to have the in-house capacity to advise on and supervise the
implementation of the EMP including making the decisions regarding applicability of
enhancement design options and any modifications, if needed, the appropriate
landscape section to be applied etc. For this purpose, it is expected that the CSC will
employ a full time Environmental Specialist.
The Contractor too will have to employ Environmental Engineer/s. Their duty will
include the proper construction and maintenance of the facilities for the labour camps,
the measurement and verification of quantities for environmental enhancement,
ensuring that proper environmental safeguards are being maintained at borrow sites
and quarries from which the contractor procures material for construction. They will
also have to prepare the bills of quantities for the work carried out for enhancement.
In addition, they will have to ensure that proper facilities are available for the
monitoring of ambient air quality and collection of water and soil samples as provided
for in the environmental monitoring plan.
The Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF) is the nodal agency in India to plan,
promote, co-ordinate and oversee the implementation of environmental and forestry
programmes. Principal activities undertaken by the Ministry of Environment &
Forests consist of conservation & survey of flora, fauna, forests and wildlife,
prevention & control of pollution, afforestation & regeneration of degraded areas and
protection of environment, in the frame work of legislations. All the activities of the
proposed Project including its execution and operation will have to comply with the
present environmental regulations by MoEF and their amendments from time to time.
Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) is a statutory authority attached to the MoEF
and located in New Delhi. The main responsibilities of CPCB include inter alia the
following.
• Advise the Central Government on water and air pollution control programs;
Karnataka State Pollution Control Board (KSPCB) is the regulatory body in the state
of Karnataka to enforce various environmental legislations of the Government of
• To advise the State Government on any matter concerning the prevention, control
or abatement of water pollution and air pollution etc.,
• To perform such other functions as may be prescribed or may, from time to time,
be entrusted to it by the Central Board or the State Government.
Various guidelines and protocols are available for best environmental management
practices to be implemented during project construction, operation and maintenance
phases of the project. The contractor and the NHAI shall refer these guidelines while
implementation of the project during its life cycle.
Sl. Publication
Name Document code
no. Agency
1 Code of practice for road signs IRC:67- 2010 IRC
2 Environmental Codes of Practice 2010 NRRDA
Environmental guidelines for rails/roads/highway
3 1989 MoEF&CC
projects
Environmental Impact Assessment Guidance manual
4 2010 MoEF&CC
for highways
S.O.1533(E) dated
5 Environmental Impact Assessment Notification MoEF&CC
14.09.2006
Guide to laboratory establishment for plant ISBN 978-92-5-
6 FAO and GOI
nutrient analysis 105981-4
Guideline for requirements for Environmental
7 IRC: 93-2001 IRC
Clearance for road projects
PROBES/75/1999-
8 Guidelines for Developing Green belts CPCB
2000
Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment of
9 IRC: 104-1988 IRC
Highway Projects
Baseline data collection for the proposed Project was carried out on 5th, 6th of
November 2020 for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring, Noise level Monitoring, Surface
water Sampling, Ground water Sampling, Soil Sampling. The details for the Baseline
data collection is given below.
Site Preparation:
PM emission due to dust on the road and also from vehicular emissions will
impact the air quality of the area.
Mitigation measures
Site Preparation:
Construction phase
During unloading activities, the height from which building materials will be
dropped shall be controlled to a minimum height of at least 3ft to contain the
fugitive dust generation.
DG sets will be engaged in the construction site will be equipped with suitable
stack height.
All the DG sets to be used during the construction will comply as per CPCB
guidelines.
As per KSPCB Guidelines, the hot-mix plants with dust extraction unit will be
installed in downwind direction from nearby settlement and located at least 500 m
from the nearest habitation.
Water will be sprinkled 3 times a day in the line and earth mixing sites, asphalt
mixing site and service roads. In filling subgrade, water spraying is needed to
solidity the material. After the impacting, water will be sprayed regularly to
prevent dust.
It will be ensured that the human settlements will be 500 m away from the
downward wind direction of asphalt mixing plant.
Green Mesh will be used to cover debris where ever excavated muck are dumped
& demolition activities are carried, to suppress fugitive dust emission.
The unpaved surfaces used for haulage of borrow materials will be maintained
dust free through sprinkling of water twice a day during the period of use.
Operation phase:
The air quality shall improve due to the plantation activity carried out in the ROW
during the end of construction phase.
Bharat stage VI norms will be imposed along with other measures such as the
reduction of vehicular emissions, ensuring vehicular maintenance, etc.
Site Preparation:
Construction phase:
Operation of DG sets at the construction site will create noise pollution (200m
radius) and will induce vibration effects.
Operation phase:
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 490 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
Increase in movement of vehicles/traffic may cause noise pollution.
Mitigation measures
Site clearance
Installation of Silent Zone boards at all places where-ever human activities are
noticed. Proper training to labourers in handling various equipment’s, tools and
other related items will be provided.
Rubber beadings and proper support to the ground with thick blankets of rubber
mats are preferred to minimize the impact of vibration due to utilization of heavy
equipment’s.
Construction phase
Hot mix plants will be installed as per the guidelines of KSPCB (preferably on
wastelands). High noise producing generators such as concrete mixers, generators,
graders, etc. will be provided with noise shields.
Controlled blasting method will be deployed which reduces increased noise levels
and also reduces vibrations effect, including erection of tall barricades (40ft
height) around construction spots.
Blasting activities will be carried out as per the Explosives Act, 1884 and the
Explosives Rules, 2008.
Noise standards will be strictly imposed for all construction vehicles. All
construction equipment’s will conform to noise levels of less than 90dB (A).
Silencers and mufflers will be used to minimize the noise levels during
construction phase.
Ear plugs must be provided to all employees and laborers while working,
irrespective of the noise levels as protection, to receive the noise and as well as
exposure of the same for a longer period.
Workers will be provided with earplugs, helmets along with periodic health
check-ups
Noise barriers will be installed all along the project road in a phase wise manner.
Green belt development and avenue plantation also forms an effective sound
barrier during the operation stage.
The surface run-off will carry the sediments and results in the sedimentation of
nearby water bodies and affects the capacity of the water body and in turn creates
turbid condition affecting phytoplankton’s/zooplankton’s survival due to poor
sunlight penetration and reduced inherited quality of water quality of the
lake/drain.
Operation phase:
Mitigation measures
In lake bed areas, pre-cast construction technique will be used to avoid pollution.
Erection of barricades and water sprinkling shall minimize the deposition of dust
on the waterbodies thereby reducing the impact on avifauna and aquatic biota.
Operation phase:
Removal of trees and vegetation & earth works including quarrying leads to
erosion and loss of top soil.
Utilization of scarified bitumen used oil and diesel spills, Emulsion sprayer and
laying of hot mix, Production of hot mix and rejected materials in the construction
site causes hydrocarbon contamination leading to reduction of soil fertility.
Sanitation & waste (labor camps) causes contamination from wastes. Discharge of
sewage from the labor camps will leads to modification in biological, chemical,
and physical properties of the soil. This will consequently affect the dynamics of
microbiota, organic matter decomposition, nutrient cycling, physical structure of
the soil, and pest and plant disease severity.
Operation phase:
Mitigation measures
To avoid spillage of fuel and lubricants, the vehicles and equipment will be
properly maintained and repaired. Maintenance will be carried out on impervious
platforms with spill collection provisions.
Non reusable bituminous wastes will be dumped in 30cm thick clay lined pits with
the top 30cm layer covered with fertile soil for supporting vegetation growth.
Sewage generated from the labor camps will be treated in mobile STP of requisite
capacity and the treated water will be reused for dust suppression activities around
the peak construction area. Hence, contamination of soil will not be anticipated.
Removal of trees during construction phase leads to loss of habitat for various
avifaunal species, smaller mammals like squirrels and roosting sites for bats in the
region.
Operation phase:
Movement of vehicles during the operation phase may cause behavioural changes
in the avifaunal species in the region.
Mitigation measures
Green belt development plan and avenue plantation will be carried out.
Operation phase:
Summary of results (weightage) from the environmental Screening Exercise has been
summarized below;
• The project will provide better connectivity for the commuters accessing various
national and state highways.
• Reduces Traffic congestion and thus helps in reduced heat highland effects.
• The project acts have a bypass for long distance traffic moving interstate.
• The project provides linkage to internal arterial roads and new urban roads will be
developed due to the project.
• Better access to various places reduces travel time of commuters and thus quality
of life will be improved.
Sankeshwar
Figure 11-7: Photographs of Baseline Data Collection
Introduction
The plan outlines existing and potential problems that may adversely impact the
environment and recommends corrective measures where required. Also, the plan
outlines roles and responsibility of the key personnel and contractors who will be in-
charge of the responsibilities to manage the project site.
• To explain the significant impacts that cause by every activity from the proposed
project.
• Government bodies which have duty to supervise those activity steps for effort to
manage and handle environmental impacts.
• Commitment & Policy: The management strives to provide and implement the
Environmental Management Plan that incorporates all issues related to air, water,
land and noise.
The mandate for the planning, design, implementation and maintenance of the
30,000km National Highway network in India rests with the Ministry of Road
Transport and Highways (MORT&H), Government of India.
To plan and implement projects on a fast track and to expedite the improvements of
the important National Highways, the Government of India has established the
National Highways Authority of India (NHAI). Ministry of Road Transport &
Highways, Government of India has decided to take up various National Highway
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 502 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
Corridors for augmentation of capacity for safe and efficient movement of traffic by
strengthening and upgrading to required width. National Highways Authority of India
(NHAI) has been entrusted to implement the development Projects for these selected
stretches/ corridors either through public-private partnership (PPP) basis or its own
budgetary sources or financial aid from ADB or World Bank etc.
These are separate NHAI units established at the project locations for each of the
project packages, with a Project Director (PD) as its head. The Project Director is
assisted on all technical issues by three managers, which include a manager
(technical), a manager (Environment) and a manager (R&R). This PlUs would play a
key role in implementation of the project including the overall control of construction
activities and implementation of contracts. The various Project Directors, in turn
report to the General Manager, who is responsible for the co-ordination of the project
preparation activities of the various project packages.
The review of the preparation of the Environmental assessments for the project and
ensuring the effective implementation of the Environmental Management Plan will be
carried out by the Environment Manager at the PIU, in due consultation with the
environmental unit at the Corporate Office.
The project preparation, the designs and the estimates have duly incorporated the
relevant environmental concerns as reflected in this document as well as the
individual EIA reports and the EMPs prepared for the package. It is reasonably
expected, on the strength of these documents that these provisions will be enforced
and that the PIU and the Construction Supervision Consultants working under the
direction of NHAI will have the commitment and the necessary resources to do so.
To assess advice and monitor the environmental performance of the various projects
being planned, designed and implemented by the NHAI, an Environmental and Social
Development Unit (ESDU) has been established at the Corporate Office of the NHAI.
The Environmental Unit is headed by the General Manager (Environment), and is
assisted by Dy. General Manager (Environment) along with two managers - one each
for the Environmental and Resettlement aspects. For land acquisition, a separate
general manager looks into it.
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 503 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
The Environmental and Social Development Unit is responsible for the co-ordination
of the environmental and social issues of the various project packages and shall work
in close interaction with the environmental managers at the various PlUs.
The supervision consultant will assume the powers and responsibilities of the
Engineer for the project road and assist the PIU in implementation of the project. It is
expected that the supervision consultant will have the necessary capability to
supervise the implementation of the environmental measures proposed in the EMP.
The CSC is expected to have the in-house capacity to advise on and supervise the
implementation of the EMP including making the decisions regarding applicability of
enhancement design options and any modifications, if needed, the appropriate
landscape section to be applied etc. For this purpose, it is expected that the CSC will
employ a full time Environmental Specialist.
Contractors
The Contractor too will have to employ Environmental Engineer/s. Their duty will
include the proper construction and maintenance of the facilities for the labour camps,
the measurement and verification of quantities for environmental enhancement,
ensuring that proper environmental safeguards are being maintained at borrow sites
and quarries from which the contractor procures material for construction. They will
also have to prepare the bills of quantities for the work carried out for enhancement.
In addition, they will have to ensure that proper facilities are available for the
monitoring of ambient air quality and collection of water and soil samples as provided
for in the environmental monitoring plan.
The Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF) is the nodal agency in India to plan,
promote, co-ordinate and oversee the implementation of environmental and forestry
programmes. Principal activities undertaken by the Ministry of Environment &
Forests consist of conservation & survey of flora, fauna, forests and wildlife,
prevention & control of pollution, afforestation & regeneration of degraded areas and
protection of environment, in the frame work of legislations. All the activities of the
proposed Project including its execution and operation will have to comply with the
present environmental regulations by MoEF and their amendments from time to time.
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 504 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
Central and State Pollution Control Boards
Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) is a statutory authority attached to the MoEF
and located in New Delhi. The main responsibilities of CPCB include inter alia the
following.
Construction phase
During unloading activities, the height from which building materials will be
dropped shall be controlled to a minimum height of at least 3ft to contain the
fugitive dust generation.
DG sets will be engaged in the construction site will be equipped with suitable
stack height.
All the DG sets to be used during the construction will comply as per CPCB
guidelines.
The air quality shall improve due to the plantation activity carried out in the
ROW during the end of construction phase.
Bharat stage VI norms will be imposed along with other measures such as the
reduction of vehicular emissions, ensuring vehicular maintenance, etc.
11.19.2 Noise Environment
Construction phase
Hot mix plants will be installed as per the guidelines of KSPCB (preferably on
wastelands). High noise producing generators such as concrete mixers,
generators, graders, etc. will be provided with noise shields.
Controlled blasting method will be deployed which reduces increased noise
levels and also reduces vibrations effect, including erection of tall barricades
(40ft height) around construction spots.
Blasting activities will be carried out as per the Explosives Act, 1884 and the
Explosives Rules, 2008.
Noise standards will be strictly imposed for all construction vehicles. All
construction equipment’s will conform to noise levels of less than 90dB (A).
Silencers and mufflers will be used to minimize the noise levels during
construction phase.
Noise barriers will be installed all along the project road in a phase wise
manner.
Green belt development and avenue plantation also forms an effective sound
barrier during the operation stage.
11.19.3 Water Environment
Construction phase
Construction phase
Construction Phase:
Sl Reference Concurrent
Attributes Management Plan Implementation
No. Document responsibility
Pre-construction phase
The Proposed project is planned to extend the width of
the road, therefore existing physical structure needs
major replacement. National
Topographical Urban
Finalization of In order to avoid social or culturally important Highway
1 survey as part of Development
RoW/ alignment structures, a joint inspection will be convened by Authority of
DPR studies Dept., GoK
engineering and land acquisition team. At unavoidable India
situations, possibility of slight re-alignment may be
verified.
2 Forest land The alignment will not pass through any Forest area - - -
Sourcing of construction materials is from the
Government approved quarries. However, following
conditions are ensured while selecting the site;
Regular water sprinkling at site
Trucks carrying stone/gravel/aggregate shall be
Karnataka Minor
Identification of covered with tarpaulins Mines and
Mineral NHAI &
3 borrow areas and Dust suppression system is in place Geology Dept.,
Concession Rules, contractor
quarries Use of sharp teeth for shovels GoK
1994 and 2016
Dust extraction system for drill machines
Wet drilling and use of sharp drill bits
Provision of Hoods / Chutes at transfer points
Use of PPEs by workers
Rubber pads / mats to reduce noise and vibrations
Environmental Frequency of
Parameters to be Monitored Standards / Methodology Proposed Locations Responsibility Supervision
Attribute Monitoring
Batching Plant, Hot
Ambient Air Contractor through
PM10, PM2.5, NO2, SO2 Lead NAAQ Standards, 2009 Weekly twice mix plant, stone
Quality MOEF&CC NHAI
(Pb), Ammonia (NH3) and CO CPCB Guidelines for 24 Hours crusher and
Monitoring Recognized Labs
Sankeshwar (4 nos.)
Batching Plant, Hot
mix plant,
Ambient Noise Contractor through
Bhutaramanahatti,
Level Leq Day, Leq Night in dB(A) CPCB guidelines Monthly once MOEF&CC NHAI
Sutagatti, and
Monitoring Recognized Labs
Ullagaddi Khanapur.
(5 nos.)
Standard Operation
Procedures developed Near Biranholi,
pH, EC, Mg, Ca, Alkalinity, Contractor through
using M L Jackson, Solapur and Near
Soil Quality Cl, Na, K, Organic Carbon, Monthly once MOEF&CC NHAI
Manual of FAO and Soil Ullagaddi Khanapur
PO4, SAR, N and Salinity Recognized Labs
manual of Department of (3 nos.)
Agriculture and Co-
Frequency
Environmental Standards/
Parameters to be Monitored of Proposed Locations Responsibility Supervision
Attributes Methodology
Monitoring
Contractor
Ambient Air Bennali, Chikkalgud,
PM10, PM2.5, NO2, SO2 and NAAQ Standards, 2009, 6 monthly through
Quality Sankeshwar and NHAI
CO CPCB Guidelines Once MOEF&CC
Monitoring Hattargi. (4 nos.)
Recognized Labs
Bhutaramanahatti,
Contractor
Ambient Noise Hallbhavi, Sutagatti,
6 monthly through
Level Leq Day, Leq Night in dB(A) CPCB Guidelines Benakoli, and NHAI
Once MOEF&CC
Monitoring Ullagaddi Khanapur. (5
Recognized Labs
nos.)
pH, Temperature, EC, TDS
Alkalinity, TH, TSS, DO,
BOD, COD, NO3, PO4, Cl,
SO4, Na, Fe, K, Ca, NO3, Mg,
SAR, Total Nitrogen, Oil & Contractor
Surface water Ghataprabha River,
grease, E-Coli and Total CPCB guidelines, 6 monthly through
quality of Hiranyakeshi River and NHAI
coliform, Pb, As, Cd, Cr, Cu, APHA, 23rd Edition Once MOEF&CC
nearby Lakes Terani Dam (3 nos.)
Zn, Total Chromium, Hg, F, Recognized Labs
NO2, Carbonate, Bicarbonate,
Phenolic compounds,
Residual Sodium carbonate,
Silica
Standard Operation
H Near Biranholi, Contractor
p , EC, Mg, Ca, Alkalinity, Procedures developed
6 monthly Solapur and Near through
Soil Quality Cl, Na, K, Organic Carbon, using M L Jackson, NHAI
Once Ullagaddi Khanapur (3 MOEF&CC
PO4, SAR, N and Salinity Manual of FAO and
nos.) Recognized Labs
Soil manual of
As part of green belt development program, reducing pollution, improving the local
biodiversity and aesthetic values all along the project alignment, the plantation of
several native trees will be carried out, as per the Guidelines for National Green
Highway Policy, 2015 the Green belt development plan should involve plantation of
trees in the ratio 1:10.
Planting Techniques:
• Top soil removed from the project area shall be re-used for filling the pit.
• The filling of soil will be completed at least 7 days prior to the plantation.
• 2 years old plants with good condition shall be opted for plantation.
• Two rows of green belt will be developed and shrubs will be planted at the median
of the Road.
• The distance from embankment to Row I will be 1m and distance between the
trees will be 3 m.
• The distance from embankment to Row II will be 4m and the distance between the
trees in the Row II will be 6 m and the same will be maintained on the other side
of the Road.
• Outside the project alignment: Agro forestry, Timber yielding, NTFPs, Fruiting,
social and economic values
1. Tools and Equipment’s: Digging and root pruning tools shall be sharp and clean
in order to cut without breaking, crushing or tearing roots. Mechanical digging and
root pruning equipment shall be operated according to manufacturers’
recommendations to minimize root damage. Lifting cables, chains, straps, and/or
slings shall be inspected and used according to manufacturers’ instructions and
specifications.
2. Time for transplanting: Monsoon and winter are preferred. Very hot months i.e.
April, May, and June should be avoided.
3. Pit Digging/ Tree Lifting: The tree transplanter works on hydraulic pressure
generated by truck engine. Conical shaped 4 blades are arranged in such a way that it
penetrates up to 5' m deep in soil with top dia - 9' & bottom dia 4". Once all the blades
penetrate inside soil, then the earth ball is lifted above ground level, there by a pit is
dug or a tree with root stock is lifted. The Tree transplanter comes in two models: 90D
- Trees with basal girth 90 cm. can be lifted and 100D - Trees with basal girth 100 cm.
can be lifted.
• Trees above 100 cm basal girth cannot be lifted. Such trees can be transplanted
with orthodox method.
• Silviculturally, it is considered that trees having basal girth above 100 cm are
mature or over mature. The vigour for survival in over mature trees is less
compared to the younger tree.
• It is advisable to water the area thoroughly two days in advance to facilitate easy
working. Both the sides (up lifting the tree and transplanting site). During
monsoon this may not become necessary.
• While operation, all the precautions like, wearing helmet, not applying extra
pressure beyond limit to the blades while penetrating, ensure stabilizing pad are
placed at required position during operation and after operation.
4. Tree Transport: Once the tree is lifted, then the entire bowl with tree is tilted to
rest on the truck chassis. The branches should be either tide or trimmed properly to
avoid any hindrance during transportation. Heavy traffic areas may require special
assistance for road clearing.
5. Tree Transplanting: After reaching the destination the pit digging process is
reversed and a tree is transplanted. The pit be treated with, Antitermite, antibacterial,
antifungal treatment. (1/3 of the pit be filled with water, 50 grams of phorate powder,
30 ml. of antibacterial liquid, 30 ml. of antifungal liquid, 20 ml. root promoter (IBA
solution), may be pre dissolved and poured in the pit). Add 10-15 kg of organic
manure (vermicompost/compost). After transplanting a ring bund of 2 m. radius be
made manually and it should be watered thoroughly.
According to Wild Life Protection Act, 1972 a provision has been made for protection
of wild animals, birds and plants with a view to ensuring the ecological and
environmental security of the country and to ensure the future generation to enjoy
natural world. Species specific conservation plan will be prepared after detailed
studies.
12.1 Background
NHAI have appointed M/s STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd. The proposed project is a part
of the Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package 3/Lot-6) involving up gradation of existing 4
lane to 6 lane National Highway which is 40 Km long, work to carry out the
Feasibility Studies and Detailed Project Report of this road for upgrading it to 6-lane
access controlled (fully access control for Economic Corridors and National
Corridors) or access controlled 6-laning/8-laning in certain stretches, as required
depending upon traffic. However, for the Environmental and Social Impact
Assessment studies the work is undertaken by M/s. Environmental and Health and
Safety Consultants Pvt Ltd.
The feasibility report is prepared based on the initial site visits and preliminary
investigation for the proposed project stretch and the detailed draft and final ESIA
reports will be submitted after in-depth studies, social surveys and analysis.
The proposed Project stretch starting from Belgaum to Shankeshwar bypass acting as
part of National corridor GQ: Mumbai – Chennai connecting Mumbai to Bangalore.
The length of the section is 40km. The existing project stretch is already 4lane having
visual traffic observation of 45,000 to 50,000 PCU plying on road. The inhabitants
Improvement and rehabilitation work would entail land acquisition, adverse impact on
structures, other assets and sources of earning, religious properties, impact on
sensitive receptors, common properties etc. The need for addressing social issues at
very beginning of the stage of any development project would minimize adverse
impacts and maximize the benefits through equitable distribution. The loss of private
assets resulting in loss of income and displacement makes social impact assessment an
important input in project design while initiating and implementing developmental
interventions. An understanding of the issues related to social, economic and cultural
factors of the affected people is critical in the formulation of an appropriate
rehabilitation plan. A detailed social impact assessment (SIA) therefore needs to be
carried out to make project design responsive to social development concerns. SIA
also helps in enhancing the project benefits to poor and vulnerable people while
minimizing or mitigating concerns, risks and adverse impacts.
Identification of stakeholders
Identification of impacts
Involvement of people in the assessment process
Consultation with the stakeholders to improve quality of participatory planning
Identification of social hot spots
Identification of mitigation measures to minimize resettlement issues
Census survey of project affected persons
Identification of vulnerable affected groups
Based on the social assessment and impact analysis, stakeholders’ consultation
and R&R policy framework, a detailed Social Impact Assessment has been
prepared. The detailed process adopted in the social assessment is described below
The main objective of the study is to ensure that the project addresses the adverse
impacts on the livelihood of the people and that nobody is left worse off after
implementing Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) and those affected have access to
project benefits, during project construction as well as operation stage.
The report aims to highlight the social problems and suggests general and typical
mitigation measures to alleviate social problems of the project-affected people such as
loss of livelihood, displacement and loss of access to community facilities through
widening of roads, service roads, underpasses and other facilities. The specific
objectives of the RAP are as follows:
The study began with the identification of social issues, stakeholders and communities
including socially and economically disadvantaged communities. The focus of SIA is
on identifying local population likely to be affected by the project either directly or
indirectly and undertake census survey. The scope of the study in particular included
the following:
Identifying key social issues associated with the proposed project and specifies the
project’s social development outcomes;
Assessing potential social and economic impacts both during the construction
phase and in the operation phase;
Reviewing policies, regulations and other provisions that related to resettlement
and rehabilitation of project affected people and other social issues;
Social screening of various project components and likely impacts in terms of land
taking (loss of houses, livelihood, etc.), and resultant involuntary resettlement and
provide inputs (in terms of magnitude of impacts and likely costs for
mitigation) in preparing appropriate mitigation plans;
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 534 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
Screening the social development issues in the project area and its vicinity and
design the social services that may be provided by the project in order to improve
the quality of life and achieve the projects economic and social goals;
Update the profile of the population and available infrastructure facilities for
services in the project affected area;
Based on the assessment of potential social and economic impacts establish
criteria that will assist in the formulation of strategies; to the extent possible
maximize project benefits to the local population and minimize adverse impacts of
the project interventions on the affected communities;
Inform, consult and carry out dialogues with the project stakeholders on matters
relating to project design, objectives, and implementation and provide specific
recommendations to avoid/minimize high social risks;
Screen the social development issues in the project area and its vicinity and
accordingly design the social services that may have to be provided by the project
in order to improve the quality of life;
Identify likely loss of community assets (e.g. school, community assets) including
the religious structures and common property resources (e.g. forest, grazing land)
the impacts of their loss on the local population;
Assess the impact of influx of construction workers and others (both during civil
works and operation of the project) on the incidence of HIV/AIDS and other
diseases and develop a strategy to control them;
Assess the capacity institutions and mechanisms for implementing social
development aspects of the project implementation including the social safeguard
plans and recommend capacity building measures; and,
Develop monitoring and evaluation mechanism to assess the social development
outcomes.
12.6 Project Stretch Location
The Start point of the Project Road NH-48 (Km 515+000) is at Belgaum outer in the
state of Karnataka and End point of the Project Road NH-48 (Km 555+017) is at
Sankeshwar Bypass (upto End of Bypass towards Kagal) in the state of Karnataka. A
map showing the project location presented in Fig 12.1
The project road is passing through various settlements/built-up areas. The major ones
are listed below in the table No.12.1
Approach and methodology mainly consist of quantitative and qualitative tools and
techniques. The methodology is adopted from the guidelines of Department of Land
Resources, Ministry of Rural Development (MoRD) and subsequent procedure of
Environmental and social safeguards (ESS2 & ESS3). The study as shown will be
conducted in two phases in detailed with analysis.
Status of ownership
Qualitative surveys are conducted for evaluation of both affected population and
implementation capacities. The qualitative survey includes focus group
discussions and in depth interviews with various sections of people such as women,
knowledgeable persons and community leaders to elicit their expectations
and suggestions, which will support and provide additional information collected
through quantitative survey.
Social impacts identify the potential for loss of land, assets/structures, livelihoods,
willingness of the community to provide land to the project, and other significant
social impacts. Where the extent of adverse social impacts is minor and no
displacement or loss of assets or livelihoods is expected, no further action is required.
However, where the social impact indicates that land acquisition and/or loss of assets
are unavoidable, appropriate resettlement plans will be prepared.
Various social research tools are employed to ensure that, all issues related to the
study need to be adequately addressed so that a meaningful package of deliverables
can be developed. The entire exercise shall be carried out through an appropriate mix
of social research techniques including desk research through review of information,
concerned government departments and project authorities. Structured and semi-
structured interviews, group discussions with the affected people and relevant
government agencies, line departments and community will be undertaken. The study
uses various instruments to collect information for the different stakeholders involved
in the project. The above tasks are planned to flow in a manner that will complete the
project in line with the HPSRTP. The proposed method is illustrated in the form of a
task flow diagram and is shown in Fig 12.2. Each of the above tasks is briefly
discussed in the above sections to demonstrate consultants understanding the project
required.
Relevant national and state legislation and regulations are to be reviewed. To study
implementation arrangements and its capacity in delivering the Rehabilitation and
Resettlement services verification of these arrangements and in-depth interviews with
authorities shall be conducted.
Figure 12-2: Flow Chart of Stage wise activities to be adopted for proposed
project
Road Alignment
As much as possible, the existing road alignments will largely be kept within the
“formation width”. However, if necessitated by the findings of the topographic
surveys and design preparation by the Engineers, re-alignment of some of the Project
roads in certain reaches may be inevitable. In such cases, the Project will (i) attempt to
make a maximum use of the non-productive lands, and refrain from affecting the
productive agricultural and pasture lands and (ii) consider the construction of
bypass road/s to avoid or minimize land acquisition/resettlement effects.
However, a detailed study on the analysis of alternative and minimizing impacts will
be presented in draft reports of SIA & RAP.
In order to engage with the community and enhance public understanding about the
subproject and address the concerns and issues pertaining to compensation,
rehabilitation and resettlement, individual interviews, focus group discussions (FGD)
and meetings were undertaken amongst the various sections of affected families and
other stakeholders, during the census and socio economic survey that was carried out
as part of the detailed project report (DPR) for the subproject. The opinions of the
Consultations and discussions were held along the project with the affected families
and other stakeholders. Displaced persons were consulted through project census
survey. Consultation meetings were organized to get wider public input from both the
primary and secondary stakeholders. The consultation methods followed to elicit
required information (their views & opinions) are details below.
In addition to the web disclosure of the draft Resettlement Plan seeking views and
suggestions of the general public, detailed consultations regarding the extent of
involuntary resettlement impact and the mitigation measures to be proposed in the
draft RP will be disclosed to the affected families and general public through public
meetings held during the social surveys and Land acquisition meetings.
Human Settlement
Religious place
Street Vendor at
Existing Land cover
CH: 515+000
Figure 12-3: Photographs of surrounding features at Project Site
12.11.1 Introduction
The resettlement policy framework is prepared for Project Road road NH-48 starting
at Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass (upto End of Bypass towards Kagal) to be funded
by the National Highway Authority of India (NHAI) an autonomous agency of
Government of India. The land acquisition is to be implemented by the Government
of Karnataka and compensation to be paid on sharing bases by NHAI and GoK. This
RPF is drawn in accordance with the following acts, rules and policies, and generally
accepted practices and principles of resettlement and rehabilitation. The framework
has been developed based on the following policies/ legislations.
The act provides for a transparent process and fair compensation in land acquisition
for public purpose and provides for rehabilitation and resettlement of land owners and
those affected by land acquisition. This act came into effect on January 01, 2014 and
the Land Acquisition Act, 1894 stands repealed.
The Central Government has notified January 01, 2014 as the effective date of the
Act, in accordance with Sec 1(3) of RFCTLARR Act. The existing National
Highways Act (NHA) and other Acts specified in the Fourth Schedule of RFCTLARR
Act will have 1 year to adopt the; (i) compensation for land owners (First Schedule);
(ii) rehabilitation and resettlement entitlements (Second Schedule); and (iii) provision
of infrastructure amenities (Third Schedule).
As per the rules of the Land Acquisition of the Karnataka, it provides for the most
expeditious method of acquisition of land for highway projects in the State.
Acts are intended to achieve laudable objectives for the improvement and up
gradation of the national and state road networks. Apparently, a
comprehensivepolicyguidelines “A manual on Land Acquisition for National
Highways” issued by MoRTH to address the issues of the land acquisition brought out
the clarity.
The objectives of the World Bank’s policy with regard to involuntary resettlement are:
(i) involuntary resettlement should be avoided where feasible, or minimized,
exploring all viable alternative project designs; (ii) where it is not feasible to avoid
resettlement, resettlement activities should be conceived and executed as sustainable
development programs, providing sufficient investment resources to enable the
persons displaced by the project to share in project benefits and displaced persons
should be meaningfully consulted and should have opportunities to participate in
planning and implementing resettlement programs; (iii) displaced persons should be
assisted in their efforts to improve their livelihoods and standards of living or at least
to restore them, in real terms, to pre-displacement levels or to levels prevailing prior
to the beginning of project implementation, whichever is higher. And indigenous
population is those who live in the schedule areas.
To comply with the requirement of the Environmental and Social Standards in general
and ESS5 specific to Land Acquisition, Restriction on Land Use and Involuntary
Resettlement the Resettlement Framework (RF) has to be prepared.
A Resettlement Plan (RP) has to be prepared for the priority of core network roads
and any improvements or up gradation depending on the detailed engineering studies
which will be submitted to World Bank for approval before the award of civil works
contracts to ensure as per the principles framed.
Based on the Government statutes and World Bank policy, the following Resettlement
principles will be adopted to the project.
a) Screen the project early on to identify past, present, and future involuntary
resettlement impacts and risks. Determine the scope of resettlement planning through
a census and socio-economic survey of displaced persons, including a gender analysis,
specifically related to resettlement impacts and risks. Measures to avoid and minimize
involuntary resettlement impacts include the following: (i) explore alternative
alignments which are less impacting, (ii) ensure the appropriate technology is used to
reduce land requirements, (iii) modify the designs, cross sections, and geometrics of
components to maximize the RoW and ensure involuntary resettlement is avoided or
minimized.
c) Ensure those displaced persons without titles to land or any recognizable legal
rights to land are eligible for resettlement assistance and compensation for loss of
non-land assets at replacement value.
The displaced persons falling in any of the following three categories will be eligible
for compensation and resettlement assistance in accordance with the principles of
environmental and social framework:
I. Those who have formal legal rights to land (including customary and
traditional rights recognized under the laws of the country) (such as pattadhars);
II. Those who do not have formal legal rights to land at the time the census
begins but have a claim to such land or assets; provided that such claims are
recognized under the laws of the country or become recognized through a process
identified in the resettlement plan (such as those in occupation, for over 30 years, of
the land for which there is no claim of ownership or whatsoever and there is no
dispute to the occupier’s claim for the said land); and
III. Those who have no recognizable legal right or claim to the land they are
occupying (squatters and encroachers occupying the RoW or government land).
Cut-off Date: For title holders, the date of SIA notification [Sec 4(2)] of intended
acquisition as per the provisions of RFCTLARR Act will be treated as the cut-off
date, and for non-titleholders the start date of project census survey for the subproject
will be the cut-off date. There will be adequate notification of cut-off date and
measures will be taken to prevent encroachments/squatting after the cut-off date is
established. Non-title holders who settle in the affected areas after the cut-off date will
not be eligible for compensation. They however will be given sufficient advance
notice (60 days) to vacate the premises and dismantle affected structures prior to
project implementation. The project will recognize both licensed and non-licensed
vendors, and titled and non-titled households
In accordance with the principles of this resettlement policy framework, all displaced
households and persons will be entitled to a combination of compensation packages
and resettlement assistance depending on the nature of ownership rights on lost assets
and scope of the impacts including socio-economic vulnerability of the displaced
persons and measures to support livelihood restoration if livelihood impacts are
Compensation for the loss of land, crops/ trees at their replacement cost;
Compensation for structures (residential/ commercial) and other immovable assets
at their replacement cost.
Assistance in lieu of the loss of business/ wage income and income restoration
assistance;
Assistance for shifting and provision for the relocation site (if required), and
Rebuilding and/ or restoration of community resources/facilities.
An Entitlement Matrix has been developed, that summarizes the types of losses and
the corresponding nature and scope of entitlements; and is in compliance with
National Laws. If the GoK adopts any higher provisions for compensation and
assistances then such higher provisions will apply. The entitlement matrix presents the
entitlements corresponding to the tenure of the DPs in the following order.
a) Impact to private property (title holders) consisting of: (i) loss of private land; (ii)
loss of private residential structure; (iii) loss of private commercial structure; (iv)
impact to tenants (residential / commercial / agricultural) of title holders; and (v)
impact to trees, standing crops, etc;
b) Impact to Nontitle holders consisting of: (i) impact to squatters; and (ii) impact to
encroachers;
c) Loss of employment to agricultural and non-agricultural workers/employees;
d) Additional assistance to vulnerable DPs; and Unforeseen impacts
e) Unforeseen impacts
Table 12-4: Entitlement Matrix
The resettlement program has to be co-coordinated with the timing of civil works. The
required coordination has contractual implications, and will be considered in
procurement and bidding schedules, award of contracts, and release of cleared
Corridor of Impact (COI) sections to project contractors. The project will provide
adequate notification, counselling and assistance to affected people so that they are
able to move or give up their assets without undue hardship before commencement of
civil works and after receiving the compensation. The implementation schedule
provides the key benchmarks of implementing the RP. All other activities related to
implementation and land acquisition will be undertaken simultaneously. It is the
responsibility of the PIU to ensure that the RP is successfully implemented in a timely
manner. The implementation schedule needs to be updated periodically and monitored
judiciously. Resettlement and Rehabilitation is complete only when the following
criteria are met.
A. Assuring that the amounts of money assessed and finally approved for
compensation and financial assistance are paid to the genuine PAPs, well in advance
to:
C. Make necessary arrangements for and assuring active participation of all the
concerned officials and field staff in the training courses on the Resettlement Policy
and Practices and/or RP Implementation. The concerned official and field will
include:
District Land Acquisition Collectors and their field staff; Project NGO/s.
The process of land acquisition has to be initiated soon after the prioritisation of the
core network roads for improvements and widening respectively. Although
acquisition is a very complex process it will be planned to complete the entire process
in one year from the time of preliminary draft notification for acquisition.
The land-strips required for widening of the Project roads will be acquired under
normal land acquisition procedures laid down in RFCT LARR, 2013, Act.
The various activities involved in the process of land acquisition, roles and
responsibilities and an approximate time-frame for carrying out these activities are
presented in the Table 12.6. It should be noted that that, normally, the whole process
of land acquisition may take about a year, as given in table. However, a margin of
additional six months is provided herein to make provision for any unforeseen
situation/circumstances that may arise during the RP implementation.
• Inform and explain the entitlement policy and various options to the affected
people (APs) prior to payments of compensation and other financial assistance;
and
• Bring clarity on issues that might be raised by the affected persons, including the
affected houses, shops/SBE and fruit orchard owners about their entitlements and
benefits through question-and-answer sessions
• Solicit help from the local community/business leaders and encourage their
participation in RP implementation; and
• Attempt to ensure that vulnerable groups understand the process and their needs
are specifically taken into consideration.
13.1 General
The Project cost estimates have been prepared based on various items of works
required such as:
a) Road Works such as concrete pavement, bituminous pavement, entry and exit
ramps, drainage, intersections, road furniture, such as truck laybyes, bus bays,
augmentation of existing toll plaza highway lighting, arboriculture,
environmental management plan, slope protection works etc.,
b) Structure Works such as proposed Major bridges, Minor bridges, VUP, Grade
separators, Interchanges, Elevated roads, widening of all existing structures
including CD works, repairs and rehabilitation of existing structures etc.,
Retaining Walls such as RCC walls and RE walls for the approaches of grade
separator structures,
The quantities of major items of works have been worked out based on following:
Site Clearance: The area considered for Site Clearance is the area within the
proposed Right of Way.
Earth Works: This item provides for roadway excavation, earthwork in
embankment, sub-grade and shoulders, medians, islands including disposal of
surplus earth and unsuitable material. In this stage, the construction of
embankment height has been taken as per site condition. Sub-grade soil having a
CBR>=10% will be taken from borrows area for main carriageway works
whereas the existing subgrade soil or available excavated soil has been used for
the widening/ formation of existing service roads/ new service roads.
The pavement quantities like GSB, DLC and PQC for Main carriageway and
GSB ,WMM & Bituminous items etc. have been worked out for service roads
based on Typical Cross Sections and Pavement design is done based on traffic
CBR values for existing soil and borrow soil.
The estimation of quantities for Repair & Rehabilitation is proposes based on
site conditions of structures and have been worked out as per site requirement in
The basic widening proposals of pavement from 4 laning to 6 laning have been
considered based on the following pavement types and lengths. The details of
proposed type of pavement for Main Carriageway shall be as given bin below:
Rigid Pavement
Pavement Quality Concrete (PQC) – 300mm
Dry Lean Concrete (DLC) – 150mm
Granular Sub base (GSB) including Drainage Layer - 250mm ( 150mm + 100mm
DL)
Sub grade – 500mm
The pavement composition for service road for flexible pavement has been worked
out for 10 MSA for varying CBR values of existing subgrade as per IRC 37-2018 and
the same are considered in the estimates.
13.4 Methodology
In this report estimation of cost has been carried out based on the design requirements
of widening of existing 4 lane highway to 6 lane highway and project facilities. The
process involved in the cost estimation has been described under the following
sections:
Rate analysis has been carried out as per prevailing Schedule of Rates (SOR),
National Highway Circle Dharwad for the year 2018-19 and which effective and
applicable for current year. The rate in SOR are including all the leads for the basic
construction materials such as cement, steel, aggregates, sand etc., and hence no
separate lead has been added except for mixed material leads, bituminous materials,
flyash for the use in the embankment material and concrete pavements. Following the
review, it was noted that the similar items either are not available in SOR or have
been considered as per prevailing industry rates. For most of the items, for which rates
The cost estimate is prepared for Widening of existing 4 lane divided carriage way
with service roads to 6 lane divided carriage way with service roads on either sides
including all the proposed facilities as per IRC standards. The Total Capital Cost of
the project cost is estimated as Rs. 1541.02 Crores (Including LA and R&R) and
Abstract of the Total Capital Cost of the Project is given below in Table No.E.17.
Civil Construction cost is estimated as Rs.1176.37 Crores excluding GST and
Estimated Project Cost is worked out as Rs. 1,436.61 Crores including GST,
Utilities shifting cost Centages etc., The Abstract of Cost Estimate is presented
below in Table No 13.1:
Note: The cost of pre-construction activities are likely to change based on the actual
requirement and at the time of execution.
Cost abstract has been worked out and the details of cost abstract for civil works are
as under:
Major maintenance cost is assumed for every 7 years after initial construction.
Operation and maintenance cost includes:
Periodic Maintenance
Routine Maintenance
Operation Cost
Periodic maintenance cost includes long terms maintenance works depends upon
pavement design, traffic loads etc., considering the concrete pavement for main
carriageway, no periodic maintenance would be required other than tinning of the
concrete surface to improve the skidding characteristics of concrete pavement
whenever texture depth is less than prescribed limits due to wear and tear of concrete
surfaces. However for service roads, after initial traffic loading of 10 MSA is
achieved in subsequent years, the Service Roads shall be strengthened and overlaid
suitably to ensure maintenance requirements during O&M period.
Road Maintenance
Structure Maintenance
Road Property Maintenance
Incident Management
Equipment Based survey Investigations
14.2 Introduction
The section of NH 48 between Belgaum (Km 515.000) and Sankeshwar Bypass (upto
End of Bypass towards Kagal) (Km 555+000) in the state of Karnataka has been taken
up on priority for upgrading it to 6-lane access-controlled facility in order to facilitate
smooth freight movement under Bharatmala Pariyojana. The project road as described
in Table 14.1
The improvement will bring about a reduction of vehicle operating costs, travel time,
accidents, environmental hazards etc. In the present analysis, the benefits are accrued
The economic analysis of the project road allows accessing the physical, functional
and economic feasibility of the specified project alternative by comparing against a
base case or a ‘Without Project’ scenario. The analysis covers the following;
‘Without Project’ (Do nothing / Base Case): Keeping the 4-lane existing road
stretch with minimum routine and periodic maintenance.
‘With Project’: Improvement with 6-lane dual main carriageway and providing
two lane service roads on either side with rehabilitation and upgrades to specified
standards along with routine and periodic maintenance.
As the existing pavement types are both flexible and rigid, the analysis has been
carried considering three different situations, viz,
The results of all the three situations have been combined to carry out the economic
analysis. The total quantitative benefits and costs at economic prices due to
improvement of study stretch determine the EIRR and NPV of the project road.
The calibration of the model and its sub models have been done following the local
conditions, engineering inputs and data collected from various concerned departments
as far as possible. The analysis for the project road is being carried out considering the
following assumptions;
1. Analysis period is taken as 25 years starting from 2021 including the construction
period
2. Construction period taken as 30 months for the sections, starting from 2022. The
outlay for 3 years period is assumed as 20%+ 40%+ 40%.
3. The economic cost for all the items has been assumed as 90% of the financial cost.
4. Salvage value considered as 10% of economic cost at the end of analysis period
5. Rise and Fall – 5 m/Km
6. Average curvature – 15 deg./ Km
7. Speed Limit – 40 Km/hr for existing road and 80 Km/hr after improvement on
main carriageway. For service road the speed limits have been considered as 30
Km/hr and 60 Km/hr respectively.
8. Sub grade CBR – 8%
9. Roughness (IRI) – 2.5 and 4.0 for existing main carriageway in 2020. The same
for existing service road considered as 4.5.
10. No non–motorized vehicle has been considered in the analysis
11. Average altitude - 670 m
12. Discount rate – 12%
13. Time values for different vehicles have been considered based on per capita
income of the state, work force participation rate and ADB documents for Jaipur
and Mumbai Metro Rail projects.
14. Non-work time value assumed as 40% of work-time value.
The key inputs for vehicle fleet are presented in Table 14.2.
Table 14-2: Assumed Vehicle Input Values at Economic Prices (in INR)
Vehicle
5,05,000 63,600 1,67,500 13,00,000 13,48,000 15,21,000 17,49,000 7,70,600
Price INR
No. of 4 2 3 6 6 10 12 4
Wheels
No. of 2 2 2 2 2 3 4 2
Axles
Passengers 4 1 3 35
Tyre Price 3,500 1,170 1,170 11,100 11,100 11,100 11,100 5,400
INR.(INR/
Fuel 38 38 38 35 35 35 35 35
lt)
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 571 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
Lubricating
Oil 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99
(INR/lt)
Maint.
Labor 162 145 145 242 242 242 242 194
(INR/ hr)
Crew
Wages 145 - 129 242 242 242 242 145
(INR/ hr)
Annual
Overhead 27,900 1,500 4,350 1,08,000 39,000 73,000 68,600 16,000
(INR)
Interest 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
Rate
PCSE (%) 1 0.5 1 2 2 2 2 2
Working 1,950 1,300 3,600 2,200 2,100 2,100 2,100 1,500
Hours km 32,000 16,000
Annual 21,900 1,00,000 75,000 75,000 75,000 60,000
Avg. life 10 10 8 8 8 8 8 8
(Yrs) Value of Time
Work 194 113 60 60 0 0 0 0
(INR/hr)
Non-work 78 45 24 24 0 0 0 0
(INR/hr)
Cargo 0 0 0 0 60 60 113 20
(INR/hr)
14.5 Traffic Assignment
The traffic assignment on the proposed road has been carried out based on the traffic
volume at Hattargi Toll Plaza (Km 537.770), along with origin-destination surveys.
AADT data from Hattargi Toll Plaza have been considered. Based on the analysis
with due considerations for future development, the traffic assignment has been
worked out for the year 2020-21. It is planned that two wheelers, auto rickshaws and
slow-moving vehicles will move on service road and the rest of the traffic will move
along the main carriageway.
In 2020, AADT for the prohject stretch is estimated at 15,950 vehicles on main
carriageway and 7,879 vehicles on service road (total 29,347 PCU). The share of
goods vehicles comprising of MAVs, 2 / 3 axle trucks and LCVs is 24%. The
presence of cars and two wheelers for the project stretch is to the tune of 36% and
33% respectively (Table 14.3).
Grand Total
Pass. Auto
Total (No)
Total (No)
(No)
Wheeler
Pickup
& Cab
2 Axle
3 Axle
Truck
Truck
MAV
Two-
LCV
Car/
Jeep
Van
Bus
Traffic growth rates for all categories of vehicles have been worked out based on the
past trends of registered motor vehicles and the econometric models as per IRC 108-
2015. The econometric models have been developed with respect to relevant
economic indicators like GVA (Gross Value Added), NSVA (Net State Value
Added), population, and per capita income (PCI) of Karnataka state which influence
the growth for all the vehicle categories. The time series data was collected from RBI
Statistical Handbook and Government Departments and the elasticity coefficients
were derived from empirical models evaluating the relationship between traffic
growth and suitable economic indicators. The elasticity values and growth rates
calculated have been suitably modified to suit the future traffic scenario. For
estimation of future economic indicators, the following facts have been taken into
consideration;
It is observed that the GDP has followed a declining trend and has come to 4.2%
in year 2019 and is likely to come down further in year 2020 due to impact for
major economic activities in India with Covid-19. As per IMF estimates, the GDP
growth projection for 2020, 2021 and 2025 are -10.3%, 8.8% and 7.2%
respectively. The CEBR also forecasts that the Indian economy will expand by 9
per cent in 2021 and by 7 per cent in 2022. Growth will naturally slow as India
becomes more economically developed, with the annual GDP growth expected to
sink to 5.8 per cent in 2035.
As per the Survey of Professional Forecasters (SPF) conducted by RBI (64th
round-received during May 7-28, 2020), Real Gross Domestic Product (GDP) is
likely to contract by 1.5 per cent in 2020-21 but is expected to revert
to growth terrain next year, when it is likely to grow by 7.2 per cent. Real gross
Based on the above discussions, future growth rates (2021-22 onwards) for socio-
economic indices are assumed as, Population - 1.2% p.a, PCI - 6.5% p.a, NSDP -
7.5% p.a and GDP - 7% p.a, with decline in growth rate by 10% every 5 years, due to
government policies and technological development.
From the past census data of traffic at the toll plaza, the traffic growth rates have been
worked out. Growth of passenger auto rickshaws has been kept constant over the
years at 2% p.a. For other vehicle types where the actual / modelled growth is less
than 5% p.a, a value of 5% p.a in the base year is assumed.
Generated traffic of 5% of each category of vehicles has been assumed from 2024 due
to the improvements. The adopted growth rates are shown in Table 14.4. The number
of total fast vehicles including generated traffic is presented in Table 14.5.
Grand Total
Grand Total
Car/
(PCU)
Two-Wh.
(No)
Pickup
2 Axle
3 Axle
Truck
Truck
Year
MAV
Total
Total
Auto
LCV
Pass.
(No)
(No)
Van
Bus
Jeep
2020-2021 8,528 768 962 1,936 1,425 913 1,41 15,950 7,773 106 7,879 23,829 29,347
8
2021-2022 9,257 816 1,047 2,106 1,496 959 1,56 17,242 8,438 108 8,546 25,788 31,751
1
2022-2023 10,04 867 1,139 2,291 1,571 1,007 1,71 18,641 9,161 110 9,271 27,912 34,360
9 8
2023-2024 10,90 922 1,239 2,493 1,650 1,057 1,89 20,158 9,945 112 10,057 30,215 37,192
8 0
2024-2025 12,33 1,023 1,403 2,824 1,810 1,160 2,16 22,720 11,246 120 11,367 34,086 41,958
4 5
2025-2026 13,28 1,081 1,514 3,048 1,891 1,212 2,36 24,391 12,112 123 12,235 36,626 45,088
4 1
2026-2027 14,30 1,142 1,634 3,289 1,977 1,266 2,57 26,188 13,045 125 13,170 39,358 48,461
6 4
2027-2028 15,40 1,206 1,764 3,549 2,066 1,323 2,80 28,122 14,049 128 14,177 42,299 52,095
7 8
2028-2029 16,59 1,274 1,903 3,830 2,159 1,383 3,06 30,203 15,131 130 15,261 45,464 56,012
2 2
2029-2030 17,74 1,339 2,039 4,103 2,246 1,439 3,31 32,218 16,180 133 16,313 48,530 59,812
1 1
2030-2031 18,97 1,407 2,184 4,395 2,337 1,497 3,58 34,371 17,301 136 17,436 51,807 63,879
0 1
2031-2032 20,28 1,479 2,339 4,708 2,432 1,558 3,87 36,672 18,500 138 18,638 55,310 68,231
4 3
2032-2033 21,68 1,554 2,506 5,043 2,530 1,621 4,18 39,131 19,782 141 19,923 59,053 72,891
8 8
2033-2034 23,19 1,633 2,684 5,402 2,632 1,687 4,53 41,758 21,153 144 21,297 63,055 77,878
1
24,63 0
4,86
2034-2035 1,708 2,856 5,748 2,728 1,748 44,286 22,473 147 22,619 66,906 82,685
6 2
2035-2036 26,17 1,786 3,039 6,116 2,828 1,812 5,21 46,971 23,875 150 24,025 70,996 87,797
1 8
2036-2037 27,80 1,868 3,234 6,508 2,931 1,878 5,60 49,823 25,365 153 25,517 75,340 93,236
3 1
2037-2038 29,53 1,953 3,441 6,925 3,038 1,946 6,01 52,852 26,947 156 27,103 79,955 99,021
6 2
2038-2039 31,37 2,043 3,662 7,369 3,149 2,017 6,45 56,069 28,629 159 28,788 84,857 1,05,177
7 3
2039-2040 33,13 2,127 3,873 7,794 3,252 2,083 6,87 59,145 30,238 162 30,400 89,545 1,11,072
7
34,99 9
7,33
2040-2041 2,215 4,096 8,244 3,358 2,152 62,393 31,937 165 32,103 94,496 1,17,308
6 3
2041-2042 36,95 2,306 4,332 8,719 3,469 2,222 7,81 65,824 33,732 169 33,901 99,724 1,23,903
9 7
2042-2043 39,03 2,401 4,582 9,222 3,582 2,295 8,33 69,447 35,628 172 35,800 1,05,24 1,30,880
2 3 7
2043-2044 41,22 2,500 4,847 9,754 3,700 2,371 8,88 73,275 37,630 176 37,806 1,11,08 1,38,260
2 3 0
2044-2045 43,30 2,593 5,098 10,260 3,809 2,441 9,41 76,913 39,530 179 39,709 1,16,62 1,45,286
3 0 3
2045-2046 45,48 2,689 5,363 10,792 3,922 2,513 9,96 80,736 41,527 183 41,709 1,22,44 1,52,679
9 9 6
14.7 Project Cost and Phasing
For the purpose of carrying out the economic analysis, the cost estimate has been
prepared based on the preliminary design and latest Schedule of Rates, Karnataka.
The construction period has been estimated as 30 months starting from 2022. The
STUP Consultants Pvt. Ltd., 575 NHAI
Construction of 6 laning from Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass from
Km.515+000 to Km.555+017 of NH-48 in the State of Karnataka on
Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) mode under
Bharatmala Pariyojana (Package-I) Final Feasibility Report
capital outlay is assumed as 20% in fist year, 40% in second year and 40% in third
year. Cost for land acquisition is considered at market value to capture the opportunity
cost. The financial and economic costs per Km are presented in Table 14.6.
Normal maintenance will be done after completion of construction works for the
whole life cycle period. Normal maintenance includes several work categories that
will be triggered considering yearly condition survey. The economic costs for each
maintenance category are considered as presented in Table 14.7.
Road user benefits will be mainly from vehicle operating cost (VOC) savings and
value of travel time (VOT) saving. Social benefits will accrue from improvements in
the form of quality of life and environment and appreciation of abutting land value,
which have not been included in analysis. Undiscounted cost and benefit streams as
generated through HDM are shown in Table 14.8. It may be noted that, the negative
values in capital (capex) and recurrent (opex) costs indicate the salvage value in the
former and avoided operation and maintenance costs for the latter in ‘With Project’
situation (compared to ‘Without Project’ situation), which adds up as benefits.
The Economic Internal Rate of Return (EIRR) and Net Present Value (NPV) of
various stretches are shown in Table 14.9.
Sensitivity analysis has been conducted to test the robustness of EIRR to different
variations in market and project-specific parameters. It has been conducted in three
scenarios;
Table 14-10: Economic Analysis and Sensitivity Analysis for full corridor
(Package I)
Sl.
Details EIRR NPV (INR million)
No.
1 Base Case 21.75% 11,021.25
It is observed that the EIRR values are more sensitive for reduction of benefits than
increase in cost. The EIRR beyond the threshold value of 12% indicates that the
project investment is robust to withstand variations in both cost and traffic parameters.
14.10 Conclusions
In the analysis social benefits covering environmental and quality of life have not
been evaluated, though that will have a positive impact on benefit. From the above
facts and present opportunity cost of money, the project can be considered as
economically viable.
Project FIRR has been assessed as 13.67% for Belgaum to Sankeshwar Bypass. As
assessed by financial consultants based on the assumptions circulated by finance
division of NHAI vide circular no. NHAI/11033/CGM(Fin)/ 2011 dated 29.04.2011,
Corrigendum to Circular dated 29.04.2011 issued vide circular no.
NHAI/11033/CGM(Fin/2011 dated 25.11.2011 and Circular no. 37012/09/2009-H
dated 16.06.2014 issued by MORTH for financial analysis for the Project.
The above FIRR has been assessed based on the NHAI circular dated 8th January,
2021 i.e MHAI / Policy Guidelines / Standard Documents / 2021 Policy Circular No.
11.26.
15.1 Introduction
The project road lies on NH 48 (NH 4) and starts at Design Ch.515+000 to Design
Ch.555+017 (Existing Ch 515+000 i.e Belgaum - Ch 555+000) Sankeshwar Bypass
(upto End of Bypass towards Kagal) for the length of 40.017 km has 4-lane
configuration with one toll plaza at Hattargi. The existing project road comprises of 4
lane divided carriageway with paved shoulders for entire length except Vantmuri ghat
section where it has 6 lane carriageways with paved shoulders. Construction of 4
laning was completed in the year 2004 under BOT Annuity and the concession period
ended in Dec 2019. At present the road is under annual Maintenance contract under
NHAI.
15.2 Conclusion
In the project road, there are 04 Major bridges, 5 Minor Bridges, 04 Garde Separators,
7 PUPs, 03 VUPs, and 9 CUPs. The existing Project Road has Service roads on both
sides for substantial length except in Vantamuri Ghat section, toll plaza location and
at major bridge locations etc., the existing Project Road includes existing Sankeshwar
Bypass. There is a toll plaza i.e. Hattargi Toll plaza covering Project Road.
Existing ROW along the alignment is 60.0m for most of its length except Ghat section
where the existing ROW is 35.0m only. The proposed 6 lane alignment centre line has
been designed along existing median to avoid any land acquisition subjected to
improvement of standards as per 6 laning manual wherever required.
The existing traffic on the Project Road as per the Traffic Surveys conducted and
collected in October 2020 is 32209 PCU/day at Km 537+770. As per IRC SP-84, the
total traffic exceeds design service volume along the Project Road for a 4 lane
highway with paved shoulder at LOS B of 40, 000 PCU per day and at LOS C of
60,000 in the year 2023 and 2029 at Km 537+770. However, the Project Road is
proposed to be widened from existing 4 lane to 6 lane as part of National Corridor and
as per agreement and as per NHAI circular NHAI/Bharatmala/EC/DPR/2016 dated
30.10.2019.
The Project Road is having no. of black spots and accident locations and particularly
median opening locations and junctions. Apart from that there are no. of NH, SH and
MDR crossings along the project highway. Considering the black spot and accident
locations, stake holders representations, road connectivity, closure of existing median
openings as per 6 laning Manual and after a detailed site inspection along with NHAI
officials and detailed discussions, Grade Separator facilities such as VUPs , LVUPs ,
VOPs and Trumpet Interchange etc are proposed and included in the Project
Proposals.
The existing carriageway has both flexible and rigid pavements and length of existing
flexible pavement and rigid pavements are 30.435 and 49.599 Km both LHS and RHS
together (from Km 515+000 to Km 555+017).
Alternative pavement options are designed for widening and new construction.
Continuously Reinforced Concrete Pavement (CRCP) shall be provided as per IRC:
118-2015 for all the approaches of the proposed Grade Separators such as VUP, VOP,
Elevated Roads, Underpasses etc., Widening of existing pavement is designed as per
IRC 58. Existing rigid pavement is proposed to be widened to 6 lane to the applicable
typical cross sections with the new Rigid pavement as per IRC: 58 including Toll
Plaza & its approaches. Truck laybye locations, Deceleration / Acceleration lanes of
Entry & Exit Ramps, merging taper portion of Entry and Exit ramps to service roads
are proposed with Rigid Pavement.
CRCP white topping has been proposed over existing flexible pavement along Main
Carriageways in accordance with provisions of per IRC: 118-2015 and IRC:SP-76-
2015 as per design requirements. Design life of Rigid Pavement and CRCP are
considered as 30 years and Design life for Flexible Pavement shall be 20 years which
Initial Environment Examination (IEE) indicates that the proposed project road does
not fall under purview of EIA Notification 2006 and its amendments and hence
Environment Clearance is not required. The alignment is not passing through any
Sanctuary or ESZ and hence the NBWL/SBWL clearance is not applicable. No forest
land is proposed to be acquired and hence forest clearance is not required in this
project.
15.3 Recommendations
Based on the findings of this feasibility study the following recommendations are
made:
5. There are 69 existing culverts and 01 additional Box culverts are proposed to
cater for the drainage adequacy of the project road.
7. Total Capital cost of the Project is estimated as 1541.02 crores (Including LA and
R&R) for a length of 40.017 km. The capital cost of the project is assessed for
EPC mode of project implementation as discussed and in consultation with
NHAI. The capital cost includes civil construction cost including GST, financing
charges, IDC, contingencies land acquisition and R&R cost, Utility shifting cost,
Trees cutting costs etc.,
8. The EIRR estimated for the project are 21.75%. FIRR estimated for the project
are 13.67%.